Contents

Acura TLX 2019 Sedan Owner's Manual PDF

1 of 591
1 of 591

Summary of Content for Acura TLX 2019 Sedan Owner's Manual PDF

2019 OWNERS MANUAL

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 0

Event Data Recorders This vehicle is equipped with an event data recorder (EDR). The main purpose of an EDR is to record, in certain crash or near crash-like situations, such as an air bag deployment or hitting a road obstacle, data that will assist in understanding how a vehicles systems performed. The EDR is designed to record data related to vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of time, typically 30 seconds or less. The EDR in this vehicle is designed to record such data as: How various systems in your vehicle were operating; Whether or not the driver and passenger safety belts were

buckled/fastened;

3WARNING California Proposition 65 Warning

Operating, servicing and maintaining a passenger vehicle or off-highway motor vehicle can expose you to chemicals including engine exhaust, carbon monoxide, phthalates, and lead, which are known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm. To minimize exposure, avoid breathing exhaust, do not idle the engine except as necessary, service your vehicle in a well-ventilated area and wear gloves or wash your hands frequently when servicing your vehicle. For more information go to www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/passenger-vehicle.

How far (if at all) the driver was depressing the accelerator and/or brake pedal; and,

How fast the vehicle was traveling. These data can help provide a better understanding of the circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur. NOTE: EDR data are recorded by your vehicle only if a non-trivial crash situation occurs; no data are recorded by the EDR under normal driving conditions and no personal data (e.g., name, gender, age, and crash location) are recorded. However, other parties, such as law enforcement, could combine the EDR data with the type of personally identifying data routinely acquired during a crash investigation.

To read data recorded by an EDR, special equipment is required, and access to the vehicle or the EDR is needed. In addition to the vehicle manufacturer, other parties, such as law enforcement, that have the special equipment, can read the information if they have access to the vehicle or the EDR.

The data belongs to the vehicle owner and may not be accessed by anyone else except as legally required or with the permission of the vehicle owner.

Service Diagnostic Recorders This vehicle is equipped with service-related devices that record information about powertrain performance. The data can be used to verify emissions law requirements and/or help technicians diagnose and solve service problems. It may also be combined with data from other sources for research purposes, but it remains confidential. Some diagnostic and maintenance information is uploaded to Acura upon vehicle start up.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 1

California Perchlorate Contamination Prevention Act The airbags, seat belt tensioners, and CR type batteries in this vehicle may contain perchlorate materials - special handling may apply. See www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate/

As you read this manual, you will find information that is preceded by a symbol. This information is intended to help you avoid damage to your vehicle, other property, or the environment.

Software End User License Agreement Your vehicle comes equipped with software, which is governed by the End User License Agreement in Owners Manual, and which contains a binding arbitration clause. Please refer to the End User License Agreement for the terms and conditions governing your use of the installed software, as well as the applications, services, functions, and content provided through the software. Your use of the installed software will serve as your consent to the terms and conditions of the End User License Agreement. You may opt out within 30 days of your initial use of the Software by sending a signed, written notice to HONDA at American Honda Motor Co., Inc. Honda Automobile Customer Services Mail Stop 100-5E-8F, 1919 Torrance Blvd. Torrance, CA 90501-2746.

Privacy Notice This vehicle may share location and usage information. To manage this setting, visit www.acuralink.com/vehicle-data-choices.

A Few Words About Safety

Your safety, and the safety of others, is very important. And operating this vehicle safely is an important responsibility.

NOTICE

To help you make informed decisions about safety, we have provided operating procedures and other information on labels and in this manual. This information alerts you to potential hazards that could hurt you or others.

Of course, it is not practical or possible to warn you about all the hazards associated with operating or maintaining your vehicle. You must use your own good judgment.

You will find this important safety information in a variety of forms, including:

Safety Labels - on the vehicle. Safety Messages - preceded by a safety alert symbol 3 and

one of three signal words: DANGER, WARNING, or CAUTION. These signal words mean:

Safety Headings - such as Important Safety Precautions. Safety Section - such as Safe Driving. Instructions - how to use this vehicle correctly and safely.

This entire book is filled with important safety information - please read it carefully.

3DANGER You WILL be KILLED or SERIOUSLY HURT if you dont follow instructions.

3WARNING You CAN be KILLED or SERIOUSLY HURT if you dont follow instructions.

3CAUTION You CAN be HURT if you dont follow instructions.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 2

Contents

This owners manual should be considered a permanent part of the vehicle and should remain with the vehicle when it is sold.

This owners manual covers all models of your vehicle. You may find descriptions of equipment and features that are not on your particular model.

Images throughout this owners manual (including the front cover) represent features and equipment that are available on some, but not all, models. Your particular model may not have some of these features.

This owners manual is for vehicles sold in the United States and Canada.

The information and specifications included in this publication were in effect at the time of approval for printing. Honda Motor Co., Ltd. reserves the right, however, to discontinue or change specifications or design at any time without notice and without incurring any obligation.

2 Safe Driving P. 29 For Safe Driving P. 30 Seat Belts P. 34 Airbags P. 41

2 Instrument Panel P. 71 Indicators P. 72 Gauges and Multi-Information Display P. 113

2 Controls P. 131 Clock P. 132 Locking and Unlocking the Doors P. 133 Moonroof P. 157 Adjusting the Seats P. 180

2 Features P. 213 Audio System P. 214 Audio System Basic Operation P. 219 Customized Features P. 292 HomeLink Universal Transceiver P. 314

2 Driving P. 355 Before Driving P. 356 Towing a Trailer P. 361 Multi-View Rear Camera* P. 456 Surround View Camera System* P. 458

2 Maintenance P. 463 Before Performing Maintenance P. 464 Maintenance MinderTM P. 467 Checking and Maintaining Wiper Blades P. 491 Climate Control System Maintenance P. 506

2 Handling the Unexpected P. 515 Tools P. 516 If a Tire Goes Flat P. 517 Overheating P. 545 Indicator, Coming On/Blinking P. 547 When You Cannot Open the Trunk P. 560

2 Information P. 563 Specifications P. 564 Identification Numbers P. 566 Emissions Testing P. 570 Warranty Coverages P. 572

Contents

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 3

Child Safety P. 56 Exhaust Gas Hazard P. 69 Safety Labels P. 70

Opening and Closing the Trunk P. 149 Security System P. 152 Opening and Closing the Windows P. 155 Operating the Switches Around the Steering Wheel P. 158 Adjusting the Mirrors P. 177 Interior Lights/Interior Convenience Items P. 189 Climate Control System P. 205

Audio Error Messages P. 267 General Information on the Audio System P. 274 Bluetooth HandsFreeLink P. 317 Compass* P. 352

When Driving P. 362 Braking P. 428 Parking Your Vehicle P. 445 Refueling P. 459 Fuel Economy and CO2 Emissions P. 462

Maintenance Under the Hood P. 472 Replacing Light Bulbs P. 486 Checking and Maintaining Tires P. 493 Battery P. 502 Remote Transmitter Care P. 504 Cleaning P. 507 Accessories and Modifications P. 512

Engine Does Not Start P. 537 Jump Starting P. 540 Shift Lever Does Not Move P. 544 Fuses P. 553 Emergency Towing P. 558 When You Cannot Unlock the Fuel Fill Door P. 559 Refueling P. 561

Devices that Emit Radio Waves P. 567 Reporting Safety Defects P. 569 Authorized Manuals P. 574 Client Service Information P. 575

Quick Reference Guide P. 4

Safe Driving P. 29

Instrument Panel P. 71

Controls P. 131

Features P. 213

Driving P. 355

Maintenance P. 463

Handling the Unexpected P. 515

Information P. 563

Index P. 577

4

Q u

ick R eferen

ce G u

id e

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 4

Quick Reference Guide

Visual Index

System Indicators (P72)

Gauges (P113)

Multi-Information Display (P114)

Steering Wheel Adjustments (P176)

ENGINE START/STOP Button (P158)

Hazard Warning Button

Rear Window Defogger/Heated Door Mirror Button (P173)

Canadian models

(Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA) System OFF) Button (P418)

Parking Sensor System Button* (P448)

Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) OFF Button (P439)

Headlight Washer Button* (P171)

Heated Windshield Button* (P173)

Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) Button (P406)

On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM (P220)

Audio System (P214)

Climate Control System (P205)

Trunk Opener (P149)

Fuel Fill Door Release Button (P460)

Navigation System* () See the Navigation System Manual

Information Screen (P223)

(Surround View Camera) Button* () See the Navigation System Manual

Q u

ick R eferen

ce G u

id e

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 5

Wipers/Washers (P169)

Headlights/Turn Signals (P161, 162)

Paddle Shifter (Shift down) (P377)

Paddle Shifter (Shift up) (P377)

Horn (Press an area around .)

Navigation System Voice Control Buttons* () See the Navigation System Manual

Bluetooth HandsFreeLink System Voice Control Buttons (P 317)

Brightness Control (P172)

Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) Buttons (P390)

TRIP Button (P116, 117)

Interval Button (P398)

Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) Button (P411)

Right Selector Wheel (P115, 120)

Heated Steering Wheel Button* (P202)

Audio Remote Controls (P217)

Fog Lights* (P165)

* Not available on all models

5

Visual Index

6

Q u

ick R eferen

ce G u

id e

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 6

Power Window Switches (P155)

Drivers Front Airbag (P44)

Drivers Knee Airbag (P48)

Door Mirror Controls (P178)

Power Door Lock Master Switch (P147)

Accessory Power Socket (P196)

Auxiliary Input Jack (P216)

Accessory Power Socket (P196)

Rearview Mirror (P177)

Hood Release Handle (P474)

Memory Buttons (P175)

SET Button (P175)

Glove Box (P192)

Passengers Front Airbag (P44)

Drivers Side Interior Fuse Boxes (P555)

Electric Parking Brake Switch (P428)

Dynamic Mode Button (P387)

Shift Button*

Electronic Gear Selector (P371)

Automatic Brake Hold Button (P432)

Shift Lever*

Dual Clutch Transmission (P378)

Auto Idle Stop OFF Button* (P383)

Wireless Charger* (P197)

USB Port (P215)

Q u

ick R eferen

ce G u

id e

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 7

Side Airbags (P50)

Map Lights (P190)

Side Curtain Airbags (P52)

Seat Belts (P34)

Seat Belt to Secure a Child Seat (P65)

LATCH to Secure a Child Seat (P61)

Seat Belt (Installing a Child Seat) (P63)

Rear Seat (P187)

Front Seat (P180)

Coat Hook (P200)

Grab Handle

Moonroof Switch (P157)

Map Lights (P190)

Sunglasses Holder (P204)

Sun Visors

Vanity Mirrors

Coat Hook (P200)

* Not available on all models

7

Visual Index

8

Q u

ick R eferen

ce G u

id e

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 8

Maintenance Under the Hood (P472)

Windshield Wipers (P169, 491)

Tires (P493, 517)

Door Lock/Unlock Control (P136)

Power Door Mirrors (P178)

Headlights (P162, 486)

How to Refuel (P460)

High-Mount Brake Light (P490)

Emergency Trunk Release Lever (P151)

Opening/Closing the Trunk (P150)

Multi-View Rear Camera* (P456)

Taillights/Rear Side Marker Lights (P488)

Brake Lights (P488)

Rear Turn Signal Lights (P487)

Back-Up Lights (P489)

Rear License Plate Lights (P490)

Fog Lights* (P165, 486)

Trunk Release Button (P149)

Front Turn Signal/Parking Lights (P161, 162, 486)

Side Turn Signal Lights (P161, 486)

Daytime Running Lights (P165, 486)

Front Side Marker Lights (P162, 486)

Taillights (P488)

Brake Lights (P488)

Q u

ick R eferen

ce G u

id e

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 9

Auto Idle Stop Function*

To improve fuel economy, the engine stops and then restarts as detailed below. When Auto Idle Stop is on, the Auto Idle Stop indicator (green) comes on. (P382)

At Automatic transmission Engine status

Deceleration

Stop

Start-up

Stop the vehicle and depress the brake pedal. On

Keep the brake pedal depressed.

With the automatic brake hold system activated, you can release the brake pedal when the indicator comes on.

U.S. Canada

Off

Release the brake pedal. With the automatic brake hold system activated, depress the accelerator pedal.

Restarting

* Not available on all models

9

10

Q u

ick R eferen

ce G u

id e

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 10

Safe Driving (P 29)

Airbags (P 41)

Your vehicle is fitted with airbags to help protect you and your passengers during a moderate-to-severe collision.

Child Safety (P 56)

All children 12 and younger should be seated in the rear seat. Smaller children should be properly restrained in a forward-facing child seat. Infants must be properly restrained in a rear-facing child seat.

Exhaust Gas Hazard (P 69)

Your vehicle emits dangerous exhaust gases that contain carbon monoxide. Do not run the engine in confined spaces where carbon monoxide gas can accumulate.

Before Driving Checklist (P33)

Before driving, check that the front seats, head restraints, steering wheel, and mirrors have been properly adjusted.

Seat Belts (P 34)

Fasten your seat belt and sit upright well back in the seat.

Check that your passengers are wearing their seat belts correctly.

Fasten your lap belt as low as possible.

Q u

ick R eferen

ce G u

id e

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 11

Instrument Panel (P 71)

System Indicators

Malfunction Indicator Lamp Low Oil Pressure Indicator

Charging System Indicator

Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA) System Indicator

VSA OFF Indicator

Electric Power Steering (EPS) System Indicator

Lights Indicators

Lights On Indicator

High Beam Indicator

Immobilizer System Indicator

System Indicators

System Message Indicator

Gauges (P113)/Display (P114)/System Indicators (P72)

Low Tire Pressure/ TPMS Indicator

Keyless Access System Indicator

Electric Parking Brake System Indicator

Electric Parking Brake Indicator

Automatic Brake Hold System Indicator

SPORT (Sport mode) Indicator

Blind spot information (BSI) Indicator*

Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) Indicator

Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) Indicator

Automatic Brake Hold Indicator

U.S.

Canada

U.S.

Canada

Fog Light Indicator*

Temperature Gauge

Security System Alarm Indicator

Fuel Gauge

Tachometer

Multi-Information Display

Speedometer

Gear Position Indicator*/ Shift Lever Position Indicator*

M (sequential mode) Indicator/ Sequential Mode Gear Selection Indicator

System Indicators

Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) Indicator

Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) Indicator

Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) Indicator

Seat Belt Reminder Indicator

Brake System Indicator (Red)

Supplemental Restraint System Indicator

Low Fuel Indicator

Turn Signal and Hazard Warning Indicators

Brake System Indicator (Amber)

U.S.

Canada

U.S.

Canada

Precision All-Wheel SteerTM (P-AWS) Indicator*

ECON ECON (Econ mode) Indicator

SH-AWD Indicator*

Auto Idle Stop System Indicator (Amber)*/ Auto Idle Stop Indicator (Green)*

Auto High-Beam Indicator

* Not available on all models

11

12

Q u

ick R eferen

ce G u

id e

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 12

Controls (P 131)

Clock (P132)

You can also adjust the time manually.

a Enter the Clock Adjustment screen. 2 Clock (P132)

b Rotate to change hour, then move .

c Rotate to change minute, then press .

The navigation system receives signals from GPS satellites, updating the clock automatically.

Models with navigation system

ENGINE START/STOP Button (P158)

Press the button to change the vehicles power mode.

Turn Signals (P161)

Lights (P162)

Turn Signal Control Lever

Right

Left

Light Control Switches

Low Beam

High Beam

Flashing

Q u

ick R eferen

ce G u

id e

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 13

Wipers and Washers (P169)

*1:Models with automatic intermittent wipers

*2:Models without automatic intermittent wipers

Wiper/Washer Control Lever

MIST OFF AUTO*1: Wiper speed varies automatically INT*2: Low speed with intermittent LO: Low speed wipe HI: High speed wipe

Pull toward you to spray washer fluid.

Adjustment Ring (-: Low Sensitivity*1

: Lower speed, fewer sweeps*2

(+: High Sensitivity*1

: Higher speed, more sweeps*2

AUTO should always be turned OFF before the following situations in order to prevent severe damage to the wiper system: Cleaning the windshield Driving through a car wash No rain present

Steering Wheel (P176)

To adjust, push the adjustment lever down, adjust to the desired position, then lock the lever back in place.

Models with automatic intermittent wipers

Unlocking the Front Doors from the Inside (P146)

Pull either front door inner handle to unlock and open it at the same time.

Unlocking and opening the drivers door from the inner handle unlocks all the other doors.

13

14

Q u

ick R eferen

ce G u

id e

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 14

Trunk (P149)

To unlock and open the trunk: Press the trunk opener on the driver side

control panel. Press the trunk release button on the

keyless access remote. Press the trunk release button on the

trunk lid.

Trunk Opener

Power Door Mirrors (P178)

With the power mode in ON, move the selector switch to L or R.

Push the appropriate edge of the adjustment switch to adjust the mirror.

Press the folding button* to fold in and out the door mirrors.

Selector Switch

Adjustment Switch

Folding Button*

Power Windows (P155)

With the power mode in ON, open and close the power windows.

If the power window lock button is in the off position, each passengers window can be opened and closed with its own switch.

If the power window lock button is in the on position (indicator on), each passengers window switch is disabled.

Power Window Lock Button

Window Switch

Indicator

Q u

ick R eferen

ce G u

id e

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 15

Climate Control System (P205)

Press the AUTO button to activate the climate control system. Press the button to turn the system on or off. Press the button or select the Front icon to defrost the windshield.

Drivers Side Temperature Control Switch

Air flows from floor and windshield defroster vents.

Air flows from floor vents.

Air flows from floor and dashboard vents, and back of the center console.

Air flows from dashboard vents and back of the center console.

AUTO Button

Passengers Side Temperature Control Switch

(On/off) Button

Drivers Side Temperature Icon

Passengers Side Temperature Icon

On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM

(Windshield Defroster) Button

Vent Mode Control Icon

A/C (Air Conditioning) and SYNC (Synchronization) Icon Recirculation/Fresh Air Mode

Icon

Fan Control Icon

* Not available on all models

15

16

Q u

ick R eferen

ce G u

id e

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 16

Features (P213)

Audio System (P219) For navigation system operation () See the Navigation System Manual

*1:Icons that appear on the screen vary by the source selected.

Information Screen

Audio Menu

(CD Eject) Button VOL/ (Volume/Power) Knob

BACK Button

Interface Dial (ENTER/MENU Button)

INFO Button

On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM

PHONE Button

(Tune Down) Icon*1

Source

(Day/Night) Button

Tune*1

CD Slot

(Information) Icon

Preset Icons*1

(Tune Up) Icon*1

Stations*1

SCAN*1

SMARTPHONE Button

SETTINGS Button

Q u

ick R eferen

ce G u

id e

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 17

Audio Remote Controls (P217)

SOURCE Button Press to change the audio mode: FM/AM/ SiriusXM/CD/USB/iPod/Apple CarPlay/ Android Auto/Bluetooth Audio/ Pandora*/AUX.

Left Selector Wheel Roll to adjust the volume up/down. Radio:Move to a side to change the

preset station. Move to a side and hold to select the next or previous strong station.

CD/USB device: Move to a side to skip to the beginning of the next song or return to the beginning of the current song. Move to a side and hold to change a folder.

Left Selector Wheel

SOURCE Button

* Not available on all models

17

18

Q u

ick R eferen

ce G u

id e

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 18

Driving (P355)

Electronic Gear Selector* (P371)

Select (P and depress the brake pedal when starting the engine.

Park Press the (P button. Used when parking, before turning off or starting the engine. Transmission is locked.

Reverse Pull back the (R button. Used when reversing.

Neutral Press the (N button. Transmission is not locked. Drive Press the (D button. Used for normal driving. The sequential mode can be used.

Gear Position Indicator The gear position indicator and the shift button indicator indicate the current gear selection.

Gear Position Indicator

Shift Button Indicator

Gear selection

Q u

ick R eferen

ce G u

id e

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 19

Paddle Shifters (P377) Paddle shifters allow you to shift gears much like a manual transmission (1st through 9th). This is useful for engine braking.

When the transmission is in (D The transmission will shift back to

automatic mode once the system detects that the vehicle is cruising.

When the transmission is in (D with Sport+ mode Holds the selected gear, and the M

(sequential mode) indicator comes on, when the Sport+ mode is on.

The sequential mode gear selection is shown in the instrument panel.

Gear Position Indicator

Shift Down (- Paddle Shifter

Shift Up (+ Paddle Shifter

Selected Gear Number

M Indicator

* Not available on all models

19

20

Q u

ick R eferen

ce G u

id e

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 20

Release Button

Depress the brake pedal and press the release button to move out of (P.

Move the shift lever without pressing the release button.

Press the release button to move the shift lever.

Dual Clutch Transmission* (P378)

Shift to (P and depress the brake pedal when starting the engine.

Shifting

Park Turn off or start the engine. Transmission is locked.

Reverse Used when reversing.

Neutral Transmission is not locked.

Drive Normal driving. The sequential shift mode can be used.

Paddle Shifters (P381) Paddle shifters allow you to shift gears much like a manual transmission (1st through 8th). This is useful for engine braking.

When the shift lever is in (D The transmission will shift back to

automatic mode once the system detects that the vehicle is cruising.

When the shift lever is in (D with Sport+ mode Holds the selected gear, and the

M indicator comes on, when the Sport+ mode is on.

The selected gear position is shown in the instrument panel.

M Indicator

Shift Lever Position Indicator

Shift Lever

Shift Down (- Paddle Shifter

Shift Up (+ Paddle Shifter

Selected Gear Number

Dynamic Mode Button

Q u

ick R eferen

ce G u

id e

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 21

VSA On and Off (P418)

The Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA) system helps stabilize the vehicle during cornering, and helps maintain traction while accelerating on loose or slippery road surfaces.

VSA comes on automatically every time you start the engine.

To partially disable or fully restore VSA function, press and hold the button until you hear a beep.

CMBSTM On and Off (P439)

When a possible collision is likely unavoidable, the CMBSTM can help you to reduce the vehicle speed and the severity of the collision.

The CMBSTM is turned on every time you start the engine.

To turn the CMBSTM on or off, press and hold the button until you hear a beep.

Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) with Tire Fill Assist (P424, 551)

The TPMS monitors tire pressure. TPMS is turned on automatically every time you start the engine. TPMS fill assist provides audible and visual guidance during tire pressure adjustment.

Refueling (P459)

a Press the fuel fill door release button.

b After refueling, wait for about five seconds before removing the filler nozzle.

Fuel recommendation: Unleaded premium gasoline, pump octane number 91 or higher

Fuel tank capacity: 17.2 US gal (65 L)

Wait for five seconds

* Not available on all models

21

22

Q u

ick R eferen

ce G u

id e

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 22

AcuraWatchTM

TM

AcuraWatch is a driver support system which employs the use of two distinctly different kinds of sensors, a radar sensor located behind the emblem and a front sensor camera mounted to the interior side of the windshield, behind the rearview mirror.

The camera is located behind the rearview mirror.

Front Sensor Camera

Radar Sensor

The radar sensor is behind the emblem.

Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) (P390)

Helps maintain a constant vehicle speed and a set following-interval behind a vehicle detected ahead of yours and, if the detected vehicle comes to a stop, can decelerate and stop your vehicle, without you having to keep your foot on the brake or the accelerator.

Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) System (P404)

Alerts and helps to assist you when the system detects a possibility of your vehicle unintentionally crossing over detected lane markings and/or leaving the roadway altogether.

Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) (P409)

Provides steering input to help keep the vehicle in the middle of a detected lane and provides tactile and visual alerts if the vehicle is detected drifting out of its lane.

Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) (P436)

Can assist you when there is a possibility of your vehicle colliding with a vehicle or a pedestrian detected in front of yours. The CMBSTM is designed to alert you when a potential collision is determined, as well as to reduce your vehicle speed to help minimize collision severity when a collision is deemed unavoidable.

Q u

ick R eferen

ce G u

id e

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 23

Maintenance (P463)

Under the Hood (P472)

Check engine oil, engine coolant, and windshield washer fluid. Add when necessary.

Check brake fluid. Check the battery condition monthly.

a Pull the hood release handle under the corner of the dashboard.

b Locate the hood latch lever, pull it up, and then raise the hood. Once you have raised the hood slightly, you can release the lever.

c When finished, close the hood and make sure it is firmly locked in place.

Lights (P486)

Inspect all lights regularly.

Wiper Blades (P491)

Replace blades if they leave streaks across the windshield.

Tires (P493)

Inspect tires and wheels regularly. Check tire pressures regularly. Install snow tires for winter driving.

23

24

Q u

ick R eferen

ce G u

id e

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 24

Handling the Unexpected (P515)

Flat Tire (P517)

Park in a safe location and repair the flat tire using the temporary tire repair kit.

Park in a safe location and replace the flat tire with the compact spare tire in the trunk.

Indicators Come On (P547)

Identify the indicator and consult the owners manual.

Vehicles with tire repair kit

Vehicles with optional spare tire

Engine Wont Start (P537)

If the battery is dead, jump start using a booster battery.

Blown Fuse (P553)

Check for a blown fuse if an electrical device does not operate.

Overheating (P545)

Park in a safe location. If you do not see steam under the hood, open the hood, and let the engine cool down.

Emergency Towing (P558)

Call a professional towing service if you need to tow your vehicle.

Q u

ick R eferen

ce G u

id e

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 25

What to Do If

The power mode does not change from VEHICLE OFF (LOCK) to ACCESSORY. Why?

The steering wheel may be locked. Move the steering wheel left and right after

pressing the ENGINE START/STOP button.

The power mode does not change from ACCESSORY to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK). Why?

The shift lever should be moved to (P.

Why does the brake pedal pulsate slightly when applying the brakes?

This can occur when the ABS activates and does not indicate a problem. Apply firm, steady pressure on the brake pedal. Never pump the brake pedal.

2 Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) (P434)

The rear door cannot be opened from inside the vehicle. Why?

Check if the childproof lock is in the lock position. If so, open the rear door with the outside door handle. To cancel this function, slide the lever up to the unlock position.

Canadian models

Models with shift lever

25

26

Q u

ick R eferen

ce G u

id e

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 26

Why do the doors lock after I unlocked the doors?

If you do not open the doors within 30 seconds, the doors are relocked automatically for security.

Why does the beeper sound when I open the drivers door?

The beeper sounds when: The power mode is in ACCESSORY. The exterior lights are left on. The Auto Idle Stop* is in operation.

Why does a beeper sound when I walk away from the vehicle after I close the door?

The beeper sounds if you move outside the walk away auto lock operating range before the door completely closes.

2 Locking the doors and trunk (Walk away auto lock) (P138)

Why does the beeper sound when I start driving?

The beeper sounds when the driver and/or front passenger are not wearing their seat belts.

Pressing the electric parking brake switch does not release the parking brake. Why?

Press the electric parking brake switch with the brake pedal depressed.

Q u

ick R eferen

ce G u

id e

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 27

Depressing the accelerator pedal does not release the parking brake automatically. Why?

Fasten the drivers seat belt. Check if the transmission is in (P or (N. If so, select any other

position.

Why does the gear position automatically change to (P when I open the driver's door to check for parking space lines when reversing?

Fasten the drivers seat belt. Close the driver's door and manually change the gear

position. uWhen opening the drivers door (P373)

Why do I hear a screeching sound when I apply the brake pedal?

The brake pads may need to be replaced. Have your vehicle inspected by a dealer.

Im seeing an amber indicator of a tire with an exclamation point. What is that?

The Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) needs attention. Check tire pressure.

2 If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator Comes On or Blinks (P551)

Models with electronic gear selector

* Not available on all models

27

28

Q u

ick R eferen

ce G u

id e

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 28

Unleaded gasoline with a Pump Octane Number (PON) of 91 or higher is recommended. Is it possible to use unleaded gasoline with a Pump Octane Number (PON) of 87 or lower on this vehicle?

Unleaded gasoline with a Pump Octane Number (PON) of 91 or higher is recommended. Use of lower octane gasoline can cause occasional metallic knocking noise in the engine and will result in decreased engine performance. Use of gasoline with a pump octane less than 87 can lead to engine damage.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 29

Safe Driving

You can find many safety recommendations throughout this chapter, and throughout this manual.

For Safe Driving Important Safety Precautions.............. 30 Your Vehicles Safety Features............ 32 Safety Checklist ................................. 33

Seat Belts About Your Seat Belts ........................ 34 Fastening a Seat Belt .......................... 37 Seat Belt Inspection............................ 40

Airbags Airbag System Components ............... 41 Types of Airbags ................................ 44 Front Airbags (SRS) ............................ 44

Drivers Knee Airbag .......................... 48 Side Airbags....................................... 50 Side Curtain Airbags .......................... 52 Airbag System Indicators.................... 53 Airbag Care ....................................... 55

Child Safety Protecting Child Passengers ............... 56 Safety of Infants and Small Children... 58 Safety of Larger Children ................... 67

Exhaust Gas Hazard Carbon Monoxide Gas ....................... 69

Safety Labels Label Locations .................................. 70

29

30

Safe D rivin

g

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 30

For Safe Driving

1Important Safety Precautions

Some states, provinces and territories prohibit the use of cell phones other than hands-free devices by the driver while driving.

The following pages explain your vehicles safety features and how to use them properly. The safety precautions below are ones that we consider to be among the most important.

Important Safety Precautions Always wear your seat belt A seat belt is your best protection in all types of collisions. Airbags are designed to supplement seat belts, not replace them. So even though your vehicle is equipped with airbags, make sure you and your passengers always wear your seat belts, and wear them properly.

Restrain all children Children ages 12 and under should ride properly restrained in a back seat, not the front seat. Infants and small children should be restrained in a child seat. Larger children should use a booster seat and a lap/shoulder seat belt until they can use the belt properly without a booster seat.

Be aware of airbag hazards While airbags can save lives, they can cause serious or fatal injuries to occupants who sit too close to them, or are not properly restrained. Infants, young children, and short adults are at the greatest risk. Be sure to follow all instructions and warnings in this manual.

Dont drink and drive Alcohol and driving dont mix. Even one drink can reduce your ability to respond to changing conditions, and your reaction time gets worse with every additional drink. So dont drink and drive, and dont let your friends drink and drive, either.

uuFor Safe Drivingu Important Safety Precautions Safe D

rivin g

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 31

Pay appropriate attention to the task of driving safely Engaging in cell phone conversation or other activities that keep you from paying close attention to the road, other vehicles, and pedestrians could lead to a crash. Remember, situations can change quickly, and only you can decide when it is safe to divert some attention away from driving.

Control your speed Excessive speed is a major factor in crash injuries and deaths. Generally, the higher the speed, the greater the risk, but serious injuries can also occur at lower speeds. Never drive faster than is safe for current conditions, regardless of the maximum speed posted.

Keep your vehicle in safe condition Having a tire blowout or a mechanical failure can be extremely hazardous. To reduce the possibility of such problems, check your tire pressures and condition frequently, and perform all regularly scheduled maintenance.

Do not leave children unattended in the vehicle Children left unattended in the vehicle may be injured if they activate one or more of the vehicle controls. They may also cause the vehicle to move, resulting in a crash in which the children and/or another person(s) can be injured or killed. Also, depending on the ambient temperature, the temperature of the interior may reach extreme levels, which can result in injury or death. Even if the climate control system is on, never leave children in the vehicle unattended as the climate control system can shut off at any time.

31

32

uuFor Safe DrivinguYour Vehicles Safety Features

Safe D rivin

g

1Your Vehicles Safety Features

Your vehicle is equipped with many features that work together to help protect you and your passengers during a crash.

Some features do not require any action on your part. These include a strong steel framework that forms a safety cage around the passenger compartment, front and rear crush zones, a collapsible steering column, and tensioners that tighten the front seat belts in a sufficient crash.

However, you and your passengers cannot take full advantage of these features unless you remain seated in the correct position and always wear your seat belts. In fact, some safety features can contribute to injuries if they are not used properly.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 32

Your Vehicles Safety Features

The following checklist will help you take an active role in protecting yourself and your passengers.

6

7

9

10

11

12

Safety Cage Crush Zones Seats and Seat-Backs Head Restraints Collapsible Steering Column Seat Belts Front Airbags

Side Curtain Airbags Door Locks

Side Airbags

7

7

1010

9

9

11

11

6

8 Knee Airbag

8

12

Seat Belt Tensioners

uuFor Safe DrivinguSafety Checklist Safe D

rivin g

1Safety Checklist

If the door and/or trunk open message appears on the multi-information display (MID), a door and/or the trunk is not completely closed. Close all doors and the trunk tightly until the message disappears.

2 Multi-Information Display Warning and Information Messages P. 92

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 33

Safety Checklist For the safety of you and your passengers, make a habit of checking these items each time before you drive. After everyone has entered the vehicle, be sure all doors are closed and locked.

Locking the doors helps prevent an occupant from being ejected and an outsider from unexpectedly opening a door.

2 Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside P. 145

Adjust your seat to a position suitable for driving. Be sure the front seats are adjusted as far to the rear as possible while allowing the driver to control the vehicle. Sitting too close to a front airbag can result in serious or fatal injury in a crash.

2 Adjusting the Seats P. 180

Adjust head restraints to the proper position. Head restraints are most effective when the center of the head restraint aligns with the center of your head. Taller persons should adjust their head restraint to the highest position.

2 Adjusting the Front and Rear Outer Head Restraint Positions P. 183

Always wear your seat belt, and make sure you wear it properly. Confirm that any passengers are properly belted as well.

2 Fastening a Seat Belt P. 37

Protect children by using seat belts or child seats according to a childs age, height and weight.

2 Child Safety P. 56

33

34

Safe D rivin

g

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 34

Seat Belts

1About Your Seat Belts

Seat belts cannot completely protect you in every crash. But in most cases, seat belts can reduce your risk of serious injury.

Most states and all Canadian provinces and territories require you to wear seat belts.

If you extend the seat belt too quickly, it will lock in place. If this happens, slightly retract the seat belt, then extend it slowly.

3WARNING Not wearing a seat belt properly increases the chance of serious injury or death in a crash, even though your vehicle has airbags.

Be sure you and your passengers always wear seat belts and wear them properly.

About Your Seat Belts Seat belts are the single most effective safety device because they keep you connected to the vehicle so that you can take advantage of many built-in safety features. They also help keep you from being thrown against the inside of the vehicle, against any passengers, or out of the vehicle. When worn properly, seat belts also keep your body properly positioned in a crash so that you can take full advantage of the additional protection provided by the airbags.

In addition, seat belts help protect you in almost every type of crash, including: - frontal impacts - side impacts - rear impacts - rollovers

Lap/shoulder seat belts All five seating positions are equipped with lap/shoulder seat belts with emergency locking retractors. In normal driving the retractor lets you move freely while keeping some tension on the belt. During a collision or sudden stop the retractor locks to restrain your body.

The front passengers and rear seat belts also have a lockable retractor for use with child seats.

2 Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt P. 63

uuSeat BeltsuAbout Your Seat Belts Safe D

rivin g

1About Your Seat Belts

If a rear seat passenger moves around and extends the seat belt, the lockable retractor may activate. If this happens, release the retractor by unfastening the seat belt and allow the belt to retract completely. Then refasten the belt.

1Seat Belt Reminder

The indicator will also come on if a front passenger does not fasten their seat belt within six seconds after the power mode is set to ON.

When no one is sitting in the front passengers seat, the indicator will not come on and the beeper will not sound. The indicator also may not come on and the beeper may not sound when the occupant is not heavy enough to trigger the weight sensor. Such occupants (e.g., infants and smaller children) should be moved to the rear seat as a deploying front airbag likely will injure or kill them.

2 Protecting Child Passengers P. 56

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 35

Proper use of seat belts Follow these guidelines for proper use: All occupants should sit upright, well back in the seat, and remain in that position

for the duration of the trip. Slouching and leaning reduce the effectiveness of the belt and can increase the chance of serious injury in a crash.

Never place the shoulder part of a lap/shoulder seat belt under your arm or behind your back. This could cause very serious injuries in a crash.

Two people should never use the same seat belt. If they do, they could be very seriously injured in a crash.

Do not put any accessories on the seat belts. Devices intended to improve comfort or reposition the shoulder part of a seat belt can reduce the protective capability and increase the chance of serious injury in a crash.

The seat belt system includes an indicator on the instrument panel to remind the driver or a front passenger or both to fasten their seat belts. If you set the power mode to ON and a seat belt is not fastened, a beeper will sound and the indicator will blink. After a few seconds, the beeper will stop and the indicator will come on and remain illuminated until the seat belt is fastened.

The beeper will periodically sound and the indicator will blink while the vehicle is moving until the seat belt is fastened.

Seat Belt Reminder

Continued 35

uuSeat BeltsuAbout Your Seat Belts

36

Safe D rivin

g

1Automatic Seat Belt Tensioners

The seat belt tensioners can only operate once. If a tensioner is activated, the SRS indicator will come on. Have a dealer replace the tensioner and thoroughly inspect the seat belt system as it may not offer protection in a subsequent crash.

During a moderate-to-severe side impact, the tensioner on that side of the vehicle also activates.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 36

The front seats are equipped with automatic seat belt tensioners to enhance safety.

The tensioners automatically tighten the front seat belts during a moderate-to-severe frontal collision, sometimes even if the collision is not severe enough to inflate the front airbags or the drivers knee airbag.

Automatic Seat Belt Tensioners

uuSeat BeltsuFastening a Seat Belt Safe D

rivin g

1Fastening a Seat Belt

No one should sit in a seat with an inoperative seat belt or one that does not appear to be working correctly. Using a seat belt that is not working properly may not protect the occupant in a crash. Have a dealer check the belt as soon as possible.

Never insert any foreign objects into the buckle or retractor mechanism.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 37

Fastening a Seat Belt After adjusting a front seat to the proper position, and while sitting upright and well back in the seat:

2 Adjusting the Seats P. 180

1. Pull the seat belt out slowly.

2. Insert the latch plate into the buckle, then tug on the belt to make sure the buckle is secure. u Make sure that the belt is not twisted or

caught on anything.

Pull out slowly.

Correct Seated Posture.

Latch Plate

Buckle

37Continued

uuSeat BeltsuFastening a Seat Belt

38

Safe D rivin

g

1Fastening a Seat Belt

To release the belt, push the red PRESS button and then guide the belt by hand until it has retracted completely. When exiting the vehicle, be sure the belt is properly stowed so that it will not get caught in the closing door.

3WARNING Improperly positioning the seat belts can cause serious injury or death in a crash.

Make sure all seat belts are properly positioned before driving.

1Adjusting the Shoulder Anchor

The shoulder anchor height can be adjusted to four levels. If the belt contacts your neck, lower the height one level at a time.

After an adjustment, make sure that the shoulder anchor position is secure.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 38

3. Position the lap part of the belt as low as possible across your hips, then pull up on the shoulder part of the belt so the lap part fits snugly. This lets your strong pelvic bones take the force of a crash and reduces the chance of internal injuries.

4. If necessary, pull up on the belt again to remove any slack, then check that the belt rests across the center of your chest and over your shoulder. This spreads the forces of a crash over the strongest bones in your upper body.

The front seats have adjustable shoulder anchors to accommodate taller and shorter occupants.

1. Move the anchor up and down while holding the release button.

2. Position the anchor so that the belt rests across the center of your chest and over your shoulder.

Lap belt as low as possible

Adjusting the Shoulder Anchor

Push

uuSeat BeltsuFastening a Seat Belt Safe D

rivin g

1Advice for Pregnant Women

Each time you have a checkup, ask your doctor if it is okay for you to drive.

To reduce the risk of injuries to both you and your unborn child that can be caused by an inflating front airbag: When driving, sit upright and adjust the seat as far

back as possible while allowing full control of the vehicle.

When sitting in the front passengers seat, adjust the seat as far back as possible.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 39

If you are pregnant, the best way to protect yourself and your unborn child when driving or riding in a vehicle is to always wear a seat belt and keep the lap part of the belt as low as possible across the hips.

Advice for Pregnant Women

Wear the shoulder belt across the chest avoiding the abdomen.

Wear the lap part of the belt as low as possible across the hips.

39

40

uuSeat BeltsuSeat Belt Inspection

Safe D rivin

g

1Seat Belt Inspection

3WARNING Not checking or maintaining seat belts can result in serious injury or death if the seat belts do not work properly when needed.

Check your seat belts regularly and have any problem corrected as soon as possible.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 40

Seat Belt Inspection Regularly check the condition of your seat belts as follows:

Pull each belt out fully, and look for frays, cuts, burns, and wear. Check that the latch plates and buckles work smoothly and the belts retract

easily. u If a belt does not retract easily, cleaning the belt may correct the problem. Only

use a mild soap and warm water. Do not use bleach or cleaning solvents. Make sure the belt is completely dry before allowing it to retract.

Any belt that is not in good condition or working properly will not provide proper protection and should be replaced as soon as possible. A belt that has been worn during a crash may not provide the same level of protection in a subsequent crash. Have your seat belts inspected by a dealer after any collision.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 41

Airbags

Safe D

rivin g

6

9

12

Airbag System Components

9

13

7

9

9

9 11 10 9 8

6

41Continued

42

uuAirbagsuAirbag System Components

Safe D rivin

g

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 42

The front, drivers knee, front side, and side curtain airbags are deployed according to the direction and severity of impact. Both side curtain airbags are deployed in a rollover. The airbag system includes:

aTwo SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) front airbags. The drivers airbag is stored in the center of the steering wheel; the front passengers airbag is stored in the dashboard. Both are marked SRS AIRBAG.

bDrivers knee airbag. The knee airbag is stored under the steering column. It is marked SRS AIRBAG.

cTwo side airbags, one for the driver and one for a front passenger. The airbags are stored in the outer edges of the seat- backs. Both are marked SIDE AIRBAG.

dTwo side curtain airbags, one for each side of the vehicle. The airbags are stored in the ceiling, above the side windows. The front and rear pillars are marked SIDE CURTAIN AIRBAG.

eAn electronic control unit that, when the vehicle is on, continually monitors information about the various impact sensors, seat and buckle sensors, rollover sensor, airbag activators, seat belt tensioners, and other vehicle information. During a crash event the unit can record such information.

fAutomatic front seat belt tensioners. In addition, the drivers and front passengers seat belt buckles incorporate sensors that detect whether or not the belts are fastened.

gA drivers seat position sensor. This sensor determines the optimal force at which the airbag will deploy in a crash.

hWeight sensors in the front passengers seat. The front passengers airbag will be turned off if the weight on the seat is approximately 65 lbs (29 kg) or less (the weight of an infant or small child).

i Impact sensors that can detect a moderate-to-severe front or side impact.

jAn indicator on the dashboard that alerts you that the front passengers front airbag has been turned off.

kAn indicator on the instrument panel that alerts you to a possible problem with your airbag system or seat belt tensioners.

lSafing Sensor

mA rollover sensor that can detect if your vehicle is about to roll over and signal the control unit to deploy both side curtain airbags.

uuAirbagsuAirbag System Components Safe D

rivin g

1Important Facts About Your Airbags

Do not attempt to deactivate your airbags. Together, airbags and seat belts provide the best protection.

When driving, keep hands and arms out of the deployment path of the front airbag by holding each side of the steering wheel. Do not cross an arm over the airbag cover.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 43

Airbags can pose serious hazards. To do their job, airbags must inflate with tremendous force. So, while airbags help save lives, they can cause burns, bruises, and other minor injuries, sometimes even fatal ones if occupants are not wearing their seat belts properly and sitting correctly.

What you should do: Always wear your seat belt properly, and sit upright and as far back from the steering wheel as possible while allowing full control of the vehicle. A front passenger should move their seat as far back from the dashboard as possible.

Remember, however, that no safety system can prevent all injuries or deaths that can occur in a severe crash, even when seat belts are properly worn and the airbags deploy.

Do not place hard or sharp objects between yourself and a front airbag. Carrying hard or sharp objects on your lap, or driving with a pipe or other sharp object in your mouth, can result in injuries if your front airbag inflates.

Do not attach or place objects on the front and drivers knee airbag covers. Objects on the covers marked SRS AIRBAG could interfere with the proper operation of the airbags or be propelled inside the vehicle and hurt someone if the airbags inflate.

Important Facts About Your Airbags

43

44

uuAirbagsuTypes of Airbags

Safe D rivin

g

1Types of Airbags

The airbags can inflate whenever the power mode is in ON.

After an airbag inflates in a crash, you may see a small amount of smoke. This is from the combustion process of the inflator material and is not harmful. People with respiratory problems may experience some temporary discomfort. If this occurs, get out of the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so.

1Front Airbags (SRS)

During a frontal crash severe enough to cause one or both front airbags to deploy, the airbags can inflate at different rates, depending on the severity of the crash, whether or not the seat belts are latched, and/ or other factors. Frontal airbags are designed to supplement the seat belts to help reduce the likelihood of head and chest injuries in frontal crashes.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 44

Types of Airbags Your vehicle is equipped with four types of airbags: Front airbags: Airbags in front of the drivers and front passengers seats. Drivers knee airbag: Airbag under the steering column. Side airbags: Airbags in the drivers and front passengers seat-backs. Side curtain airbags: Airbags above the side windows. Each is discussed in the following pages.

Front Airbags (SRS) The front SRS airbags inflate in a moderate-to-severe frontal collision to help protect the head and chest of the driver and/or front passenger.

SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) indicates that the airbags are designed to supplement seat belts, not replace them. Seat belts are the occupants primary restraint system.

The front airbags are housed in the center of the steering wheel for the driver, and in the dashboard for the front passenger. Both airbags are marked SRS AIRBAG.

Housing Locations

uuAirbagsuFront Airbags (SRS) Safe D

rivin g

1How the Front Airbags Work

Although the drivers and front passengers airbags normally inflate within a split second of each other, it is possible for only one airbag to deploy. This can happen if the severity of a collision is at the margin, or threshold that determines whether or not the airbags will deploy. In such cases, the seat belt will provide sufficient protection, and the supplemental protection offered by the airbag would be minimal.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 45

Front airbags are designed to inflate during moderate-to-severe frontal collisions. When the vehicle decelerates suddenly, the sensors send information to the control unit which signals one or both front airbags to inflate.

A frontal collision can be either head-on or angled between two vehicles, or when a vehicle crashes into a stationary object, such as a concrete wall.

While your seat belt restrains your torso, the front airbag provides supplemental protection for your head and chest.

The front airbags deflate immediately so that they wont interfere with the drivers visibility or the ability to steer or operate other controls.

The total time for inflation and deflation is so fast that most occupants are not aware that the airbags deployed until they see them lying in front of them.

Operation

How the Front Airbags Work

Continued 45

46

uuAirbagsuFront Airbags (SRS)

Safe D rivin

g

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 46

When front airbags should not deploy Minor frontal crashes: Front airbags were designed to supplement seat belts and help save lives, not to prevent minor scrapes, or even broken bones that might occur during a less than moderate-to-severe frontal crash. Side impacts: Front airbags can provide protection when a sudden deceleration causes a driver or front passenger to move toward the front of the vehicle. Side airbags and side curtain airbags have been specifically designed to help reduce the severity of injuries that can occur during a moderate-to-severe side impact which can cause the driver or passenger to move toward the side of the vehicle. Rear impacts: Head restraints and seat belts are your best protection during a rear impact. Front airbags cannot provide any significant protection and are not designed to deploy in such collisions. Rollovers: In a rollover, your best form of protection is a seat belt or, if your vehicle is equipped with a rollover sensor, both a seat belt and a side curtain airbag. Front airbags, however, are not designed to deploy in a rollover as they would provide little if any protection. When front airbags deploy with little or no visible damage Because the airbag system senses sudden deceleration, a strong impact to the vehicle framework or suspension might cause one or more of the airbags to deploy. Examples include running into a curb, the edge of a hole, or other low fixed object that causes a sudden deceleration in the vehicle chassis. Since the impact is underneath the vehicle, damage may not be readily apparent. When front airbags may not deploy, even though exterior damage

appears severe Since crushable body parts absorb crash energy during an impact, the amount of visible damage does not always indicate proper airbag operation. In fact, some collisions can result in severe damage but no airbag deployment because the airbags would not have been needed or would not have provided protection even if they had deployed.

uuAirbagsuFront Airbags (SRS) Safe D

rivin g

1Advanced Airbags

If there is a problem with the drivers seat position sensor, the SRS indicator will come on, and in the event of a crash, the airbag will deploy (regardless of the drivers seating position) with a force corresponding to the severity of the impact.

For the advanced airbags to work properly: Do not spill any liquid on or under the seats. Do not put any object under the passengers seat. Make sure any objects are positioned properly on

the floor. Improperly positioned objects can interfere with the advanced airbag sensors.

All occupants should sit upright and wear their seat belts properly.

Do not cover the passenger's side dashboard with a cloth, towel, cover, etc.

2 Passenger Front Airbag Off Indicator P. 54

Make sure the floor mat behind the front passenger's seat is hooked to the floor mat anchor. An improperly placed mat can interfere with the advanced airbag sensors.

2 Floor Mats P. 508

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 47

The airbags have advanced features to help reduce the likelihood of airbag related injuries to smaller occupants.

The drivers advanced airbag system includes a seat position sensor.

Based on information from this sensor and the severity of the impact, the advanced airbag system determines the optimal deployment of the drivers airbag.

The front passengers advanced airbag system has weight sensors.

We advise against allowing a child age 12 or under to ride in the front passengers seat. However, if you do allow a child age 12 or under to ride in the front passengers seat, note that the system will automatically turn off the front passengers airbag if the sensors detect that the child is approximately 65 lbs (29 kg) or less.

Advanced Airbags

Drivers Seat Position Sensor

Passengers Seat Weight Sensors

47

48

uuAirbagsuDrivers Knee Airbag

Safe D rivin

g

1Drivers Knee Airbag

Do not attach accessories on or near the drivers knee airbag. They can interfere with the proper operation of the airbag, or hurt someone if an airbag inflates.

The driver should not store any items under the seat or behind their feet. The items can interfere with proper airbag deployment in the event of a moderate to sever frontal collision and may result in inadequate protection.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 48

Drivers Knee Airbag The drivers knee SRS airbag inflates in a moderate-to-severe frontal collision to help keep the driver in the proper position and to help maximize the benefit provided by the vehicles other safety features.

SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) indicates that the airbag is designed to supplement seat belts, not replace them. Seat belts are the occupants primary restraint system.

The drivers knee airbag is housed under the steering column.

The airbag is marked SRS AIRBAG.

When the drivers front airbag inflates, the drivers knee airbag also inflates.

Even if the collision is not severe enough to deploy the front airbag, the knee airbag may inflate alone.

Housing Locations

Housing Location

Operation

When inflated

Knee Airbag

uuAirbagsuDrivers Knee Airbag Safe D

rivin g

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 49

When drivers knee airbag deploys with little or no visible damage Because the airbag system senses sudden deceleration, a strong impact to the vehicle framework or suspension might cause one or more of the airbags to deploy. Examples include running into a curb, the edge of a hole, or other low fixed object that causes a sudden deceleration in the vehicle chassis. Since the impact is underneath the vehicle, damage may not be readily apparent.

When drivers knee airbag may not deploy, even though exterior damage appears severe

Since crushable body parts absorb crash energy during an impact, the amount of visible damage does not always indicate proper airbag operation. In fact, some collisions can result in severe damage but no airbag deployment because the airbags would not have been needed or would not have provided protection even if they had deployed.

49

50

uuAirbagsuSide Airbags

Safe D rivin

g

1Side Airbags

Make sure you and your front seat passenger always sit upright. Leaning into the path of a side airbag can prevent the airbag from deploying properly and increases your risk of serious injury.

Do not attach accessories on or near the side airbags. They can interfere with the proper operation of the airbags, or hurt someone if an airbag inflates.

Do not cover or replace the front seat-back covers without consulting a dealer. Improperly replacing or covering front seat-back covers can prevent your side airbags from properly deploying during a side impact.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 50

Side Airbags The side airbags help protect the torso and pelvis of the driver or a front passenger during a moderate-to-severe side impact.

The side airbags are housed in the outside edge of the drivers and passengers seat- backs.

Both are marked SIDE AIRBAG.

When the sensors detect a moderate-to- severe side impact, the control unit signals the side airbag on the impact side to immediately inflate.

Housing Locations

Housing Location

Operation

When inflated

Side Airbag

uuAirbagsuSide Airbags Safe D

rivin g

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 51

When a side airbag deploys with little or no visible damage Because the airbag system senses sudden acceleration, a strong impact to the side of the vehicles framework can cause a side airbag to deploy. In such cases, there may be little or no damage, but the side impact sensors detected a severe enough impact to deploy the airbag.

When a side airbag may not deploy, even though visible damage appears severe

It is possible for a side airbag to not deploy during an impact that results in apparently severe damage. This can occur when the point of impact was toward the far front or rear of the vehicle, or when the vehicles crushable body parts absorbed most of the crash energy. In either case, the side airbag would not have been needed nor provided protection even if it had deployed.

51

52

uuAirbagsuSide Curtain Airbags

Safe D rivin

g

1Side Curtain Airbags

If the SRS control unit senses that your vehicle is about to rollover, it immediately deploys both side curtain airbags and activates both front seat belt tensioners.

If the impact is on the passengers side, the passengers side curtain airbag deploys even if there are no occupants on that side of the vehicle.

To get the best protection from the side curtain airbags, occupants should wear their seat belts properly and sit upright and well back in their seats.

Do not attach any objects to the side windows or roof pillars as they can interfere with the proper operation of the side curtain airbags.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 52

Side Curtain Airbags The side curtain airbags help protect the heads of the driver and passengers in the outer seating positions during a moderate-to-severe side impact. The side curtain airbags equipped in this vehicle are also designed to help reduce the likelihood of partial and complete ejection of vehicle occupants through side windows in crashes, particularly rollover crashes.

The side curtain airbags are located in the ceiling above the side windows on both sides of the vehicle.

The side curtain airbag is designed to deploy in a rollover or a moderate-to-severe side impact.

Housing Locations

Side Curtain Airbag Storage

Operation

Deployed Side Curtain Airbag

uuAirbagsuAirbag System Indicators Safe D

rivin g

1Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Indicator

3WARNING Ignoring the SRS indicator can result in serious injury or death if the airbag systems or tensioners do not work properly.

Have your vehicle checked by a dealer as soon as possible if the SRS indicator alerts you to a possible problem.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 53

When side curtain airbags deploy in a frontal collision One or both side curtain airbags may also inflate in a moderate-to-severe angled frontal collision.

Airbag System Indicators If a problem occurs in the airbag system, the SRS indicator will come on and a message appears on the multi-information display.

When the power mode is set to ON The indicator comes on for a few seconds, then goes off. This tells you the system is working properly.

If the indicator comes on at any other time, or does not come on at all, have the system checked by a dealer as soon as possible. If you dont, your airbags and seat belt tensioners may not work properly when they are needed.

Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Indicator

Continued 53

uuAirbagsuAirbag System Indicators

54

Safe D rivin

g

1Passenger Front Airbag Off Indicator

If the indicator comes on with no front passenger and no objects on the passengers seat, or with an adult riding there, something may be interfering with the weight sensor, such as: An object hanging on the seat or in the seat-back

pocket. A child seat or other object pressing against the

rear of the seat-back. A rear passenger pushing or pulling on the back of

the front passengers seat. The front seat or seat-back is forced back against

an object on the seat or floor behind it. An object placed under the front passengers seat.

If none of these conditions exist, have your vehicle checked by a dealer as soon as possible.

The passenger front airbag off indicator may come on and go off repeatedly if the total weight on the seat is near the airbag cutoff threshold.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 54

When the passenger front airbag off indicator comes on

The indicator comes on to alert you that the passengers front airbag has been turned off. This occurs when the weight sensors detect about 65 lbs (29 kg) or less, the weight of an infant or small child, on the seat.

Children age 12 or under should always ride properly restrained in a back seat. 2 Child Safety P. 56

Objects placed on the seat can also cause the indicator to come on.

If the front passengers seat is empty, the passengers front airbag will not deploy and the indicator will not come on.

Passenger Front Airbag Off Indicator

U.S. Canada

uuAirbagsuAirbag Care Safe D

rivin g

1Airbag Care

We recommend against the use of salvaged airbag system components, including the airbag, tensioners, sensors, and control unit.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 55

Airbag Care You do not need to, and should not, perform any maintenance on or replace any airbag system components yourself. However, you should have your vehicle inspected by a dealer in the following situations:

When the airbags have deployed If an airbag has inflated, the control unit and other related parts must be replaced. Similarly, once an automatic seat belt tensioner has been activated, it must be replaced.

When the vehicle has been in a moderate-to-severe collision Even if the airbags did not inflate, have your dealer inspect the following: the drivers seat position sensor, weight sensors in the passengers seat, front seat belt tensioners, and each seat belt that was worn during the crash.

Do not remove or modify a front seat without consulting a dealer This would likely disable or affect the proper operation of the drivers seat position sensor or the weight sensors in the passengers seat. If it is necessary to remove or modify a front seat to accommodate a person with disabilities, contact an Acura dealer, or for U.S. vehicles, Acura Client Relations at 1-800-382-2238 and for Canadian vehicles, Acura Client Services at 1-888-9-ACURA-9.

55

56

Safe D rivin

g

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 56

Child Safety

1Protecting Child Passengers

The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration and Transport Canada recommend that all children ages 12 and under be properly restrained in a rear seat. Some states or provinces/territories have laws restricting where children may ride.

3WARNING Children who are unrestrained or improperly restrained can be seriously injured or killed in a crash.

Any child too small for a seat belt should be properly restrained in a child seat. A larger child should be properly restrained with a seat belt, using a booster seat if necessary.

Protecting Child Passengers Each year, many children are injured or killed in vehicle crashes because they are either unrestrained or not properly restrained. In fact, vehicle crashes are the number one cause of death of children ages 12 and under.

To reduce the number of child deaths and injuries, every state, Canadian province and territory requires that infants and children be properly restrained when they ride in a vehicle.

Children should sit properly restrained in a rear seat. This is because: An inflating front or side airbag can injure

or kill a child sitting in the front seat.

A child in the front seat is more likely to interfere with the drivers ability to safely control the vehicle.

Statistics show that children of all sizes and ages are safer when they are properly restrained in a rear seat.

uuChild SafetyuProtecting Child Passengers Safe D

rivin g

1Protecting Child Passengers

To deactivate a lockable retractor, release the buckle and allow the seat belt to wind up all the way.

To remind you of the passengers front airbag hazards and child safety, your vehicle has warning labels on the dashboard (U.S. models) and on the front visors. Please read and follow the instructions on these labels.

2 Safety Labels P. 70

3WARNING Allowing a child to play with a seat belt or wrap one around their neck can result in serious injury or death.

Instruct children not to play with any seat belt and make sure any unused seat belt a child can reach is buckled, fully retracted, and locked.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 57

Any child who is too small to wear a seat belt correctly must be restrained in an approved child seat that is properly secured to the vehicle using either the seat belt or the lower anchors of the LATCH system.

Never hold a child on your lap because it is impossible to protect them in the event of a collision.

Never put a seat belt over yourself and a child. During a crash, the belt would likely press deep into the child and cause serious or fatal injuries.

Never let two children use the same seat belt. Both children could be very seriously injured in a crash.

Do not allow children to operate the doors, windows or seat adjustments.

Do not leave children in the vehicle unattended, especially in hot weather when the inside of the vehicle can get hot enough to kill them. They could also activate vehicle controls causing it to move unexpectedly.

57

58

uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children

Safe D rivin

g

1Protecting Infants

Many experts recommend use of a rear-facing seat for a child up to two years old if the childs height and weight are appropriate for a rear-facing seat.

Rear-facing child seats should never be installed in a forward facing position.

Always refer to the child seat manufacturers instructions before installation.

Do not allow a front seat to rest against a child seat installed in a rear seating position: The weight sensor in the front seat may not correctly detect the actual weight of the occupant.

3WARNING Placing a rear-facing child seat in the front seat can result in serious injury or death during a crash.

Always place a rear-facing child seat in the rear seat, not the front.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 58

Safety of Infants and Small Children

An infant must be properly restrained in a rear-facing, reclining child seat until the infant reaches the seat manufacturers weight or height limit for the seat, and the infant is at least one year old.

Positioning a rear-facing child seat Child seats must be placed and secured in a rear seating position.

When properly installed, a rear-facing child seat may prevent the driver or a front passenger from moving their seat all the way back, or from locking their seat-back in the desired position. Make sure that there is no contact between the child seat and the seat in front of it.

It can also interfere with proper operation of the passengers advanced front airbag system.

2 Airbags P. 41

If this occurs, we recommend that you install the child seat directly behind the front passengers seat, move the seat as far forward as needed, and leave it unoccupied. Or, you may wish to get a smaller rear-facing child seat.

Protecting Infants

uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children Safe D

rivin g

1Protecting Smaller Children

Educate yourself about the laws and regulations regarding child seat use where you are driving, and follow the child seat manufacturers instructions.

3WARNING Placing a forward-facing child seat in the front seat can result in serious injury or death if the front airbag inflates.

If you must place a forward-facing child seat in front, move the vehicle seat as far back as possible, and properly restrain the child.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 59

If a child is at least one year old and has exceeded the weight and height limitations of a rearward facing child seat, the child should be properly restrained in a firmly secured forward facing child seat until they exceed the weight and height limitations for the forward facing child seat.

Forward-facing child seat placement We strongly recommend placing a forward- facing child seat in a rear seating position.

Placing a forward-facing child seat in the front seat can be hazardous, even with advanced front airbags that automatically turn the passengers front airbag off. A rear seat is the safest place for a child.

Protecting Smaller Children

Continued 59

uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children

60

Safe D rivin

g

1Selecting a Child Seat

Installation of a LATCH-compatible child seat is simple.

LATCH-compatible child seats have been developed to simplify the installation process and reduce the likelihood of injuries caused by incorrect installation.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 60

Most child seats are LATCH-compatible (Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren). Some have a rigid-type connector while others have a flexible-type connector. Both are equally easy to use. Some existing and previously owned child seats can only be installed using the seat belt. Whichever type you choose, follow the child seat manufacturers use and care instructions including recommended expiration dates as well as the instructions in this manual. Proper installation is key to maximizing your childs safety.

In seating positions and vehicles not equipped with LATCH, a LATCH-compatible child seat can be installed using the seat belt and a top tether for added security. This is because all child seats are required to be designed so that they can be secured with a lap belt or the lap part of a lap/shoulder belt. In addition, the child seat manufacturer may advise that a seat belt be used to attach a LATCH-compatible seat once a child reaches a specified weight. Please read the child seat owners manual for proper installation instructions.

Important consideration when selecting a child seat Make sure the child seat meets the following three requirements: The child seat is the correct type and size for the child. The child seat is the correct type for the seating position. The child seat is compliant with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or

Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213.

Selecting a Child Seat

uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children Safe D

rivin g

1Installing a LATCH-Compatible Child Seat

For your childs safety, when using a child seat installed using the LATCH system, make sure that the child seat is properly secured to the vehicle. A child seat that is not properly secured will not adequately protect a child in a crash and may cause injury to the child or other vehicle occupants.

3WARNING Never attach two child seats to the same anchor. In a collision, one anchor may not be strong enough to hold two child seat attachments and may break, causing serious injury or death.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 61

A LATCH-compatible child seat can be installed in either of the two outer rear seats. A child seat is attached to the lower anchors with either the rigid or flexible type of connectors.

1. Locate the lower anchors under the marks.

2. Place the child seat on the vehicle seat, then attach the child seat to the lower anchors according to the instructions that came with the child seat. u When installing the child seat, make sure

that the lower anchors are not obstructed by the seat belt or any other object.

Installing a LATCH-Compatible Child Seat

Marks

Rigid Type

Lower Anchors

Continued 61

uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children

62

Safe D rivin

g

1Installing a LATCH-Compatible Child Seat

Installing a LATCH-compatible child seat in the rear center seat Each outer rear seat is equipped with a pair of lower anchors which are used to secure a LATCH- compatible child seat. The rear center seat, however, is not equipped with anchors of any kind. The inner and outer anchors are spaced apart at a standard distance of 11 inches (280 mm). The distance between the two inner anchors is 15.4 inches (390 mm). LATCH-compatible restraint systems that are fitted with rigid-type attachments cannot be installed in the rear center seat. However, a system fitted with flexible-type attachments can be installed in the center seat, provided that the manufacturers instructions for that system permit the use of the inner anchors with the stated spacing. Before seating a child, make sure that the system is properly attached to both the lower anchors and tether anchors.

3WARNING Do not use the lower inner anchors of the outer rear seats to secure a LATCH- compatible child seat to the rear center seat, unless the manufacturer's instructions for that system permit the use of inner anchors with the stated spacing.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 62

3. Open the tether anchor cover behind the head restraint.

4. Raise the head restraint to its highest position, then route the tether strap between the head restraint legs, and secure the tether strap hook to the anchor.

5. Tighten the tether strap as instructed by the child seat manufacturer.

6. Make sure the child seat is firmly secured by rocking it forward and back and side to side; little movement should be felt.

7. Make sure any unused seat belt that a child can reach is buckled, the lockable retractor is activated, and the belt is fully retracted and locked.

Flexible Type

Tether Strap Hook

Anchor

Straight Top Tether Type

Other Top Tether Type

Tether Strap Hook

Anchor

uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children Safe D

rivin g

1Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt

A child seat that is not properly secured will not adequately protect a child in a crash and may cause injury to the child or other vehicle occupants.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 63

A child seat can be installed with a lap/shoulder belt in any rear seat or, if absolutely necessary, the front passenger seat.

1. Place the child seat on the vehicle seat. 2. Route the seat belt through the child seat

according to the seat manufacturers instructions, and insert the latch plate into the buckle. u Insert the latch plate fully until it clicks.

3. Slowly pull the shoulder part of the belt all the way out until it stops. This activates the lockable retractor.

4. Let the seat belt retract a few inches and check that the retractor has switched modes by pulling on the webbing. It should not pull out again until it is reset by removing the latch plate from the buckle. u If you are able to pull the shoulder belt

out, the lockable retractor is not activated. Slowly pull the seat belt all the way out, and repeat steps 3 4.

Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt

Continued 63

uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children

64

Safe D rivin

g

1Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt

To deactivate a lockable retractor, release the buckle and allow the seat belt to wind up all the way.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 64

5. Grab the shoulder part of the seat belt near the buckle, and pull up to remove any slack from the lap part of the belt. u When doing this, place your weight on

the child seat and push it into the vehicle seat.

6. Make sure the child seat is firmly secured by rocking it forward and back and side to side; less than one inch of movement should occur near the seat belt.

7. Make sure any unused seat belt that a child can reach is buckled, the lockable retractor is activated, and the belt is fully retracted and locked.

uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children Safe D

rivin g

1Adding Security with a Tether

Always use a tether for forward facing child seats when using the seat belt or lower anchors.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 65

A tether anchorage point is provided behind each rear seating position. If you have a child seat that comes with a tether but can be installed with a seat belt, the tether may be used for additional security.

1. Locate the appropriate tether anchorage point and lift the cover.

2. Raise the head restraint to its highest position, then route the tether strap through the head restraint legs. Make sure the strap is not twisted.

3. Secure the tether strap hook to the anchor. 4. Tighten the tether strap as instructed by the

child seat manufacturer.

Adding Security with a Tether

Tether Anchorage Points

CoverAnchor

Tether Strap Hook

Anchor

Straight Top Tether Type in Outer Position

Other Top Tether Type in Outer Position

Anchor

Tether Strap Hook

Continued 65

66

uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children

Safe D rivin

g

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 66

Straight Top Tether Type in Center Position

Tether Strap Hook

Anchor

Other Top Tether Type in Center Position

Anchor

Tether Strap Hook

uuChild SafetyuSafety of Larger Children Safe D

rivin g

1Safety of Larger Children

3WARNING Allowing a child age 12 or under to sit in front can result in injury or death if the passengers front airbag inflates.

If a larger child must ride in front, move the vehicle seat as far to the rear as possible, have the child sit up properly and wear the seat belt properly, using a booster seat if needed.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 67

Safety of Larger Children

The following pages give instructions on how to check proper seat belt fit, what kind of booster seat to use if one is needed, and important precautions for a child who must sit in front.

When a child is too big for a child seat, secure the child in a rear seat using the lap/ shoulder seat belt. Have the child sit upright and all the way back, then answer the following questions.

Checklist Do the childs knees bend comfortably over

the edge of the seat? Does the shoulder belt cross between the

childs neck and arm? Is the lap part of the seat belt as low as

possible, touching the childs thighs? Will the child be able to stay seated like this

for the whole trip? If you answer yes to all these questions, the child is ready to wear the lap/shoulder seat belt correctly. If you answer no to any question, the child needs to ride on a booster seat until the seat belt fits properly without a booster seat.

Protecting Larger Children

Checking Seat Belt Fit

67Continued

uuChild SafetyuSafety of Larger Children

68

Safe D rivin

g

1Booster Seats

When installing a booster seat, make sure to read the instructions that came with it, and install the seat accordingly. There are high- and low-type booster seats. Choose a booster seat that allows the child to wear the seat belt correctly.

Some U.S. states, and Canadian provinces and territories require children to use a booster seat until they reach a given age or weight (e.g. 6 years or 60 lbs). Be sure to check current laws in the state or province, or territory where you intend to drive.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 68

If a lap/shoulder seat belt cannot be used properly, position the child in a booster seat in the rear seat. For the childs safety, check that the child meets the booster seat manufacturers recommendations.

Your vehicle has a rear seat where children can be properly restrained. If you ever have to carry a group of children, and a child must ride in front: Make sure you read and fully understand the instructions and safety information

in this manual. Move the front passenger seat as far back as possible. Have the child sit upright and well back in the seat. Check that the seat belt is properly positioned so that the child is secure in the

seat.

Monitoring child passengers We strongly recommend that you keep an eye on child passengers. Even older, more mature children sometimes need to be reminded to fasten their seat belts and sit up properly.

Booster Seats

Protecting Larger Children-Final Checks

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 69

Exhaust Gas Hazard

Safe D

rivin g

1Carbon Monoxide Gas

An enclosed area such as a garage can quickly fill up with carbon monoxide gas. Do not run the engine with the garage door closed. Even when the garage door is open, drive out of the garage immediately after starting the engine.

3WARNING Carbon monoxide gas is toxic.

Breathing it can cause unconsciousness and even kill you.

Avoid any enclosed areas or activities that expose you to carbon monoxide.

Carbon Monoxide Gas The engine exhaust from this vehicle contains carbon monoxide, a colorless, odorless, and highly toxic gas. As long as you properly maintain your vehicle, carbon monoxide gas will not get into the interior.

Have the exhaust system inspected for leaks whenever The exhaust system is making an unusual noise. The exhaust system may have been damaged. The vehicle is raised for an oil change.

When you operate a vehicle with the trunk open, airflow can pull exhaust gas into the interior and create a hazardous condition. If you must drive with the trunk open, open all the windows and set the climate control system as shown below.

1. Select the fresh air mode. 2. Select the mode. 3. Set the fan speed to high. 4. Set the temperature control to a comfortable setting.

Adjust the climate control system in the same manner if you sit in your parked vehicle with the engine running.

69

70

Safe D rivin

g

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 70

Safety Labels

Label Locations These labels are in the locations shown. They warn you of potential hazards that can cause serious injury or death. Read these labels

carefully.

If a label comes off or becomes hard to read (except for the U.S. dashboard label which may be removed by the owner), contact a dealer for a replacement.

Radiator Cap

Dashboard

Sun Visors

U.S. models

Canadian models

U.S. models only

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 71

Instrument Panel

This chapter describes the buttons, indicators, and gauges that are used while driving.

Indicators ............................................ 72 Multi-Information Display Warning and Information Messages...................... 92

Gauges and Multi-Information Display ..113 Gauges............................................ 113 Multi-Information Display ................ 114

71

72

In stru

m en

t Pan el

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 72

Indicators

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message

Brake System Indicator (Red)

Comes on for a few seconds when you set the power mode to ON, then goes off.

Comes on when the brake fluid level is low.

Comes on if there is a problem with the brake system.

Comes on while driving - Check the brake fluid level.

2 What to do when the indicator comes on while driving P. 548

Comes on along with the ABS indicator - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.

2 If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On P. 548

Brake System Indicator (Amber)

Comes on for a few seconds when you set the power mode to ON, then goes off.

Comes on if there is a problem with a system related to braking other than the conventional brake system.

Comes on if there is a problem with the automatic brake hold system.

Comes on while driving - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.

With this indicator on, your vehicle still has normal braking ability.

U.S.

Canada

(Red)

U.S.

Canada

(Amber)

U.S.

Canada

uuIndicatorsu In

stru m

en t Pan

el

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 73

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message

Electric Parking Brake Indicator

Comes on for a few seconds when you set the power mode to ON, then goes off.

Comes on when the parking brake is applied, and goes off when it is released.

Comes on when you try to drive with the parking brake applied.

Comes on for about 15 seconds then goes off when you pull the electric parking brake switch with the power mode in OFF.

Comes on for about 15 seconds then goes off when you set the power mode to OFF with the parking brake applied.

Blinks and the electric parking brake system indicator comes on at the same time - There is a problem with the electric parking brake system. The parking brake may not be set.

Release the Parking Brake manually or automatically.

2 Parking Brake P. 428

Comes on when you push the electric parking brake switch without depressing the brake pedal.

Depress the brake pedal to release the parking brake.

2 Parking Brake P. 428

Electric Parking Brake System Indicator

Comes on for a few seconds when you set the power mode to ON, then goes off.

Comes on if there is a problem with the electric parking brake system.

Comes on while driving - Avoid using the parking brake and have your vehicle checked by a dealer immediately.

2 If the Electric Parking Brake System Indicator Comes On P. 550

U.S.

Canada

73Continued

74

uu Indicatorsu

In stru

m en

t Pan el

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 74

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message

Automatic Brake Hold System Indicator

Comes on for a few seconds when you set the power mode to ON, then goes off.

Comes on when the automatic brake hold system is on.

2 Automatic Brake Hold P. 432

Automatic Brake Hold Indicator

Comes on for a few seconds when you set the power mode to ON, then goes off.

Comes on when the automatic brake hold is activated.

2 Automatic Brake Hold P. 432

Low Oil Pressure Indicator

Comes on when you set the power mode to ON, and goes off when the engine starts.

Comes on when the engine oil pressure is low.

Comes on while driving - Immediately stop in a safe place.

2 If the Low Oil Pressure Indicator Comes On P. 547

U.S.

Canada

uuIndicatorsu In

stru m

en t Pan

el

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 75

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message

Malfunction Indicator Lamp

Comes on when you set the power mode to ON, and goes off either when the engine starts or after several seconds if the engine did not start. If readiness codes have not been set, it blinks five times before it goes off.

Comes on if there is a problem with the emissions control system.

Blinks when a misfire in the engines cylinders is detected.

Readiness codes are part of the on board diagnostics for the emissions control systems.

2 Testing of Readiness Codes P. 570 Comes on while driving - Have your

vehicle checked by a dealer. Blinks while driving - Stop in a safe place

where there are no flammable objects. Stop the engine for 10 minutes or more, and wait for it to cool down. Then, take the vehicle to a dealer.

2 If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes On or Blinks P. 548

Charging System Indicator

Comes on when you set the power mode to ON, and goes off when the engine starts.

Comes on when the battery is not charging.

Comes on while driving - Turn off the climate control system and rear defogger in order to reduce electricity consumption.

2 If the Charging System Indicator Comes On P. 547

Gear Position Indicator*/Shift Lever Position Indicator*

Indicates the current gear selection.

2 Shifting P. 371, 378

75Continued* Not available on all models

76

uu Indicatorsu

In stru

m en

t Pan el

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 76

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message

Transmission System Indicator

The indicated current gear selection blinks if there is a problem with the transmission system.

Avoid sudden start and acceleration, and stop in a safe place immediately. Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.

All the gear positions may light for several seconds, and go off.

When all the gear positions light, immediately stop your vehicle in a safe place.

Indicators go off if there is no problem. However, even if they go off, take your vehicle to a dealer for inspection.

The indicated current gear selection or all the gear positions blink if there is a problem with the transmission system, and the vehicle no longer moves.

Immediately stop in a safe place. 2 Emergency Towing P. 558

Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.

The indicated current gear selection or all the gear positions blink if you cannot select (P due to the transmission system failure.

The engine can be activated as a temporary measure.

2 If the Transmission System Indicator Blinks along with the Warning Message P. 552

Set the parking brake when parking. Have your vehicle checked by a dealer

immediately.

Models with electronic gear selector

uuIndicatorsu In

stru m

en t Pan

el

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 77

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message

Transmission System Indicator

Blinks if the transmission system has a problem.

Blinks while driving - Avoid sudden starts and acceleration and have your vehicle checked by a dealer immediately.

Models with shift lever

77Continued

78

uu Indicatorsu

In stru

m en

t Pan el

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 78

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message

M (sequential mode) Indicator/ Sequential Mode Gear Selection Indicator

Comes on when the manual sequential mode is applied.

2 Sequential Shift Mode Operation P. 381

Seat Belt Reminder Indicator

Comes on and the beeper sounds if you are not wearing a seat belt when you set the power mode to ON.

If the front passenger is not wearing a seat belt, the indicator comes on about a few seconds later.

Blinks while driving if either you and/ or the front passenger has not fastened a seat belt. The beeper sounds and the indicator blinks at regular intervals.

The beeper stops and the indicator goes off when you and the front passenger fasten their seat belts.

Stays on after you and/or the front passenger has fastened the seat belt(s) - A detection error may have occurred in the sensor. Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.

2 Seat Belt Reminder P. 35

Low Fuel Indicator

Comes on when the fuel reserve is running low (approximately 2.6 U.S. gal/9.7 Liter left on 2WD models, and 2.2 U.S. gal/8.2 Liter left on AWD models).

Blinks if there is a problem with the fuel gauge.

Comes on - Refuel your vehicle as soon as possible.

Blinks - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.

uuIndicatorsu In

stru m

en t Pan

el

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 79

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message

Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) Indicator

Comes on for a few seconds when you set the power mode to ON, then goes off.

If it comes on at any other time, there is a problem with the ABS.

Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer. With this indicator on, your vehicle still has normal braking ability but no anti-lock function.

2 Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) P. 434

Supplemental Restraint System Indicator

Comes on for a few seconds when you set the power mode to ON, then goes off.

Comes on if a problem with any of the following is detected: - Supplemental restraint system - Side airbag system - Side curtain airbag system - Seat belt tensioners

Stays on constantly or does not come on at all - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.

Electric Power Steering (EPS) System Indicator

Comes on when you set the power mode to ON, and goes off when the engine starts.

Comes on if there is a problem with the EPS system.

Stays on constantly or does not come on at all - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.

2 If the Electric Power Steering (EPS) System Indicator Comes On P. 549

79Continued

80

uu Indicatorsu

In stru

m en

t Pan el

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 80

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message

Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA) System Indicator

Comes on for a few seconds when you set the power mode to ON, then goes off.

Blinks when VSA is active. Comes on if there is a problem with

the VSA system, brake assist system or hill start assist system.

Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.

2 Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA), aka Electronic Stability Control (ESC), System P. 417

2 Hill Start Assist System P. 368

Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA) OFF Indicator

Comes on for a few seconds when you set the power mode to ON, then goes off.

Comes on when you partially disable VSA.

2 VSA On and Off P. 418

uuIndicatorsu In

stru m

en t Pan

el

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 81

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message

Low Tire Pressure/ TPMS Indicator

Comes on for a few seconds when you set the power mode to ON, then goes off.

Comes on if the tire pressure of any of the tires becomes significantly low.

Blinks for about one minute, and then stays on if there is a problem with the TPMS, or when a spare tire* is temporarily installed.

Comes on while driving - Stop in a safe place, check tire pressures, and inflate the tire(s) if necessary.

Blinks and remains on - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer. If the vehicle is fitted with a spare tire*, get your regular tire repaired or replaced and put back on your vehicle as soon as you can.

System Message Indicator

Comes on for a few seconds when you set the power mode to ON, then goes off.

Comes on along with a beep when a problem is detected. A system message on the multi-information display appears at the same time.

While the indicator is on, roll the right selector wheel to see the message again.

Refer to the Indicators information in this chapter when a system message appears on the multi-information display. Take the appropriate action for the message.

The multi-information display does not return to the normal screen unless the warning is canceled, or the right selector wheel is rolled.

81Continued* Not available on all models

82

uu Indicatorsu

In stru

m en

t Pan el

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 82

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message

Turn Signal and Hazard Warning Indicators

Blinks when you operate the turn signal lever.

Blink along with all turn signals when you press the hazard warning button.

Does not blink or blinks rapidly 2 Replacing Light Bulbs P. 486

High Beam Indicator

Comes on when the high beam headlights are on.

Lights On Indicator

Comes on when the light switch in a position other than OFF or when the switch is set to AUTO and the exterior lights come on.

If you set the power mode to ACCESSORY or VEHICLE OFF (LOCK) while the exterior lights are on, a chime sounds when the drivers door is opened.

Fog Light Indicator*

Comes on when the fog lights are on.

Auto High-Beam Indicator

Comes on when all the operating conditions of the Auto high-beam are met.

2 Auto High-Beam P. 166

* Not available on all models

uuIndicatorsu In

stru m

en t Pan

el

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 83

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message*1

Immobilizer System Indicator

Comes on briefly when you set the power mode to ON, then goes off.

Comes on if the immobilizer system cannot recognize the key information.

Blinks - You cannot start the engine. Set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK), then select the ON mode again.

Repeatedly blinks - The system may be malfunctioning. Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.

Do not attempt to alter this system or add other devices to it. Electrical problems can occur.

Security System Alarm Indicator

Blinks when the security system alarm has been set.

2 Security System Alarm P. 152

Keyless Access System Indicator

Comes on for a few seconds when you set the power mode to ON, then goes off.

Comes on as soon as a problem is detected in the keyless access system or keyless starting system.

Stays on constantly or does not come on at all - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.

Indicator

83Continued

84

uu Indicatorsu

In stru

m en

t Pan el

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 84

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message

Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) Indicator

Comes on for a few seconds when you change the power mode to ON, then goes off.

Comes on if there is a problem with the RDM system.

Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.

Comes on when the RDM system shuts itself off.

Stays on - The temperature inside the camera is too high. Use the climate control system to cool down the camera. The system activates when the temperature inside the camera cools down.

2 Front Sensor Camera P. 388

Stays on - The area around the camera is blocked by dirt, mud, etc. Stop your vehicle in a safe place, and wipe it off with a soft cloth.

Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if the indicator and message come back on after you cleaned the area around the camera.

2 Front Sensor Camera P. 388

uuIndicatorsu In

stru m

en t Pan

el

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 85

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message

Precision All- Wheel SteerTM (P-AWS) System Indicator*

Comes on for a few seconds when you set the power mode to ON, then goes off.

If it comes on at any other time, there is a problem with the Precision All- Wheel SteerTM (P-AWS) system.

Comes on while driving - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.

The system may limit the vehicle speed to 50 mph (80 km/h) or less.

SPORT (Sport mode) Indicator

Comes on for a few seconds when you set the power mode to ON, then goes off.

Comes on when you press the Dynamic Mode button if the Sport or Sport+ mode was selected.

2 Integrated Dynamics System P. 387

ECON (Econ mode) Indicator

Comes on for a few seconds when you set the power mode to ON.

Comes on when you press the Dynamic Mode button if the Econ mode was selected.

2 Integrated Dynamics System P. 387

Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) Indicator (Amber)

Comes on for a few seconds when you set the power mode to ON, then goes off.

Comes on if there is a problem with ACC with LSF.

Comes on while driving - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.

85Continued* Not available on all models

86

uu Indicatorsu

In stru

m en

t Pan el

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 86

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message

Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) Indicator (Green)

Comes on when you press the MAIN button.

2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) P. 390

Comes on if anything covers the radar sensor cover and prevents the sensor from detecting a vehicle in front.

May come on when driving in bad weather (rain, snow, fog, etc.)

ACC has been automatically canceled.

When the radar sensor gets dirty, stop your vehicle in a safe place, and wipe off dirt using a soft cloth.

Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if the message does not disappear even after you clean the sensor cover.

Comes on when ACC with LSF is in operation, but the temperature inside the front sensor camera is too high. ACC with LSF cancels automatically. The beeper sounds simultaneously.

Use the climate control system to cool down the camera.

Goes off - The camera has been cooled down and the system activates normally.

Comes on when the area around the camera is blocked by dirt, mud, etc. Stop your vehicle in a safe place, and wipe it off with a soft cloth.

May come on when driving in bad weather (rain, snow, fog, etc.)

Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if the indicator and message come back on after you cleaned the area around the camera.

uuIndicatorsu In

stru m

en t Pan

el

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 87

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message

Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) Indicator (Amber)

Comes on for a few seconds when you set the power mode to ON, then goes off.

Comes on if there is a problem with the LKAS.

Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.

Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) Indicator (Green)

Comes on when you press the MAIN button.

2 Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) P. 409

Comes on when the LKAS is in operation, or the LKAS button is pressed, but the temperature inside the front sensor camera is too high. The LKAS cancels automatically. The beeper sounds simultaneously.

Use the climate control system to cool down the camera.

Goes off - The camera has been cooled down and the system activates normally.

2 Front Sensor Camera P. 388

Comes on when the area around the camera is blocked by dirt, mud, etc. Stop your vehicle in a safe place, and wipe it off with a soft cloth.

May come on when driving in bad weather (rain, snow, fog, etc.)

Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if the indicator and message come back on after you cleaned the area around the camera.

87Continued

88

uu Indicatorsu

In stru

m en

t Pan el

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 88

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message

Blind spot information (BSI) Indicator*

Comes on for a few seconds when you change the power mode to ON, then goes off.

Stays on while BSI is turned off.

2 Customized Features P. 120, 292

Comes on when mud, snow, or ice accumulates in the vicinity of sensor.

Comes on while driving - Remove the obstacle in the vicinity of sensor.

2 Blind spot information (BSI) System* P. 420

Comes on if there is a problem with the system.

Comes on while driving - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.

Super Handling- All Wheel DriveTM (SH-AWD) Indicator*

Comes on for a few seconds when you set the power mode to ON, then goes off.

Comes on if there is a problem with the SH-AWD system.

Blinks when the differential temperature is too high.

Stays on constantly - The engine drives the front wheels only in this state. Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.

Blinks while driving - Stop in a safe place, put the transmission into (P , and idle the engine until the indicator goes off. If the indicator does not stop blinking, take your vehicle to a dealer.

2 Super Handling-All Wheel DriveTM (SH- AWD)* P. 423

* Not available on all models

uuIndicatorsu In

stru m

en t Pan

el

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 89

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message

Auto Idle Stop Indicator (Green)*

Comes on when Auto Idle Stop is in operation. The engine automatically shuts off.

2 Auto Idle Stop* P. 382

Auto Idle Stop System Indicator (Amber)*

Comes on for a few seconds when you set the power mode to ON, then goes off.

Comes on when Auto Idle Stop System has been turned off by Auto Idle Stop OFF Button. 2 Auto Idle Stop System ON/OFF P. 383

Blinks if there is a problem with the Auto Idle Stop System.

Blinks - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.

89Continued* Not available on all models

90

uu Indicatorsu

In stru

m en

t Pan el

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 90

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message

Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) Indicator

Comes on for a few seconds when you change the power mode to ON, then goes off.

Comes on when you deactivate the CMBSTM. A multi-information display message appears for five seconds.

Comes on if there is a problem with the CMBSTM.

Stays on constantly without the CMBSTM off - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.

2 Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) P. 436

uuIndicatorsu In

stru m

en t Pan

el

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 91

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message

Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) Indicator

Comes on when the CMBSTM system shuts itself off.

Stays on - The area around the camera is blocked by dirt, mud, etc. Stop your vehicle in a safe place, and wipe it off with a soft cloth.

2 Front Sensor Camera P. 388

When the radar sensor gets dirty, stop your vehicle in a safe place, and wipe off dirt using a soft cloth.

Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if the message does not disappear even after you clean the sensor cover.

2 Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) P. 436

Stays on - The temperature inside the camera is too high. Use the climate control system to cool down the camera. The system activates when the temperature inside the camera cools down.

2 Front Sensor Camera P. 388

91

92

uu IndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages

In stru

m en

t Pan el

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 92

Multi-Information Display Warning and Information Messages The following messages appear only on the multi-information display. Roll the right selector wheel to see the message again with the

system message indicator on.

Message Condition Explanation

Appears when the washer fluid is low. Refill washer fluid. 2 Refilling Window Washer Fluid P. 485

Appears when the scheduled maintenance is due soon. Consequently, Maintenance Due Now and

Maintenance Past Due follow. 2 Maintenance Minder Messages on the Multi-

Information Display P. 469

Appears when the transmission system temperature is too high. The vehicle does not operate properly.

You may find it difficult to accelerate, or to start the vehicle on uphill.

Stop in a safe place in (P . Let the engine idle until the message disappears.

Appears if you depress the accelerator pedal when the transmission is in (N .

Release the accelerator pedal. After that, depress the brake pedal and change the transmission position.

Canadian models

uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages In

stru m

en t Pan

el

Explanation

Overheating P. 545

your vehicle checked by a dealer. Checking the Battery P. 502

off the climate control system and rear defogger to e electricity consumption. If the Charging System Indicator Comes On P. 547

the ENGINE START/STOP button up to 15 ds to start the engine. your vehicle checked by a dealer.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 93

Message Condition

Appears when the engine coolant temperature gets abnormally high.

2

Appears when there is a problem with the sensor on the battery.

Have 2

Appears along with the battery charging system indicator when the battery is not charging.

Turn reduc

2

Appears when the starter system has a problem. Hold secon Have

U.S.

Canada

93Continued

94

uu IndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages

In stru

m en

t Pan el

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 94

Message Condition Explanation

Appears after the drivers door is opened when the power mode is in ACCESSORY.

Press the ENGINE START/STOP button twice with your foot off the brake pedal to change the power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK).

Appears when the power mode is in ACCESSORY.

Appears when you close the door with the power mode in ON without the keyless access remote inside the vehicle.

Disappears when you bring the keyless access remote back inside the vehicle and close the door.

2 Keyless Access Remote Reminder P. 160

Appears when the keyless access remote battery becomes weak.

Replace the battery as soon as possible. 2 Replacing the Button Battery P. 504

uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages In

stru m

en t Pan

el

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 95

Message Condition Explanation

Appears if the keyless access remotes battery is too weak to start the engine or the key is not within operating range to start the engine. A beeper sounds six times.

Bring the keyless access remote in front of the ENGINE START/STOP button to be touched with.

2 If the Keyless Access Remote Battery is Weak P. 538

Appears three seconds after the To Start, Hold Remote Near Start Button, then To Start Engine messages appears sequentially.

Unless you bring the keyless access remote in front of the ENGINE START/STOP button, this message does not appear.

2 If the Keyless Access Remote Battery is Weak P. 538

Appears when the power mode is in ACCESSORY or ON.

2 Starting the Engine P. 362

Appears when the engine does not restart automatically due to the following reason: The hood is open. There is a problem in the system that disables Auto

Idle Stop.

Follow the normal procedure to start the engine. 2 Starting the Engine P. 362

Close the hood.

Appears when the steering wheel is locked. Move the steering wheel left and right while pressing the ENGINE START/STOP button.

Models with Auto Idle Stop Models with Auto Idle Stop

Canadian models

95Continued

96

uu IndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages

In stru

m en

t Pan el

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 96

Message Condition Explanation

Appears when you try to change the gear position without depressing the brake pedal.

Depress the brake pedal, then select a shift button.

Appears when you try to change the gear position without releasing your foot off the accelerator pedal.

Release your foot off the accelerator pedal, then select a shift button.

Appears when the (P button is pressed while the vehicle is moving.

Appears if you change the gear position to (R while the vehicle is moving forward, or to (D while the vehicle is reversing.

Make sure that the vehicle comes to a stop before operating the select button.

Appears when you set the power mode to ON without fastening the drivers seat belt.

Appears when you change the gear position after (P has been automatically selected with the drivers door open, the drivers seat belt unfastened, then the brake pedal is released.

Fasten the seat belt properly before you start to drive. 2 Shift Operation P. 372

uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages In

stru m

en t Pan

el

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 97

Message Condition Explanation

Appears if any door or the trunk is not completely closed.

The beeper sounds and the message appears if any door or the trunk is opened while driving.

Goes off when all doors and the trunk are closed.

Appears when the hood is opened. Close the hood.

97Continued

98

uu IndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages

In stru

m en

t Pan el

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 98

Message Condition Explanation

Appears if there is a problem with the cooling system. Drive slowly to prevent overheating and have your vehicle checked by a dealer as soon as possible.

Appears when pressing the Dynamic Mode button. u Press again to change the next mode.

2 Integrated Dynamics System P. 387

Appears when there is a problem with the headlights. Appears while driving - The headlights may not be on. When conditions allow you to drive safely, have your vehicle checked by a dealer as soon as possible.

Appears if the automatic brake hold system is automatically canceled while it is in operation.

Immediately depress the brake pedal.

uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages In

stru m

en t Pan

el

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 99

Message Condition Explanation

Appears if there is a problem with the auto high-beam. Manually operate the headlight switch. If you are driving with the high-beam headlights when

this happens, the headlights are changed to low beams.

Appears if the temperature inside the camera is too high and either the auto high beams are in operation or the headlight switch is turned to AUTO.

Use the climate control system to cool down the camera.

Goes off - The camera has cooled down. To resume the system, turn the headlight switch to AUTO.

2 Front Sensor Camera P. 388

Appears when the area around the camera is blocked by dirt, mud, etc. Stop your vehicle in a safe place, and wipe it off with a soft cloth.

May appear when driving in bad weather (rain, snow, fog, etc.)

Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if the message comes back on after you have cleaned the area around the camera.

99Continued

100

uu IndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages

In stru

m en

t Pan el

Explanation

Automatic Brake Hold P. 432

n the drivers seat belt. Automatic Brake Hold P. 432

the automatic brake hold button with the brake l depressed. Automatic Brake Hold P. 432

Automatic Brake Hold P. 432 Parking Brake P. 428

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 100

Message Condition

Appears when the automatic brake hold system is turned off.

2

Appears when the automatic brake hold button is pressed without wearing the drivers seat belt.

Faste 2

Appears when the automatic brake hold button is pressed without depressing the brake pedal while the automatic brake hold system is in operation.

Press peda

2

Appears when the parking brake is applied automatically while it is in operation. 2

2

uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages In

stru m

en t Pan

el

Explanation

the appropriate means to prevent a collision (apply rakes, change lanes, etc.) Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) P. 436 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) P. 390

an resume the set speed after the condition that d ACC with LSF to cancel improves. Press the RES/ / switch up. Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) P. 390

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 101

Message Condition

Flashes when the system senses a likely collision with a vehicle in front of you.

Take the b

2

2

Appears when ACC with LSF has been automatically canceled.

You c cause +/SET

2

101Continued

102

uu IndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages

In stru

m en

t Pan el

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 102

*1:Models with electronic gear selector *2:Models with shift lever

Message Condition Explanation

Appears when the distance between your vehicle and the vehicle ahead of you is too close while ACC with LSF is in operation.

ACC with LSF has been automatically canceled. 2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed

Follow (LSF) P. 390

Appears when pressing the RES/+/SET/ switch down while the distance between your vehicle and the vehicle ahead of you is too close.

ACC with LSF cannot be set. 2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed

Follow (LSF) P. 390

Appears when pressing the RES/+/SET/ switch down while the drivers seat belt is unfastened.

ACC with LSF cannot be set. 2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed

Follow (LSF) P. 390

Appears when pressing the RES/+/SET/ switch down while the transmission is not in (D .

ACC with LSF cannot be set. 2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed

Follow (LSF) P. 390

*1

*2

uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages In

stru m

en t Pan

el

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 103

Message Condition Explanation

Appears when the vehicle is stopped on a very steep slope while ACC with LSF is in operation.

ACC with LSF has been automatically canceled. 2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed

Follow (LSF) P. 390

Appears when pressing the RES/+/SET/ switch down while the vehicle is stopped on a very steep slope.

ACC with LSF cannot be set. 2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed

Follow (LSF) P. 390

Appears when pressing the RES/+/SET/ switch down while the parking brake is applied.

ACC with LSF cannot be set. 2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed

Follow (LSF) P. 390 2 Parking Brake P. 428

103Continued

104

uu IndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages

In stru

m en

t Pan el

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 104

Message Condition Explanation

Appears when pressing the RES/+/SET/ switch down while the vehicle is moving and the brake pedal is depressed.

ACC with LSF cannot be set. 2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed

Follow (LSF) P. 390

Appears if ACC with LSF is canceled while your vehicle is automatically stopped by ACC with LSF.

Immediately depress the brake pedal.

uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages In

stru m

en t Pan

el

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 105

Message Condition Explanation

Appears when the vehicle is driving out of a detected lane. The steering wheel vibrates rapidly.

Keep the vehicle within the lane you are driving. 2 Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) P. 409

Appears when the vehicle is driving out of a detected lane.

- The steering wheel vibrates rapidly when the vehicle is drifting out of a detected lane.

- The steering wheel vibrates rapidly when the vehicle is drifting out of a detected lane. The system also steers the vehicle to help you remain within your driving lane.

Keep the vehicle within the lane you are driving. 2 Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) System P. 404

You can change the setting for the road departure mitigation system. Normal, Wide, and Warning Only can be selected.

2 Customized Features P. 120, 292

Blinks when you fail to steer the vehicle. The beeper sounds simultaneously.

Operate the steering wheel to resume the LKAS.

Appears when the LKAS is in operation, or the LKAS button is pressed, but there is a problem with a system related to the LKAS. The LKAS cancels automatically. The beeper sounds simultaneously.

If any other system indicators come on, such as the VSA, ABS and brake system, take appropriate action.

Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)

Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) System

When you selected Warning Only

When you selected Normal or Wide

105Continued

106

uu IndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages

In stru

m en

t Pan el

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 106

Message Condition Explanation

Appears when the LKAS is in operation, or the LKAS button is pressed, but the temperature inside the front sensor camera is too high. The LKAS cancels automatically. The beeper sounds simultaneously.

Use the climate control system to cool down the camera.

Goes off - The camera has been cooled down. Pressing the LKAS button can resume the system.

2 Front Sensor Camera P. 388

Appears when the area around the camera is blocked by dirt, mud, etc. Stop your vehicle in a safe place, and wipe it off with a soft cloth.

May appear when driving in bad weather (rain, snow, fog, etc.)

Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if the indicator and message come back on after you cleaned the area around the camera.

uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages In

stru m

en t Pan

el

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 107

Message Condition Explanation

Appears when you turn the Auto Idle Stop system on.

2 Auto Idle Stop* P. 382

Appears when Auto Idle Stop Guidance Screens ON has been selected from the customization menu.

2 Auto Idle Stop* P. 382

Appears when Auto Idle Stop does not activate for some reason.

Appears when the engine restarts automatically. Appears when the battery temperature is around 14F

(10C) or lower.

Appears when Auto Idle Stop does not activate because the climate control system is in use, and the difference between the set temperature and actual interior temperature becomes significant.

Appears when Auto Idle Stop does not activate because the engine coolant temperature is too low or high.

Appears when Auto Idle Stop does not activate because the battery charge level is low.

Models with Auto Idle Stop

107Continued* Not available on all models

108

uu IndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages

In stru

m en

t Pan el

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 108

Message Condition Explanation

Appears when Auto Idle Stop does not activate because the pressure to the brake pedal is not enough.

Depress the brake pedal firmly.

Appears when Auto Idle Stop Guidance Screens ON has been selected from the customization menu.

Appears when the system is under the following conditions while Auto Idle Stop activates: - The battery charge level is low. - The battery temperature is around 14F (10C) or

lower. - The climate control system is in use, and the difference

between the set temperature and actual interior temperature becomes significant.

- The humidity in the interior is high.

The engine restarts automatically in a few seconds. 2 Starting the Engine P. 362

uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages In

stru m

en t Pan

el

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 109

Message Condition Explanation

Appears when you attempt to put the transmission into another gear position with the transmission in (P and the engine OFF.

To select another gear position while in (P , the engine must be ON.

Appears when you try to change the gear position after the position has automatically been changed to (P with the drivers door open and the drivers seat belt unfastened.

Press the (P button If you leave the vehicle.

Appears if you press the ENGINE START/STOP button to turn the engine off without the transmission in (P. Put the transmission into (P . The power mode changes

to VEHICLE OFF.

Press the ENGINE START/STOP button twice after putting the transmission into (P .

Appears when the engine stops without the transmission in (P , and does not restart automatically.

Appears if you open the hood while Auto Idle Stop activates.

If you want to set the power mode to ON, put the transmission into (P .

If you want to start the engine, follow the normal procedure.

2 Starting the Engine P. 362

Models with electronic gear selector

U.S. models

Canadian models

Models with Auto Idle Stop Models with Auto Idle Stop

109Continued

110

uu IndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages

In stru

m en

t Pan el

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 110

Message Condition Explanation

Appears for a few seconds if you have not pressed the (N button long enough to initiate Neutral-Hold mode. 2 If you want to keep the transmission in (N

position [car wash mode] P. 374

Appears when you press and hold (N button for more than 2 seconds.

Disappears when you set the gear position to other than (N .

2 If you want to keep the transmission in (N position [car wash mode] P. 374

Appears when you press the (P button but it is not engaged due to low ATF temperature.

Depress the brake pedal until this message disappear.

uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages In

stru m

en t Pan

el

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 111

Message Condition Explanation

Appears if you press the ENGINE START/STOP button to turn the engine off without the shift lever in (P. Move the shift lever to (P. The power mode changes to

VEHICLE OFF.

Press the ENGINE START/STOP button twice after moving the shift lever to (P.

Appears if the drivers door is open and you try to shift to a position other than (P .

Moving the shift lever to (P If you leave the vehicle.

Appears when the transmission system temperature is too high. The vehicle no longer moves.

Immediately stop in a safe place and shift to (P . Let the engine idle until the message disappears.

Models with shift lever

U.S. models

Canadian models

111Continued

112

uu IndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages

In stru

m en

t Pan el

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 112

Message Condition Explanation

Appears if there is a problem with the parking sensor system.

Check if the area around the sensor(s) is covered with mud, ice, snow, etc. If the indicator(s) stays on even after you clean the area, have the system checked by a dealer.

Message Condition Explanation

Appears when you unlock and open the drivers door while the engine is running by two-way keyless access remote.

2 Remote Engine Start* P. 365

Models with parking sensor system

Models with two-way keyless access remote

* Not available on all models

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 113

Gauges and Multi-Information Display

In

stru m

en t Pan

el1Fuel Gauge

NOTICE You should refuel when the needle approaches . Running out of fuel can cause the engine to misfire, damaging the catalytic converter.

The actual amount of remaining fuel may differ from the fuel gauge reading.

E

1Temperature Gauge

NOTICE Driving with the temperature gauge pointer in the upper zone can cause serious engine damage. Pull safely to the side of the road and allow engine temperature to return to normal.

2 Overheating P. 545

Gauges Gauges include the speedometer, tachometer, fuel gauge and related indicators. They are displayed when the power mode is in ON.

Displays your driving speed in mph or km/h.

Shows the number of engine revolutions per minute.

Displays the amount of fuel left in the fuel tank.

Displays the temperature of the engine coolant.

Speedometer

Tachometer

Fuel Gauge

Temperature Gauge

113

114

uuGauges and Multi-Information DisplayuMulti-Information Display

In stru

m en

t Pan el

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 114

Multi-Information Display The multi-information display shows the odometer, trip meter, outside temperature indicator, and other gauges. It also displays important messages such as warnings and other helpful information.

uuGauges and Multi-Information DisplayuMulti-Information Display In

stru m

en t Pan

el

fe

Elapsed Time Average Speed

Compass

Turn-by-Turn Directions*

Integrated Dynamics System

Integrated Dynamics System/ SH-AWD*

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 115

Main displays Roll the right selector wheel to change the display.

Switching the Display

Right Selector Wheel

Engine Oil LiVehicle Settings

OFF RangeInstant Fuel Economy/ Average Fuel Economy

Tire Pressure for Each Tire

115Continued* Not available on all models

116

uuGauges and Multi-Information DisplayuMulti-Information Display

In stru

m en

t Pan el

A Trip B

Outside temperature

TRIP

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 116

Lower displays Press the TRIP button to change the display.

Odometer Trip

TRIP Button

TRIP

TRIP

uuGauges and Multi-Information DisplayuMulti-Information Display In

stru m

en t Pan

el

1Trip Meter

Switch between trip meter A and trip meter B by pressing the TRIP button.

1Outside Temperature

The temperature sensor is in the front bumper. Road heat and exhaust from another vehicle can affect the temperature reading when your vehicle speed is less than 19 mph (30 km/h).

It may take several minutes for the display to be updated after the temperature reading has stabilized.

Use the multi-information displays customized features to correct the temperature.

2 Customized Features P. 120, 292

1Average Fuel Economy

You can change when to reset the average fuel economy.

2 Customized Features P. 120, 292

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 117

Shows the total number of miles (U.S.) or kilometers (Canada) that your vehicle has accumulated.

Shows the total number of miles (U.S.) or kilometers (Canada) driven since the last reset. Meters A and B can be used to measure two separate trips.

Resetting a trip meter To reset a trip meter, display it, then press and hold the TRIP button. The trip meter is reset to 0.0.

Shows the outside temperature in Fahrenheit (U.S.) or Celsius (Canada).

Adjusting the outside temperature display Adjust the temperature reading up to 5F (U.S.) or 3C (Canada) if the temperature reading seems incorrect.

Shows the estimated average fuel economy of each trip meter in mpg (U.S.) or l/100 km (Canada). The display is updated at set intervals. When a trip meter is reset, the average fuel economy is also reset.

Odometer

Trip Meter

Outside Temperature

Average Fuel Economy

Continued 117

uuGauges and Multi-Information DisplayuMulti-Information Display

118

In stru

m en

t Pan el

1Elapsed Time

You can change when to reset the elapsed time. 2 Customized Features P. 120, 292

1Average Speed

You can change when to reset the average speed. 2 Customized Features P. 120, 292

1Turn-by-Turn Directions*

The multi-information display shows a compass when the route guidance is not used.

You can select whether the turn-by-turn display comes on or not during the route guidance.

2 Customized Features P. 120, 292

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 118

Shows the instant fuel economy as a bar graph in mpg (U.S.) or l/100 km (Canada).

Shows the estimated distance you can travel on the remaining fuel. This distance is estimated from the fuel economy of your previous trips.

Shows the time elapsed since the Trip A or Trip B was reset.

Shows the average speed in mph (U.S.) or km/h (Canada) since the Trip A or Trip B was reset.

Shows you turn-by-turn driving directions to your destination linked with the navigation system.

2 Refer to the Navigation System Manual

Instant Fuel Economy

Range

Elapsed Time

Average Speed

Turn-by-Turn Directions*

* Not available on all models

uuGauges and Multi-Information DisplayuMulti-Information Display In

stru m

en t Pan

el

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 119

Shows the remaining oil life and Maintenance MinderTM. 2 Maintenance MinderTM P. 467

Shows each tires pressure. 2 Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) with Tire Fill Assist P. 424

Shows the current mode for Integrated dynamics system. 2 Integrated Dynamics System P. 387

The indicators on the display show the amount of torque being transferred to the right front, left front, right rear, and left rear wheels.

2 Super Handling-All Wheel DriveTM (SH- AWD)* P. 423

Engine Oil Life and Maintenance Items

Tire Pressure Monitor

Current Mode for Integrated Dynamics System

SH-AWD Torque Distribution Monitor*

119Continued* Not available on all models

uuGauges and Multi-Information DisplayuMulti-Information Display

120

In stru

m en

t Pan el

1Customized Features

To customize other features, roll the right selector wheel.

2 List of customizable options P. 123 2 Example of customization settings P. 128

Customization is possible when you see the drivers ID (Driver 1 or Driver 2) on the screen. The drivers ID indicates which remote transmitter you have used to unlock the drivers door. The customized settings are recalled every time you unlock the drivers door with that remote.

Put the transmission into (P before you attempt to change any customized setting.

Customizing is also available from the information screen. You cannot have Vehicle Settings displayed on the multi-information display while the information screen shows the same menu.

2 Customized Features P. 292

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 120

Use the multi-information display to customize certain features.

How to customize Select the Vehicle Settings screen by rolling the right selector wheel while the power mode is in ON, and the vehicle is at a complete stop. Push the right selector wheel.

Customized Features

Right Selector Wheel Roll: Changes the customize menus and items. Push: Enters the selected item.

Multi-information Display: Goes to Vehicle Settings.

uuGauges and Multi-Information DisplayuMulti-Information Display In

stru m

en t Pan

el

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 121

Customization flow Roll the right selector wheel to select Vehicle Settings and push the right selector wheel.

Vehicle Settings

Trip A Reset Timing

Language Selection Adjust Outside Temp. Display

Memory Position Link

Door Unlock Mode Keyless Access Light Flash

Driver Assist System Setup

Meter Setup

Driving Position Setup

Keyless Access Setup

Trip B Reset Timing

Turn by Turn Display*

Forward Collision Warning Distance ACC Forward Vehicle Detect Beep

Push

Push

Push

Lane Keeping Assist Suspend Beep Blind Spot Info*

Remote Start System On/Off*

Seat Position Movement At Entry/Exit

Roll

Keyless Access Beep

Push

Roll

Push

Push

Roll

Roll

Roll

Roll

Roll

Roll

ACC Display Speed Unit Road Departure Mitigation Setting

Walk Away Auto Lock

Auto Engine Idle Stop Guidance Screens*

Reverse Alert Tone*

Roll

121Continued* Not available on all models

122

uuGauges and Multi-Information DisplayuMulti-Information Display

In stru

m en

t Pan el

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 122

Door Setup

Maintenance Info.

Default All

Lighting Setup

Key And Remote Unlock Mode

Auto Door Lock Auto Door Unlock

Keyless Lock Answer Back

Auto Folding Door Mirror*

Interior Light Dimming Time

Headlight Auto Off Timer

Auto Light Sensitivity

Push

Push

Roll

Roll

Roll

Dynamic Mode Setup Push Preferred Dynamic Mode

Push

Push Maintenance Reset

Roll

Roll

Roll

Roll

Roll

Roll

Security Relock Timer

Wireless Charger Setup* Push Wireless Charging

Roll

Exit

* Not available on all models

uuGauges and Multi-Information DisplayuMulti-Information Display In

stru m

en t Pan

el

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 123

List of customizable options

*1:Default Setting

Setup Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings

Driver Assist System Setup

Forward Collision Warning Distance

Changes at which distance CMBSTM alerts. Long/Normal*1/Short

ACC Forward Vehicle Detect Beep

Causes the system to beep when the system detects a vehicle, or when the vehicle goes out of the ACC with LSF range.

On/Off*1

ACC Display Speed Unit Changes the speed unit for ACC with LSF on the multi- information display.

mph*1/km/h (U.S.) mph/km/h*1 (Canada)

Road Departure Mitigation Setting

Changes the setting for the road departure mitigation system.

Normal*1/Wide/Warning Only

Lane Keeping Assist Suspend Beep

Causes the system to beep when the LKAS is suspended. On/Off*1

Blind Spot Info* Changes the setting for the blind spot information. Audible And Visual Alert*1/Visual Alert/Off

123Continued* Not available on all models

124

uuGauges and Multi-Information DisplayuMulti-Information Display

In stru

m en

t Pan el

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 124

*1:Default Setting

Setup Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings

Meter Setup

Language Selection Changes the displayed language. English*1/Franais/ Espaol

Adjust Outside Temp. Display

Adjusts the temperature reading by a few degrees.

-5F ~ 0F*1 ~ +5F (U.S.) -3C ~ 0C*1 ~ +3C (Canada)

Trip A Reset Timing Changes the setting of how to reset trip meter A, average fuel economy A, average speed A, and elapsed time A.

When Refueled/IGN Off/ Manually Reset*1

Trip B Reset Timing Changes the setting of how to reset trip meter B, average fuel economy B, average speed B, and elapsed time B.

When Refueled/IGN Off/ Manually Reset*1

Reverse Alert Tone* Causes the beeper to sound once when the change the gear position to (R .

On*1/Off

Auto Engine Idle Stop Guidance Screens*

Selects whether the Auto Idle Stop guidance screens comes on.

On/Off*1

Turn by Turn Display* Selects whether the turn-by-turn display comes on during the route guidance.

On*1/Off

* Not available on all models

uuGauges and Multi-Information DisplayuMulti-Information Display In

stru m

en t Pan

el

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 125

*1: Default Setting

Setup Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings

Driving Position Setup

Memory Position Link Turns the driving position memory system on and off.

On*1/Off

Seat Position Movement At Entry/Exit

Depending on the set seating position the driver seat may move forward or rearward when entering/ exiting the vehicle.

On*1/Off

Keyless Access Setup

Door Unlock Mode Changes which doors unlock when you grab the drivers door handle.

Driver Door Only*1/All Doors

Keyless Access Light Flash

Causes some exterior lights to flash when you unlock/lock the doors.

On*1/Off

Keyless Access Beep Causes the beeper to sound when you unlock/lock the doors.

On*1/Off

Remote Start System On/ Off* Turns the remote engine start feature on and off. On*1/Off

Walk Away Auto Lock Changes the settings for the automatic locking the doors when you walk away from the vehicle while carrying the keyless access remote.

On/Off*1

125Continued* Not available on all models

126

uuGauges and Multi-Information DisplayuMulti-Information Display

In stru

m en

t Pan el

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 126

*1: Default Setting

Setup Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings

Lighting Setup

Interior Light Dimming Time

Changes the length of time the interior lights stay on after you close the doors.

60sec/30sec*1/15sec

Headlight Auto Off Timer

Changes the length of time the exterior lights stay on after you close the drivers door.

60sec/30sec/15sec*1/0sec

Auto Light Sensitivity Changes the timing for the headlights to come on. Max/High/Mid*1/Low/Min

Door Setup

Auto Door Lock Changes the setting for when the doors automatically lock.

With Vehicle Speed*1/Shift From P/Off

Auto Door Unlock Changes the setting for when the doors automatically unlock.

All Doors When Drivers Door Opens*1/All Doors When Shifted To Park/All Doors When Ignition Switched Off/Off

Key And Remote Unlock Mode

Sets up either the drivers door or all doors to unlock on the first operation of the remote or built-in key.

Driver Door*1/ All Doors

Keyless Lock Answer Back

LOCK/UNLOCK- The exterior lights flash. LOCK (2nd push)- The beeper sounds.

On*1/Off

Security Relock Timer Changes the time it takes for the doors to relock and the security system to set after you unlock the vehicle without opening any door.

90sec/60sec/30sec*1

Auto Folding Door Mirror* Changes how you can fold the door mirrors.

Auto Fold With Keyless*1/ Manual Only

* Not available on all models

uuGauges and Multi-Information DisplayuMulti-Information Display In

stru m

en t Pan

el

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 127

*1: Default Setting

Setup Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings

Dynamic Mode Setup

Preferred Dynamic Mode Changes the Integrated Dynamics System mode setting for when you set the power mode to ON.

Last Used*1/Econ/Normal/ Sport

Wireless Charger Setup*

Wireless Charging Turns the wireless charging feature on and off. On*1/Off

Maintenance Info.

Maintenance Reset Resets/Cancels the engine oil life display when you have performed the maintenance service.

Cancel/Reset

Default All Cancels/Resets all the customized settings as default.

Cancel/Set

127Continued* Not available on all models

128

uuGauges and Multi-Information DisplayuMulti-Information Display

In stru

m en

t Pan el

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 128

Example of customization settings The steps for changing the Trip A Reset Timing setting to When Refueled are shown below. The default setting for Trip A Reset Timing is Manually Reset.

1. Roll the right selector wheel to select Vehicle Settings, then push the right selector wheel.

2. Roll the right selector wheel until Meter Setup appears on the display.

3. Push the right selector wheel. u Language Selection appears first on

the display.

uuGauges and Multi-Information DisplayuMulti-Information Display In

stru m

en t Pan

el

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 129

4. Roll the right selector wheel until Trip A Reset Timing appears on the display, then push the right selector wheel. u The display switches to the

customization setup screen, where you can select When Refueled, IGN Off, Manually Reset, or Exit.

5. Roll the right selector wheel and select When Refueled, then push the right selector wheel. u The When Refueled Setup screen

appears, then the display returns to the customization menu screen.

6. Roll the right selector wheel until Exit appears on the display, then push the right selector wheel.

7. Repeat Step 6 until you return to the normal screen.

129

130

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 130

* Not available on all m

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 131

Controls

This chapter explains how to operate the various controls necessary for driving.

Clock .................................................. 132 Locking and Unlocking the Doors

Key Types and Functions .................. 133 Low Keyless Access Remote Signal Strength ..135 Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside .......................................... 136

Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside ............................................. 145

Childproof Door Locks ..................... 147 Auto Door Locking/Unlocking .......... 148

Opening and Closing the Trunk....... 149 Security System ................................ 152

Immobilizer System .......................... 152 Security System Alarm...................... 152

odels

Opening and Closing the Windows .... 155 Moonroof .................................................. 157 Operating the Switches Around the Steering Wheel ENGINE START/STOP Button............. 158 Turn Signals ..................................... 161 Light Switches.................................. 162 Fog Lights* ...................................... 165 Daytime Running Lights ................... 165 Auto High-Beam.............................. 166 Wipers and Washers ........................ 169 Brightness Control ........................... 172 Rear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror Button........................................ 173

Driving Position Memory System ...... 174 Adjusting the Steering Wheel .......... 176

Adjusting the Mirrors....................... 177 Interior Rearview Mirror ................... 177 Power Door Mirrors ......................... 178

Adjusting the Seats .......................... 180 Front Seats ...................................... 180

Interior Lights/Interior Convenience Items ................................................ 189 Interior Lights .................................. 189 Interior Convenience Items .............. 192

Climate Control System ................... 205 Using Automatic Climate Control .... 205 Automatic Climate Control Sensors......212

131

132

C o

n tro

ls

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 132

Clock

1Adjusting the Clock

These indications are used to show how to operate the interface dial. Rotate to select. Press to enter. Move to select a secondary menu.

You can customize the clock display to show the 12 hour clock or 24 hour clock.

2 Customized Features P. 292

You can turn the clock display in the information screen on and off.

2 Customized Features P. 292

You cannot adjust the time while the vehicle is moving.

The clock is automatically updated through the navigation system, so the time does not need to be adjusted.

Except Canadian models

Models with navigation system

Adjusting the Clock

You can also adjust the time manually in the information screen, with the power mode in ON.

Using the Settings menu on the information screen 1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select Clock Settings, then

press . u Repeat the procedure to select Clock

Adjustment. 3. Rotate to change hour, then move . 4. Rotate to change minute, then press

.

Adjusting the Time

Models without navigation system

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 133

Locking and Unlocking the Doors

C

o n

tro ls

1Key Types and Functions

All the keys have an immobilizer system. The immobilizer system helps to protect against vehicle theft.

2 Immobilizer System P. 152

Follow the advice below to prevent damage to the keys: Do not leave the keys in direct sunlight, or in

locations with high temperature or high humidity. Do not drop the keys or set heavy objects on them. Keep the keys away from liquids, dust and sand. Do not take the keys apart except for replacing the

battery. If the circuits in the keys are damaged, the engine may not start, and the remote transmitter may not work. If the keys do not work properly, have them inspected by a dealer.

You can remotely start the engine using the two-way keyless access remote.

2 Remote Engine Start* P. 365

Models with two-way keyless access remote

Key Types and Functions This vehicle comes with the following keys:

Use the keys to start and stop the engine, and to lock and unlock all the doors and trunk. You can also use the remote transmitter to lock and unlock the doors and trunk.

Models without two-way keyless access remote

Models with two-way keyless access remote

133Continued* Not available on all models

134

uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuKey Types and Functions

C o

n tro

ls

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 134

The built-in key can be used to lock/unlock the doors when the keyless access remote battery becomes weak and the power door lock/ unlock operation is disabled.

To remove the built-in key, slide the release knob and then pull out the key. To reinstall the built-in key, push the built-in key into the keyless access remote until it clicks.

Built-in Key

Built-in Key

Release Knob

Models without two-way keyless access remote

Models with two-way keyless access remote

Built-in Key

Release Knob

uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLow Keyless Access Remote Signal Strength C

o n

tro ls

1Key Number Tag

Keep the key number tag separate from the key in a safe place outside of your vehicle. If you wish to purchase an additional key, contact a dealer.

If you lose your key and you cannot start the engine, contact a dealer.

1Low Keyless Access Remote Signal Strength

Communication between the keyless access remote and the vehicle consumes the keyless access remotes battery. Battery life is about two years, but this varies depending on regularity of use. The battery is consumed whenever the keyless access remote is receiving strong radio waves. Avoid placing it near electrical appliances such as televisions and personal computers.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 135

Contains a number that you will need if you purchase a replacement key.

Low Keyless Access Remote Signal Strength The vehicle transmits radio waves to locate the keyless access remote when locking/ unlocking the doors, opening the trunk, or to start the engine.

In the following cases, locking/unlocking the doors, opening the trunk, or starting the engine may be inhibited or operation may be unstable: Strong radio waves are being transmitted by nearby equipment. You are carrying the keyless access remote together with telecommunications

equipment, laptop computers, cell phones, or wireless devices. A metallic object is touching or covering the keyless access remote.

Key Number Tag

135

136

uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside

C o

n tro

ls

1Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside

If the interior light switch is in the door activated position, the interior light comes on when you unlock the doors. No doors opened: The light fades out after 30 seconds. Doors relocked: The light goes off immediately.

2 Interior Lights P. 189

1Using the Keyless Access System

If you do not open a door within 30 seconds of unlocking the vehicle with the keyless access system, the doors will automatically relock.

You can lock or unlock doors using the keyless access system only when the power mode is in VEHICLE OFF.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 136

Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside

When you carry the keyless access remote, you can lock/unlock the doors and open the trunk. You can lock/unlock the doors and trunk within a radius of about 32 inches (80 cm) of the outside door handle or trunk release button.

Using the Keyless Access System

Models without rear door touch sensor

Models with rear door touch sensor

uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside C

o n

tro ls

1Using the Keyless Access System

Do not leave the keyless access remote in the vehicle when you get out. Carry it with you.

Even if you are not carrying the keyless access remote, you can lock/unlock the doors while someone else with the remote is within range.

The door may be unlocked if the door handle is covered with water in heavy rain or in a car wash if the keyless access remote is within range.

If you grip a front or rear* door handle wearing gloves, the door sensor may be slow to respond or may not respond by unlocking the doors.

After locking the door, you have up to two seconds during which you can pull the door handle to confirm whether the door is locked. If you need to unlock the door immediately after locking it, wait at least two seconds before gripping the handle, otherwise the door will not unlock.

The door might not open if you pull it immediately after gripping the door handle. Grip the handle again and confirm that the door is unlocked before pulling the handle.

Even within the 32 inches (80 cm) radius, you may not be able to lock/unlock the doors with the keyless access remote if it is above or below the outside handle.

The keyless access remote may not operate if it is too close to the door and door glass.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 137

Locking the doors and trunk Press the door lock button on the front or rear* door. u Some exterior lights flash; the beeper

sounds; all the doors lock; and the security system sets.

Door Lock Button

Continued 137* Not available on all models

uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside

138

C o

n tro

ls

1Locking the doors and trunk (Walk away auto lock)

The auto lock function is set to OFF as the factory default setting. The auto lock function can be set to ON using the information screen or multi-information display. If you set the auto lock function to ON using the information screen or the multi-information display, only the remote transmitter that was used to unlock the drivers door prior to the setting change can activate auto lock.

2 Customized Features P. 120, 292

After the auto lock function has been activated, when you stay within the locking/unlocking operation range, the indicator on the keyless access remote will continue to flash until the doors are locked.

When you stay beside the vehicle within the operation range, the doors will automatically lock approximately 30 seconds after the auto lock function activating beeper sounds.

When you open a door after the auto lock function activating beeper sounds, the auto lock function will be delayed until all doors are closed.

Under the following circumstances, the auto lock function will not activate: The keyless access remote is inside the vehicle.

The keyless access remote is taken out of its operational range before all the doors are closed.

uThe beeper will not sound.

uThe beeper will sound.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 138

Locking the doors and trunk (Walk away auto lock)

When you walk away from the vehicle while carrying the keyless access remote, the doors will automatically lock. The auto lock function activates when all doors are closed, and the keyless access remote is within about 5 feet (1.5 m) radius of the outside door handle. Exit vehicle while carrying keyless access remote and close door(s). 1. While within about 5 feet (1.5 m) radius of

the vehicle. u The beeper sounds; the auto lock

function will be activated. 2. Carry the keyless access remote beyond

about 5 feet (1.5 m) from the vehicle and remain outside this range for 2 or more seconds. u Some exterior lights flash; the beeper

sounds; all doors will then lock.

The activation range of the auto lock function is about 5 feet (1.5 m)

uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside C

o n

tro ls

1Locking the doors and trunk (Walk away auto lock)

The auto lock function does not operate when any of the following conditions are met. The keyless access remote is inside the vehicle. A door or the hood is not closed. The power mode is set to any mode other than

OFF. The keyless access remote is not located within a

radius of about 5 feet (1.5 m) from the vehicle when you get out of the vehicle and close the doors.

Auto lock function operation stop beeper After the auto lock function has been activated, the auto lock operation stop beeper sounds for approximately two seconds in the following cases. The keyless access remote is put inside the vehicle

through a window. You are located too close to the vehicle. The keyless access remote is put inside the trunk. If the warning beeper sounds, check that you are carrying the keyless access remote. Then, open/close a door and confirm the auto lock activation beeper sounds once.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 139

To temporarily deactivate the function: 1. Set the power mode to OFF. 2. Open the drivers door. 3. Using the master door lock switch, operate

the lock as follows: Lock Unlock Lock Unlock. u The beeper sounds and the function is

deactivated.

To restore the function (any step below): Set the power mode to ON. Lock the vehicle without using the auto lock

function. With the keyless access remote on you,

move out of the auto lock function operation range.

Open any door.

Continued 139

uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside

140

C o

n tro

ls

1Using the Keyless Access System

The light flash, beep and door unlock mode settings can be customized using the information screen or multi-information display.

2 Customized Features P. 120, 292

When you go into the keyless access system working range with all the doors locked, the puddle lights come on for 30 seconds. The lights do not come on if you have previously stayed within the range for more than two minutes, or the doors have been locked for a few days. The feature activates again after you open and close any door, then lock the doors.

Models with puddle lights

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 140

Unlocking the doors and trunk Grab the drivers door handle: u The drivers door unlocks. u Some exterior lights flash twice and the

beeper sounds twice. Grab the front passengers or rear* door handle: u All doors unlock. u Some exterior lights flash twice and the

beeper sounds twice. Press the trunk release button: u The trunk unlocks and opens. u A beeper will sound. 2 Using the Trunk Release Button P. 150

Trunk Release Button

* Not available on all models

uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside C

o n

tro ls

1Using the Remote Transmitter

If you do not open a door within 30 seconds of unlocking the vehicle with the remote transmitter, the doors will automatically relock. You can change the relock timer setting.

2 Customized Features P. 120, 292

You can lock or unlock doors using the remote transmitter only when the power mode is in VEHICLE OFF.

The remote transmitter uses low-power signals, so the operating range may vary depending on the surroundings.

The remote will not lock the vehicle when a door is open.

If the distance at which the remote transmitter works varies, the battery is probably low. If the LED does not come on when you press a button, the battery is dead.

2 Replacing the Button Battery P. 504

You can customize the door unlock mode setting. 2 Customized Features P. 120, 292

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 141

Locking the doors Press the lock button. Once: u Some exterior lights flash, all the doors

lock, and the security system sets. Twice (within five seconds after the first push): u The beeper sounds and verifies the

security system is set.

Unlocking the doors Press the unlock button. Once: u Some exterior lights flash twice, and the

drivers door unlocks. Twice: u The remaining doors unlock.

*1: Checking Door Lock Status* P. 144

Using the Remote Transmitter

LED

Unlock Button

Lock Button

LED*1

Unlock Button

Lock Button

Continued 141* Not available on all models

uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside

142

C o

n tro

ls

1Locking/Unlocking the Doors Using a Key

When you lock the drivers door with a key, all the other doors lock at the same time. When unlocking, the drivers door unlocks first. Turn the key a second time within a few seconds to unlock the remaining doors.

You can customize the door unlock mode setting. 2 Customized Features P. 120, 292

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 142

If the lock or unlock button of the keyless access remote does not work, use the key instead.

2 Replacing the Button Battery P. 504

Fully insert the key and turn it.

Locking/Unlocking the Doors Using a Key

Lock

Unlock

uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside C

o n

tro ls

1Locking a Door Without Using a Key

When you lock the drivers door, all the other doors lock at the same time. Before locking a door, make sure that the key is not inside the vehicle.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 143

If you do not have the key on you, or if for some reason you cannot lock a door using the key, you can lock the door without it.

Locking the front doors Push the lock tab forward a or push the master door lock switch in the lock direction b, and close the door.

Locking the rear doors Push the lock tab forward and close the door.

Lockout prevention system The doors cannot be locked when the keyless access remote is inside the vehicle.

Locking a Door Without Using a Key

Continued 143

uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside

144

C o

n tro

ls

1Checking Door Lock Status*

Operate the remote in an open space. If there are buildings or other obstacles between your vehicle and the remote, the remote may not work even within the operable range. However, the range required for unlocking the trunk and all the doors as well as activating the panic function is the same as that required for operating the standard keyless access remote.

2 Using the Remote Transmitter P. 141

When checking the door lock status, you can also start or stop the engine.

2 Remote Engine Start* P. 365

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 144

You can remotely check if your vehicles doors are all locked or any are unlocked using the keyless access remote from extended distances.

Press the lock button, the Amber (LEFT) LED blinks once. Then after three seconds one of the following feedback will come: Green (center) comes on: Acknowledges that the doors are locked. Red (right) comes on: Acknowledges that doors are not locked, or any door is not

completely closed. Red (right) blinks three times: The remote does not receive the door lock status

from the vehicle.

Checking Door Lock Status*

Red

Green

Amber

Lock Button

* Not available on all models

uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside C

o n

tro ls

1Using the Lock Tab

When you lock the door using the lock tab on the driver's door, all of the other doors lock at the same time. When you unlock the door using the lock tab on the drivers door, only the drivers door will unlock.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 145

Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside

Locking a door Push the lock tab forward.

Unlocking a door Pull the lock tab rearward.

Using the Lock Tab

To Unlock

Lock Tab To Lock

145Continued

uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside

146

C o

n tro

ls

1Unlocking Using the Front Door Inner Handle

The front door inner handles are designed to allow front seat occupants to open the door in one motion. However, this feature requires that front seat occupants never pull a front door inner handle while the vehicle is in motion.

Children should always ride in a rear seat where childproof door locks are provided.

2 Childproof Door Locks P. 147

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 146

Pull the front door inner handle. u The door unlocks and opens in one

motion.

Unlocking and opening the drivers door from the inner handle unlocks all the other doors.

To avoid all the doors to be unlocked, use the lock tab on the drivers door to unlock, then lock again before opening the door. u This setting works for one time only. If you do not want all the doors to be

unlocked all the time, customize the Auto Door Unlock setting to Off using the multi-information display or information screen.

Unlocking Using the Front Door Inner Handle

Inner Handle

uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuChildproof Door Locks C

o n

tro ls

1Using the Master Door Lock Switch

When you lock/unlock either front door using the master door lock switch, all the other doors lock/ unlock at the same time.

1Childproof Door Locks

To open the door from the inside when the childproof door lock is on, put the lock tab in the unlock position, lower the rear window, put your hand out of the window, and pull the outside door handle.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 147

Press the master door lock switch in as shown to lock or unlock all the doors.

Childproof Door Locks The childproof door locks prevent the rear doors from being opened from the inside regardless of the position of the lock tab.

Slide the lever in the rear door to the lock position, and close the door.

When opening the door Open the door using the outside door handle.

Using the Master Door Lock Switch

To Unlock

To Lock

Master Door Lock Switch

Setting the Childproof Door Locks

Unlock

Lock

147

148

uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuAuto Door Locking/Unlocking

C o

n tro

ls

1Auto Door Locking/Unlocking

You can turn off or change to another auto door locking/unlocking setting using the information screen or multi-information display.

2 Customized Features P. 120, 292

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 148

Auto Door Locking/Unlocking Your vehicle locks or unlocks all doors automatically when certain conditions are met.

Drive lock mode All doors lock when the vehicles speed reaches about 10 mph (15 km/h).

Drivers door open mode All doors unlock when the drivers door is opened.

Auto Door Locking

Auto Door Unlocking

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 149

Opening and Closing the Trunk

C

o n

tro ls

Precautions for Opening/Closing the Trunk Opening the trunk Open the trunk all the way. u If it is not fully opened, the trunk lid may begin to close under its own weight.

Closing the trunk Keep the trunk lid closed while driving to: u Avoid possible damage. u Prevent exhaust gas from leaking into the vehicle. 2 Exhaust Gas Hazard P. 69

Using the Trunk Opener Pressing the trunk opener on the driver side control panel unlocks and opens the trunk.

2 When You Cannot Open the Trunk P. 560

Trunk Opener

149

150

uuOpening and Closing the TrunkuUsing the Trunk Release Button

C o

n tro

ls

1Using the Trunk Release Button

If you forget the remote inside, the beeper will sound and the trunk will not close.

A person who is not carrying the keyless access remote can unlock the trunk if a person who is carrying it is within range.

If the beeper sounds after you close the trunk, move the keyless access remote away from the trunk and close again.

The keyless access remote may not operate if it is too close to the trunk.

1Using the Remote Transmitter

If the drivers door is locked, the trunk will automatically lock when you close it. Otherwise, you will have to lock it manually.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 150

Using the Trunk Release Button Push up the release button on the trunk lid after the doors are unlocked.

2 When You Cannot Open the Trunk P. 560

Even if the trunk is locked, you can open the trunk if you carry the keyless access remote. u The beeper sounds.

Using the Remote Transmitter Press the trunk release button for approximately one second to unlock and open the trunk.

Trunk Release Button

Trunk Release Button

Trunk Release Button

uuOpening and Closing the TrunkuTrunk Main Switch C

o n

tro ls

1Trunk Main Switch

If you need to give the key to someone else, remove the built-in key from the keyless access remote by sliding the release knob, and give the remote as a valet key.

1Emergency Trunk Opener

Parents should decide if their children should be shown how to use this feature.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 151

Trunk Main Switch The trunk main switch disables the trunk release button on the remote transmitter, the trunk release button on the trunk lid and trunk opener on the driver side control panel to protect cargo in the trunk. 1. Make sure the rear seat-back is not folded

down. 2. Turn off the trunk main switch in the glove

box. 3. Lock the glove box.

Emergency Trunk Opener The trunk release lever allows you to open the trunk from inside for your safety.

Slide the release lever in the direction of the arrow.

Main Switch

OFF

ON

Lever

151

152

C o

n tro

ls

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 152

Security System

1Immobilizer System

NOTICE Leaving the key in the vehicle can result in theft or accidental movement of the vehicle. Always take the key with you whenever you leave the vehicle unattended.

Do not alter the system or add other devices to it. Doing so may damage the system and make your vehicle inoperable.

1Security System Alarm

Do not alter the system or add other devices to it. Doing so may damage the system and make your vehicle inoperable.

The security alarm continues for a maximum of two minutes until the security system alarm deactivates.

Immobilizer System The immobilizer system prevents a key that has not been pre-registered from starting the engine. Each key contains electronic transmitters that use electronic signals to verify the key.

Pay attention to the following when pressing the ENGINE START/STOP button: Do not allow objects that emit strong radio waves near the ENGINE START/

STOP button. Make sure the key is not covered by or touching a metal object. Do not bring a key from another vehicles immobilizer system near the ENGINE

START/STOP button. Do not put the key near magnetic items. Electronic devices, such as televisions

and audio systems emit strong magnetic fields. Note that even a key chain can become magnetic.

Security System Alarm The security system alarm activates when the trunk, hood or doors are forcibly opened. The alarm does not activate if the trunk or doors are opened with the key, remote transmitter or keyless access system.

However, the alarm activates if a door is opened with the key and then the transmission is taken out of (P or the hood is opened before the power mode is set to ON.

However, the alarm activates if a door is opened with the key and then the hood is opened before the power mode is set to ON.

When the security system alarm activates The horn sounds intermittently and some exterior lights flash.

Models with shift lever

Models with electronic gear selector

uuSecurity SystemuSecurity System Alarm C

o n

tro ls

1Security System Alarm

Do not set the security system alarm when someone is in the vehicle or a window is open. The system can accidentally activate when: Unlocking the door with the lock tab. Opening the trunk with the trunk opener or the

emergency trunk opener. Opening the hood with the hood release.

Taking the transmission out of (P.

If the battery goes dead after you have set the security system alarm, the security alarm may go off once the battery is recharged or replaced. If this occurs, deactivate the security system alarm by unlocking a door using the key, remote transmitter or keyless access system.

Models with shift lever

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 153

To deactivate the security system alarm Unlock the vehicle using the key, remote transmitter or keyless access system. The system, along with the horn and flashing lights, is deactivated.

Setting the security system alarm The security system alarm automatically sets when the following conditions have been met: The power mode is set to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK). The hood is closed. All doors and the trunk are locked from outside with the key, remote transmitter

or keyless access system.

When the security system alarm sets The security system alarm indicator in the instrument panel blinks. When the blinking interval changes after about 15 seconds, the security system alarm is set.

To cancel the security system alarm The security system alarm is canceled when the vehicle is unlocked using the remote transmitter or keyless access system, or the power mode is set to ON. The security system alarm indicator goes off at the same time.

Continued 153

154

uuSecurity SystemuSecurity System Alarm

C o

n tro

ls

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 154

The panic button on the remote transmitter

If you press the panic button for approximately one second, the following will occur for about 30 seconds: The horn sounds. Some exterior lights flash.

Canceling panic mode Press any button on the remote transmitter. Set the power mode to ON.

Panic Mode

Panic Button

Panic Button

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 155

Opening and Closing the Windows

C

o n

tro ls

1Opening/Closing the Power Windows

The power windows can be operated for up to 10 minutes after you set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK). Opening either front door cancels this function.

Auto Reverse If a power window senses resistance when closing automatically, it will stop closing and reverse direction.

The drivers window auto reverse function is disabled when you continuously pull up the switch.

The auto reverse function stops sensing when the window is almost closed to ensure that it fully closes.

3WARNING Closing a power window on someones hands or fingers can cause serious injury.

Make sure your passengers are away from the windows before closing them.

Opening/Closing the Power Windows The power windows can be opened and closed when the power mode is in ON, using the switches on the doors.

The drivers side switches can be used to open and close all the windows. The power window lock button on the drivers side must be switched off (not pushed in, indicator off) to open and close the windows from anywhere other than the drivers seat.

When the power window lock button is pushed in, the indicator comes on and you can only operate the drivers window. Turn the power window lock button on if a child is in the vehicle.

Manual operation To open: Push the switch down lightly, and hold it until the desired position is reached. To close: Pull the switch up lightly, and hold it until the desired position is reached.

Automatic operation To open: Push the switch down firmly. To close: Pull the switch up firmly.

The window opens or closes completely. To stop the window at any time, push or pull the switch briefly.

Opening/Closing Windows with Auto-Open/Close Function

ON OFF

Power Window Lock Button

Indicator

Drivers Window Switch

Front Passengers Window Switch

Rear Passengers Window Switches

155Continued

156

uuOpening and Closing the WindowsuOpening/Closing the Power Windows

C o

n tro

ls

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 156

To open: Press the unlock button, and then within 10 seconds, press it again and hold it.

If the windows and moonroof stop midway, repeat the procedure.

To open: Unlock the drivers door with the key. Within 10 seconds of returning the key to the central position, turn the key in the unlock direction and hold it there. To close: Lock the drivers door with the key. Within 10 seconds of returning the key to the central position, turn the key in the lock direction and hold it there.

Release the key to stop the windows and moonroof at the desired position. If you want further adjustment, repeat the same operation.

Opening the Windows and Moonroof with the Remote

Unlock Button

Opening/Closing the Windows and Moonroof with the Key

Close

Open

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 157

Moonroof

C

o n

tro ls

1Opening/Closing the Moonroof

NOTICE Opening the moonroof in below freezing temperature or when it is covered with snow or ice can damage the moonroof panel or motor.

The power moonroof can be operated for up to 10 minutes after you set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK). Opening either front door cancels this function.

When resistance is detected, the auto reverse function causes the moonroof to change directions, then stop. Auto reverse stops sensing when the moonroof is almost closed to ensure that it fully closes. Make sure that all objects, including fingers, are clear of the moonroof.

You can use the remote transmitter or the key to operate the moonroof.

2 Opening the Windows and Moonroof with the Remote P. 156

2 Opening/Closing the Windows and Moonroof with the Key P. 156

3WARNING Opening or closing the moonroof on someones hands or fingers can cause serious injury.

Make sure all hands and fingers are clear of the moonroof before opening or closing it.

You can only operate the moonroof when the power mode is in ON. Use the switch in the front of the ceiling to open and close the moonroof.

Automatic operation To open: Pull the switch back firmly. To close: Push the switch forward firmly.

The moonroof will automatically open or close all the way. To stop the moonroof midway, push the switch briefly.

Manual operation To open: Pull the switch back lightly, and hold it until the desired position is reached. To close: Push the switch forward lightly, and hold it until the desired position is reached.

Tilting the moonroof up To tilt: Push on the center of the moonroof switch. To close: Push the switch forward firmly, then release.

Opening/Closing the Moonroof

Close

Open

Tilt

157

158

C o

n tro

ls

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 158

Operating the Switches Around the Steering Wheel

1ENGINE START/STOP Button

ENGINE START/STOP Button Operating Range

You can start the engine when the keyless access remote is inside the vehicle. The engine may also run if the keyless access remote is close to the door or window, even if it is outside the vehicle.

ON mode: Indicator in the button is off, if the engine is running.

If the battery of the keyless access remote is getting low, the engine may not start when you press the ENGINE START/STOP button. If the engine does not start, refer to the following link.

2 If the Keyless Access Remote Battery is Weak P. 538

Do not leave the power mode in ACCESSORY or ON when you get out.

Operating Range

ENGINE START/STOP Button

*1:Canadian models

Changing the Power Mode

VEHICLE OFF (LOCK) Indicator in the button is off. The steering wheel is locked*1. The power to all electrical components is turned off.

Press the button without the transmission in (P.

Without pressing the brake pedal

ACCESSORY Indicator in the button is on. Indicator in the button blinks (from ON to ACCESSORY). Operate the audio system and other accessories in this position.

ON Indicator in the button is on. All electrical components can be used.

Indicator Indicator

Models with shift lever Models with electronic gear selector

Press the button with the transmission in (P.

Press the button.

Put the transmission into (P. U.S. models

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluENGINE START/STOP Button C

o n

tro ls

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 159

If you leave the vehicle for 30 to 60 minutes with the transmission in (P and the power mode in ACCESSORY, the vehicle automatically goes into the mode similar to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK) to avoid draining the battery.

When in this mode: The steering wheel does not lock. You cannot lock or unlock doors with the remote transmitter or the keyless access system. Press the ENGINE START/STOP button twice to switch the mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK).

If you open the drivers door when the power mode is set to ACCESSORY, a warning beep sounds.

Automatic Power Off

Power Mode Reminder

Canadian models

159Continued

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluENGINE START/STOP Button

160

C o

n tro

ls

1Keyless Access Remote Reminder

When the keyless access remote is within the systems operational range, and the drivers door is closed, the warning function cancels.

If the keyless access remote is taken out of the vehicle after the engine has been started, you can no longer change the ENGINE START/STOP button mode or restart the engine. Always make sure if the remote is in your vehicle when you operate the ENGINE START/STOP button.

Removing the keyless access remote from the vehicle through a window does not activate the warning buzzer.

Do not put the keyless access remote on the dashboard or in the glove box. It may cause the warning buzzer to go off. Under some other conditions that can prevent the vehicle from locating the remote, the warning buzzer may also go off even if the remote is within the systems operational range.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 160

Warning buzzers may sound from inside and/ or outside the vehicle to remind you that the keyless access remote is out of the vehicle. If the buzzer continues even after the remote is put back inside, place it to be within its operational range.

When the power mode is in ON If the keyless access remote is taken out of the vehicle, and the drivers door is closed, a warning buzzer sounds from both inside and outside the vehicle. A warning message on the multi-information display notifies the driver inside that the remote outside of the vehicle.

When the power mode is in ACCESSORY

If the keyless access remote is taken out of the vehicle, and the drivers door is closed, a warning buzzer sounds from outside the vehicle.

Keyless Access Remote Reminder

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluTurn Signals C

o n

tro ls

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 161

Turn Signals The turn signals can be used when the power mode is in ON.

One-touch turn signal When you lightly push up or down and release the turn signal lever, the exterior turn signals and turn signal indicator blink three times.

This feature can be used when signaling for a lane change.

Right Turn

Left Turn

161

162

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluLight Switches

C o

n tro

ls

1Light Switches

If you leave the power mode in VEHICLE OFF (LOCK) while the lights are on, a chime sounds when the drivers door is opened.

When the lights are on, the lights on indicator in the instrument panel will be on.

2 Lights On Indicator P. 82

Do not leave the lights on when the engine is off because it will cause the battery to discharge.

If you sense that the level of the headlights is abnormal, have the vehicle inspected by a dealer.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 162

Light Switches

Rotating the light switch turns the lights on and off, regardless of the power mode setting.

High beams Push the lever forward until you hear a click.

Low beams When in high beams, pull the lever back to return to low beams.

Flashing the high beams Pull the lever back, and release it.

Lights off Turn the lever to OFF either when: The transmission is in (P. The parking brake is applied.

To turn the lights on again, turn the lever to OFF to cancel the lights off mode. Even if you do not cancel the lights off mode, the lights come on automatically when: The transmission is taken out of (P and the

parking brake is released. The vehicle starts to move.

Manual Operation

High Beams

Flashing the high beams Low Beams

Turns on parking, side marker, tail, and rear license plate lights

Turns on headlights, parking, side marker, tail, and rear license plate lights

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluLight Switches C

o n

tro ls

1Automatic Operation (automatic lighting control)

We recommend that you turn on the lights manually when driving at night, in a dense fog, or in dark areas such as long tunnels or parking facilities.

The light sensor is in the location shown below. Do not cover this light sensor with anything; otherwise, the automatic lighting system may not work properly.

Light Sensor

Models with automatic intermittent wipers

Models without automatic intermittent wipers

Light Sensor

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 163

Automatic lighting control can be used when the power mode is in ON.

When the light switch is in AUTO, the headlights and other exterior lights will switch on and off automatically depending on the ambient brightness.

You can change the auto light sensitivity setting.

2 Customized Features P. 120, 292

The headlights comes on when you unlock a door in dark areas with the headlight switch in AUTO. u Once you lock the door, the headlights

will go off.

Automatic Operation (automatic lighting control)

Continued 163

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluLight Switches

164

C o

n tro

ls

1Automatic Operation (automatic lighting control)

Adjust the auto light sensitivity as follows:

2 Customized Features P. 120, 292

Setting The exterior lights come on when the ambient light is at

Max High Mid Low Min

Bright

Dark

1Headlight Integration with Wipers

This feature activates while the headlights are off in AUTO. The instrument panel brightness does not change when the headlights come on.

At dark ambient light levels, the automatic lighting control feature turns on the headlights, regardless of the number of wiper sweeps.

1Automatic Lighting Off Feature

You can change the headlight auto off timer setting. 2 Customized Features P. 120, 292

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 164

The headlights automatically come on when the wipers are used several times within a certain number of intervals with the headlight switch in AUTO. The headlights automatically go off a few minutes later if the wipers are stopped.

The headlights, all other exterior lights, and the instrument panel lights turn off 15 seconds after you set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK), take the remote with you, and close the driver's door.

If you set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK) with the headlight switch on, but do not open the door, the lights turn off after 10 minutes (3 minutes, if the switch is in the AUTO position).

The lights turn on again when you unlock or open the drivers door. If you unlock the door, but do not open it within 15 seconds, the lights go off. If you open the drivers door, you will hear a lights on reminder chime.

Headlight Integration with Wipers

Automatic Lighting Off Feature

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluFog Lights* C

o n

tro ls

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 165

Fog Lights*

When the low beam headlights are on, turn the fog light switch on to use the fog lights.

Daytime Running Lights The daytime running lights come on when the following conditions have been met: The power mode is in ON. The headlight switch is AUTO or . The parking brake is released.

The lights remain on even if you set the parking brake. Setting the power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK) will turn off the daytime running lights.

The daytime running lights are off once the headlight switch is turned on, or when the headlight switch is in AUTO and it is getting darker outside.

Fog Light Switch

165* Not available on all models

166

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluAuto High-Beam

C o

n tro

ls

1Auto High-Beam

The auto high-beam determines when to change the headlight beams by responding to the brightness of the lights ahead of your vehicle. In the following cases, the system may not respond to the lights properly: The brightness of the lights from the preceding or

oncoming vehicle is intense or poor. Visibility is poor due to the weather (rain, snow,

fog, windshield frost, etc.). Other light sources, such as street lights and

electric billboards are illuminating the road ahead. The brightness level of the road ahead constantly

changes. The road is bumpy or has many curves. A vehicle cuts in front of you, or a vehicle in front

of you is not in the preceding or oncoming direction.

Your vehicle is tilted with a heavy load in the rear.

If you find the timing of beam changes inconvenient for driving, change the headlight beams manually.

If you do not want the system to be activated at any time when the headlight switch is in AUTO, consult a dealer or disable the system.

2 Disabling or Re-enabling the System P. 168

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 166

Auto High-Beam Using a camera mounted to the inside of the windshield, this system detects light sources ahead of the vehicle. Depending on the light source, the system automatically switches the headlights to high beam for optimal visibility at night.

The headlight switch is in AUTO. The lever is in the low beam

position. The low beams are on and the

system recognizes that you are driving at night.

The vehicle speed is above 45 mph (72 km/h).

The system operates when:

When the camera detects lights coming from a preceding or oncoming vehicle, the headlights remain in low beam.

When the camera detects no lights coming from a preceding or oncoming vehicle, the headlights change to high beam.

The view angle or distance that the camera can detect lights ahead differs depending on conditions, such as the brightness of the lights and the weather.

How it works

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluAuto High-Beam C

o n

tro ls

1Operating the System

For the auto high-beam to work properly: Do not place an object that reflects light on the

dashboard. Keep the windshield around the camera clean.

When cleaning the windshield, be careful not to apply windshield cleanser to the camera lens.

Do not attach an object, sticker or film to the area around the camera.

Do not touch the camera lens.

If the camera receives a strong impact, or repairing of the area near the camera is required, consult a dealer.

If the Some Driver Assist Systems Cannot Operate: Camera Temperature Too High message appears: Use the climate control system to cool down the

interior and, if necessary, also use defroster mode with the airflow directed toward the camera.

Start driving the vehicle to lower the windshield temperature, which cools down the area around the camera.

If the Some Driver Assist Systems Cannot Operate: Clean Front Windshield message appears: Park your vehicle in a safe place, and clean the

windshield. If the message does not disappear after you have cleaned the windshield and driven for a while, have your vehicle checked by a dealer.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 167

To activate the system, turn the headlight switch to AUTO and then set the headlights to low beam. The auto high-beam indicator will come on.

2 Light Switches P. 162

The high beams remain on unless: You have been driving below 45 mph (72 km/h) for an extended amount of time. The speed of the vehicle drops below 30 mph (48 km/h). The windshield wipers have been running at a high speed for more than a few

seconds. You enter a well lit location.

The high beams come back on once the condition that caused them to turn off no longer exists.

If needed, you can temporarily turn the system off manually. Turn on the high beams by pushing the lever forward until you hear a click, or flash the high beams once by pulling the lever toward you. To turn the system back on, repeat one of the procedures.

Operating the System

Headlight Switch

Continued 167

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluAuto High-Beam

168

C o

n tro

ls

1Disabling or Re-enabling the System

The auto high-beam is in the previously selected disabled or re-enabled setting each time you start the engine.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 168

Disable or re-enable the system when the vehicle is parked and the power mode is in ON and the light switch is in the AUTO position. Disabling the system: Pull the light switch lever toward you and hold it for at least 40 seconds. The auto high-beam indicator in the meter will blink twice. Re-enabling the system: Pull the light switch lever toward you and hold it for at least 30 seconds. The auto high-beam indicator in the meter will blink once.

Disabling or Re-enabling the System

AUTO Position

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluWipers and Washers C

o n

tro ls

1Wipers and Washers

NOTICE Do not use the wipers when the windshield is dry. The windshield will get scratched, or the rubber blades will get damaged.

Turn the washers off if no washer fluid comes out. The pump may get damaged.

The wiper motor may stop motor operation temporarily to prevent an overload. Wiper operation will return to normal within a few minutes, once the circuit has returned to normal.

If the vehicle speeds up while the wipers are operating intermittently, the length of the wipe interval shortens. When the vehicle speeds up, the wiper operations shortest delay setting and the LO setting become the same.

NOTICE In cold weather, the blades may freeze to the windshield. Operating the wipers in this condition may damage the wipers. Use the defroster or heated windshield* to warm the windshield, then turn the wipers on.

Models with intermittent time adjustment ring

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 169

Wipers and Washers

The windshield wipers and washers can be used when the power mode is in ON.

MIST The wipers run at high speed until you release the lever. Wiper switch (OFF, INT*1/AUTO*2, LO,

HI) Move the lever up or down to change the wiper settings. Adjusting wiper operation*

Turn the adjustment ring to adjust the wiper operation.

Washer Sprays while you pull the lever toward you. When you release the lever for more than one second, the spray stops, the wipers sweep two or three more times to clear the windshield, then stop.

*1: Models with manual intermittent operation *2: Models with automatic intermittent operation

Windshield Wipers/Washers

MIST

OFF

LO: Low speed wipe

HI: High speed wipe

Pull to use washer.

INT*1/AUTO*2

Lower speed, fewer sweeps

Higher speed, more sweeps

169Continued* Not available on all models

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluWipers and Washers

170

C o

n tro

ls

1Wipers and Washers

If the wipers stop operating due to an obstacle such as the build-up of snow, park the vehicle in a safe place. Rotate the wiper switch to OFF, and set the power mode to ACCESSORY or VEHICLE OFF (LOCK), then remove the obstacle.

1Automatic Intermittent Wipers*

The rainfall sensor is in the location shown below.

NOTICE AUTO should always be turned OFF before the following situations in order to prevent severe damage to the wiper system: Cleaning the windshield Driving through a car wash No rain present

Rainfall Sensor

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 170

When you push the lever down to AUTO, the windshield wipers sweep once, and go into the automatic mode.

The wipers operate intermittently, at low speed, or at high speed and stops in accordance with the amount of rainfall the rainfall sensor detects.

AUTO sensitivity adjustment When the wiper function is set to AUTO, you can adjust the sensitivity of the rainfall sensor (using the adjustment ring) so that wipers will operate in accordance with your preference.

Sensor sensitivity

Automatic Intermittent Wipers*

Adjustment Ring

Low sensitivity

High sensitivity

* Not available on all models

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluWipers and Washers C

o n

tro ls

1Headlight Washers*

The headlight washers use the same fluid reservoir as the windshield washers.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 171

Turn the headlights on and press the headlight washer button to operate. The headlight washers also operate when you turn the windshield washers for the first time after the power mode is set to ON.

Headlight Washers*

Canadian models

Headlight Washer Button

171* Not available on all models

172

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluBrightness Control

C o

n tro

ls

1Brightness Control

Instrument panel brightness varies, depending on whether the exterior lights are on or off. The instrument panel dims to reduce glare when they are on.

When it is bright outside and the headlight integration with the wiper is activated, the instrument panel brightness does not change.

To cancel the reduced instrument panel brightness when the exterior lights are on, press the (+ button until the brightness display is up to max, the beeper sounds.

The brightness can be set differently for when the exterior lights are on, and when they are off.

When the ambient light is ON, you can adjust the brightness level of the ambient light by pressing the (+ or (- button.

2 Ambient Light Off Switch* P. 191

Models with ambient light off switch

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 172

Brightness Control When the power mode is in ON, you can use the (+ or (- button to adjust instrument panel brightness. Brighten: Press the (+ button. Dim: Press the (- button.

You will hear a beep when the brightness reaches minimum or maximum. Several seconds after adjusting the brightness, you will be returned to the previous display.

Brightness level indicator The brightness level is shown on the display while you are adjusting it.

(+ Button

(- Button

* Not available on all models

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluRear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror Button C

o n

tro ls

1Rear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror Button

This system consumes a lot of power, so turn it off when the window has been defogged. Also, do not use the system for a long time while the engine is idling. This may weaken the battery, making it difficult to start the engine.

When the outside temperature is below 41F (5C), the heated door mirror may activate automatically for 10 minutes when you set the power mode to ON.

1Heated Windshield Button*

This system consumes a lot of power, so turn it off when the window has been deiced. Also, do not use the system for a long period when the engine is idling. This may weaken the battery, making it difficult to start the engine.

When the outside temperature is below 39F (4C), the heated windshield may automatically activate. The system deactivates itself once the outside temperature reaches 43F (6C).

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 173

Rear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror Button Press the rear defogger and heated door mirror button to defog the rear window and mirrors when the power mode is in ON.

The rear defogger and heated door mirrors automatically switch off after 10-30 minutes depending on the outside temperature.

Heated Windshield Button*

Press the heated windshield button to deice the windshield when the power mode is in ON.

173* Not available on all models

174

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluDriving Position Memory System

C o

n tro

ls

1Driving Position Memory System

Using the information screen or multi-information display, you can disable the automatic seat and door mirror adjustment function.

2 Customized Features P. 120, 292

The drivers seat easy exit feature can be turned ON/ OFF.

2 Customized Features P. 120, 292

System Operation The system will not operate if: The vehicle speed is above 3 mph (5 km/h). Either memory position button is pressed while the

seat is in motion. The seat position is adjusted while in operation. The memory 1 or 2 position is set fully to the rear.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 174

Driving Position Memory System You can store two drivers seat (except for power lumbar and thigh support*) and door mirror positions with the driving position memory system. When you unlock and open the drivers door with a remote transmitter, or keyless access system, door mirrors adjust to one of the two preset positions and the seat adjusts to retracted positions of one of the two preset positions automatically.

The seat will move to the stored position when you set the power mode to ACCESSORY.

When you enter the vehicle, the multi-information display briefly shows you which remote transmitter you used to unlock the vehicle. DRIVER 1 transmitter is linked to memory button 1. DRIVER 2 transmitter is linked to memory button 2.

The drivers seat moves rearward depending on the set seating position once you Stop the vehicle. Put the transmission in (P . Turn the engine off. Then open the drivers door. Once the power mode is in the ACCESSORY position, the drivers seat moves forward to the DRIVER 1 or 2 preset position.

DRIVER 1 DRIVER 2

* Not available on all models

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluDriving Position Memory System C

o n

tro ls

1Storing a Position in Memory

After you press the SET button, the storing operation will be canceled when: You do not press the memory button within five

seconds. You readjust the seat or the door mirror position

before the double-beep. You set the power mode to any position except

ON.

1Recalling the Stored Position

The seat and the door mirrors will stop moving if you: Press the SET button or memory button (1 or (2. Adjust the seat position or door mirrors. Put the transmission into a position other than (P.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 175

1. Set the power mode to ON. Adjust the drivers seat and door mirrors to the desired position.

2. Press the SET button. u You will hear the beeper, and the

memory button indicator light will blink. 3. Press and hold memory button (1 or (2

within five seconds of pressing the SET button. u Once the seat and the door mirror

positions have been memorized, the indicator light on the button you pressed stays on and you will hear the double- beep.

1. Put the transmission into (P . 2. Apply the parking brake. 3. Press a memory button ( (1 or (2). u You will hear the beeper, and the

indicator light will blink.

The seat and the door mirrors will automatically move to the memorized positions. When it has finished moving, you will hear the beeper, and the indicator light stays on.

Storing a Position in Memory

SET Button

Memory Button 1

Memory Button 2

Recalling the Stored Position

Memory Buttons

175

176

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluAdjusting the Steering Wheel

C o

n tro

ls

1Adjusting the Steering Wheel

3WARNING Adjusting the steering wheel position while driving may cause you to lose control of the vehicle and be seriously injured in a crash.

Adjust the steering wheel only when the vehicle is stopped.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 176

Adjusting the Steering Wheel The steering wheel height and distance from your body can be adjusted so that you can comfortably grip the steering wheel in an appropriate driving posture.

1. Push the steering wheel adjustment lever down. u The steering wheel adjustment lever is

under the steering column. 2. Move the steering wheel up or down, and

in or out. u Make sure you can see the instrument

panel gauges and indicators. 3. Pull the steering wheel adjustment lever up

to lock the steering wheel in position. u After adjusting the position, make sure

you have securely locked the steering wheel in place by trying to move it up, down, in, and out.

LeverTo adjust

To lock

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 177

Adjusting the Mirrors

C

o n

tro ls

1Adjusting the Mirrors

Keep the inside and outside mirrors clean and adjusted for best visibility.

Adjust the mirrors before you start driving. 2 Front Seats P. 180

1Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror and Power Door Mirrors*

The auto dimming function cancels when the transmission is in (R.

Interior Rearview Mirror Adjust the angle of the rearview mirror when you are sitting in the correct driving position.

When you are driving after dark, the automatic dimming rearview mirror and power door mirrors* reduce the glare from headlights behind you, based on inputs from the mirror sensor. This feature is always active.

Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror and Power Door Mirrors*

177* Not available on all models

178

uuAdjusting the MirrorsuPower Door Mirrors

C o

n tro

ls

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 178

Power Door Mirrors You can adjust the door mirrors when the power mode is in ON.

Mirror position adjustment L/R selector switch: Select the left or right mirror. After adjusting the mirror, return the switch to the center position. Mirror position adjustment switch: Press the switch left, right, up, or down to move the mirror.

Folding door mirrors*

Press the folding button to fold in and out the door mirrors.

If activated, either side door mirror automatically tilts downward when you put the transmission into (R ; this improves close- in visibility on the selected side of the vehicle when backing up. The mirror automatically returns to its original position when you take the transmission out of (R .

To activate this feature, set the power mode to ON and slide the selector switch to the left or right side.

Selector Switch

Folding Button*

Adjustment Switch

Reverse Tilt Door Mirror

Slide the selector switch to left or right to tilt down either side door mirror.

* Not available on all models

uuAdjusting the MirrorsuPower Door Mirrors C

o n

tro ls

1Automatic Folding Door Mirror Function*

You cannot turn the automatic folding out automatically if they have been folded in using the folding button.

You can turn the automatic folding door mirror function on and off.

2 Customized Features P. 120, 292

Door mirrors will not fold automatically when locking from inside the vehicle using lock tab or master door lock switch.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 179

Folding in the door mirrors Press the lock button on the remote transmitter, or press the door lock button on any door. u The mirrors start folding in automatically.

Folding out the door mirrors Unlock the drivers door using the remote transmitter or keyless access system. u The mirrors start folding out automatically.

Automatic Folding Door Mirror Function*

179* Not available on all models

180

C o

n tro

ls

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 180

Adjusting the Seats

1Adjusting the Seats

The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration and Transport Canada recommend that drivers allow at least 10 inches (25 cm) between the center of the steering wheel and the chest.

Always make seat adjustments before driving.

3WARNING Sitting too close to a front airbag can result in serious injury or death if the front airbags inflate.

Always sit as far back from the front airbags as possible while maintaining control of the vehicle.

Front Seats Adjust the drivers seat as far back as possible while allowing you to maintain full control of the vehicle. You should be able to sit upright, well back in the seat and be able to adequately press the pedals without leaning forward, and grip the steering wheel comfortably. The passengers seat should be adjusted in a similar manner, so that it is as far back from the front airbag in the dashboard as possible.

Adjusting the front power seats

Move back.

Allow sufficient space.

Adjusting the Seat Positions

Horizontal Position Adjustment

Seat-back Angle Adjustment

Lumbar Support Adjustment (Drivers seat only)

Drivers side/ Passengers side* Height Adjustment

* Not available on all models

uuAdjusting the SeatsuFront Seats C

o n

tro ls

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 181

Thigh support adjustment switch*

Press the front side: The tucked-down seat cushion end rolls out to support your thighs. Press the rear side: The seat cushion returns to its original position.

Drivers seat only

Thigh Support Adjustment Switch

181Continued* Not available on all models

uuAdjusting the SeatsuFront Seats

182

C o

n tro

ls

1Adjusting the Seat-Backs

Do not put a cushion, or other object, between the seat-back and your back. Doing so may interfere with proper seat belt or airbag operation.

If you cannot get far enough away from the steering wheel and still reach the controls, we recommend that you investigate whether some type of adaptive equipment may help.

3WARNING Reclining the seat-back too far can result in serious injury or death in a crash.

Adjust the seat-back to an upright position, and sit well back in the seat.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 182

Adjust the drivers seat-back to a comfortable, upright position, leaving ample space between your chest and the airbag cover in the center of the steering wheel.

The front seat passenger should also adjust their seat-back to a comfortable, upright position.

Reclining a seat-back so that the shoulder part of the belt no longer rests against the occupants chest reduces the protective capability of the belt. It also increases the chance of sliding under the belt in a crash and being seriously injured. The farther a seat-back is reclined, the greater the risk of injury.

Adjusting the Seat-Backs

uuAdjusting the SeatsuHead Restraints C

o n

tro ls

1Head Restraints

In order for the head restraint system to work properly: Do not hang any items on the head restraints, or

from the restraint legs. Do not place any objects between an occupant and

the seat-back. Install each restraint in its proper location.

3WARNING Improperly positioning head restraints reduces their effectiveness and increases the likelihood of serious injury in a crash.

Make sure head restraints are in place and positioned properly before driving.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 183

Head Restraints Your vehicle is equipped with head restraints in all seating positions.

Head restraints are most effective for protection against whiplash and other rear- impact crash injuries when the center of the back of the occupants head rests against the center of the restraint. The tops of the occupants ears should be level with the center height of the restraint.

Adjusting the Front and Rear Outer Head Restraint Positions

Position head in the center of the head restraint.

183Continued

184

uuAdjusting the SeatsuHead Restraints

C o

n tro

ls

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 184

To raise the head restraint: Pull it upward. To lower the head restraint: Push it down while pressing the release button.

uuAdjusting the SeatsuHead Restraints C

o n

tro ls

1Removing and Reinstalling the Head Restraints

3WARNING Failure to reinstall, or correctly reinstall, the head restraints can result in severe injury during a crash.

Always replace the head restraints before driving.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 185

A passenger sitting in the center back seating position should adjust the height of their head restraint to an appropriate position before the vehicle begins moving. To raise the head restraint: Pull it upward. To lower the head restraint: Push it down while pressing the release button.

Head restraints can be removed for cleaning or repair.

To remove a head restraint: Pull the restraint up as far as it will go. Then push the release button, and pull the restraint up and out.

To reinstall a head restraint: Insert the legs back in place, then adjust the head restraint to an appropriate height while pressing the release button. Pull up on the restraint to make sure it is locked in position.

Changing the Rear Center Seat Head Restraint Positions

Removing and Reinstalling the Head Restraints

185

186

uuAdjusting the SeatsuMaintain a Proper Sitting Position

C o

n tro

ls

1Maintain a Proper Sitting Position

3WARNING Sitting improperly or out of position can result in serious injury or death in a crash.

Always sit upright, well back in the seat, with your feet on the floor.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 186

Maintain a Proper Sitting Position After all occupants have adjusted their seats and head restraints, and put on their seat belts, it is very important that they continue to sit upright, well back in their seats, with their feet on the floor, until the vehicle is safely parked and the engine is off.

Sitting improperly can increase the chance of injury during a crash. For example, if an occupant slouches, lies down, turns sideways, sits forward, leans forward or sideways, or puts one or both feet up, the chance of injury during a crash is greatly increased.

In addition, an occupant who is out of position in the front seat can be seriously or fatally injured in a crash by striking interior parts of the vehicle or being struck by an inflating front airbag.

uuAdjusting the SeatsuRear Seats C

o n

tro ls

160/40 Split Folding Down the Rear Seats

The rear seat-backs can be folded down to accommodate bulkier items in the trunk.

Never drive with a seat-back folded down and the trunk lid open.

2 Exhaust Gas Hazard P. 69

To lock the seat-back upright, push it backwards until it locks. When returning a seat-back to its original position, push it firmly back. Also, make sure all rear shoulder belts are positioned in front of the seat-back, and the center shoulder belt is re-positioned in the guide.

Make sure that the folded seat-back does not press against the front passenger seat, as this can cause the weight sensors in the front passenger seat to work improperly.

2 Passenger Front Airbag Off Indicator P. 54

Also make sure all items in the trunk or items extending through the opening into the rear seats are properly secured. Loose items can fly forward if you have to brake hard.

The front seat(s) must be far enough forward so they do not interfere with the rear seats as they fold down.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 187

Rear Seats

1. Remove the center shoulder belt from the guide.

2. Pull the release lever in the trunk to release the lock.

3. Fold the seat-back down.

If the rear head restraints get caught on the front seat-backs, remove the head restraints.

2 Removing and Reinstalling the Head Restraints P. 185

60/40 Split Folding Down the Rear Seats

Center Shoulder Belt

Guide

Release Lever

187

188

uuAdjusting the SeatsuArmrest

C o

n tro

ls

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 188

Armrest

Pull down the armrest in the center backrest.

Using the Rear Seat Armrest

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 189

Interior Lights/Interior Convenience Items

C

o n

tro ls

1Interior Light Switches

In the door activated position, the interior lights fade out and go off about 30 seconds after the doors are closed. The lights go off after about 30 seconds in the following situations: When you unlock the drivers door but do not open

it. When you set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF

(LOCK) but do not open a door. You can change the interior lights dimming time.

2 Customized Features P. 120, 292

The interior lights go off immediately in the following situations: When you lock the drivers door. When you close the drivers door in ACCESSORY

mode. When you set the power mode to ON.

To avoid draining the battery, do not leave the interior light on for an extended length of time when the engine is off.

If you leave any of the doors open in VEHICLE OFF (LOCK) mode, the interior lights go off after about 15 minutes.

Interior Lights

ON The interior lights come on regardless of whether the doors are open or closed. Door activated The interior lights come on in the following situations: When any of the doors are opened. You unlock the drivers door. When the power mode is set to VEHICLE

OFF (LOCK). OFF The interior lights remain off regardless of whether the doors are open or closed.

Interior Light Switches

Door Activated Position

Off

On

189Continued

uu Interior Lights/Interior Convenience Itemsu Interior Lights

190

C o

n tro

ls

1Map Lights

When the interior light switch is in the door activated position and any door is open, the map light will not go off when you press the (map light) button.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 190

The map lights can be turned on and off by pressing the (map light) button.

Map Lights

Front

Rear

uu Interior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Lights C

o n

tro ls

1Ambient Light Off Switch*

Any adjustments you make to the brightness of the ambient lights will affect the brightness of the meter lights.

2 Brightness Control P. 172

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 191

If the headlight switch is in AUTO and it is dark outside, the ambient lights come on when a door is opened. They also come on when the headlights or the parking lights are on.

If you want to turn off the ambient lights, set the ambient light off switch to OFF.

Ambient Light Off Switch*

ON

OFF

Ambient Light Off Switch

191* Not available on all models

192

uu Interior Lights/Interior Convenience Itemsu Interior Convenience Items

C o

n tro

ls

1Glove Box

The glove box light comes on when the parking lights are on.

3WARNING An open glove box can cause serious injury to your passenger in a crash, even if the passenger is wearing the seat belt.

Always keep the glove box closed while driving.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 192

Interior Convenience Items

Press the button to open the glove box. You can lock the glove box with the built-in key.

Removable shelf The shelf in the glove box is detachable. To remove it, disengage the tabs.

The removable shelf can be stored upside down in the glove box.

Glove Box

Glove Box

Release Button

To Lock

Tabs

Shelf

uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience Itemsu Interior Convenience Items C

o n

tro ls

1Console Compartment

The console compartment light comes on when the parking lights are on.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 193

Pull the handle to open the console compartment.

Console Compartment

Continued 193

194

uu Interior Lights/Interior Convenience Itemsu Interior Convenience Items

C o

n tro

ls

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 194

To access the center pocket, push the lid forward until the latch engages. To close it, push forward on the tab until the latch releases, then allow the lid to slide to the fully closed position.

To open the center pocket tray, push the tray forward until it latches. To close it, push forward on the tab until the latch release, then pull the tray rearward to the fully closed position.

Center Pocket

Tab

Lid

Tab

Tray Models without wireless charger

uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience Itemsu Interior Convenience Items C

o n

tro ls

1Beverage Holders

NOTICE Spilled liquids can damage the upholstery, carpeting, and electrical components in the interior.

Be careful when you are using the beverage holders. Hot liquid can scald you.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 195

Front seat beverage holders Are located in the console between the front seats.

Front door side beverage holders Are located on the both of the front door side pockets.

Rear seat beverage holders Fold the armrest down to use the rear seat beverage holders.

Beverage Holders

Continued 195

uu Interior Lights/Interior Convenience Itemsu Interior Convenience Items

196

C o

n tro

ls

1Accessory Power Sockets

NOTICE Do not insert an automotive type cigarette lighter element. This can overheat the power socket.

The accessory power sockets are designed to supply power for 12-volt DC accessories that are rated 180 watts (15 amps) or less.

To prevent battery drain, only use the power socket with the engine running.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 196

The accessory power sockets can be used when the power mode is in ACCESSORY or ON.

Accessory power socket (center pocket) Open the lid and the tray* to access.

Accessory power socket (console compartment)

Open the console lid and the cover to access.

Accessory Power Sockets

* Not available on all models

uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience Itemsu Interior Convenience Items C

o n

tro ls

1Wireless Charger*

Using the information screen or multi-information display, you can disable the wireless charger function.

2 Customized Features P. 120, 292

3CAUTION Metal objects between the charge pad and the device to be charged will get hot and can burn you. Always remove foreign objects from the

charge pad before charging the device. Be sure the surface is clear of dust and

other debris before charging. Do not spill liquids (i. e. water, drinks,

etc.) on the charger and the device. Do not use oil, grease, alcohol, benzine

or thinner for cleaning the charge pad. Do not cover the system with towels,

clothing, or other objects while charging etc.

Avoid spraying aerosols which may come in contact with the change pad surface.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 197

To use the wireless charger, the power mode must be in ACCESSORY or ON. Charge a compatible device on the area indicated by the mark as follows:

1. Open the center pocket. 2 Center Pocket P. 194

2. Place the device you want to charge on the charging area. u The system will automatically start

charging the device, and the green indicator light will come on.

u Make sure that the device is compatible with the system, and placed with the chargeable side in the center of the charging area.

3. When charging is completed, the green indicator light will go off. u If the device is not located on the charge

area correctly, the green indicator light will blink.

Wireless Charger*

Charging Area

Green Indicator

Continued 197* Not available on all models

uu Interior Lights/Interior Convenience Itemsu Interior Convenience Items

198

C o

n tro

ls

1Wireless Charger*

This system consumes a lot of power. Do not use the system for a long time when the engine is not running. This may weaken the battery, making it difficult to start the engine.

When using the wireless charger, check the users manual that came with the compatible device you want to charge.

NOTICE Do not place any magnetic recording media or precision machines within the charging area while charging. The data on your cards such as credit cards can be lost because of the magnetic effect. Also precision machines such as watches can go wrong.

Qi and marks are the registered trademarks owned by Wireless Power Consortium (WPC).

mark is the registered trademark owned by Power Matters Alliance (PMA).

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 198

When charging does not start Perform one of the solutions in the following table.

Indicator Cause Solution

Slow Blink

There is an obstacle(s) between the charging area and the device.

Remove the obstacle(s).

The device is not within the charging area.

Move the device to the center of the charging area where is located.

Fast Blink The wireless charger is faulty.

Turn the vehicle off and back on. If the indicator still blinks, contact a dealer.

* Not available on all models

uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience Itemsu Interior Convenience Items C

o n

tro ls

1Wireless Charger*

In the following cases, charging may stop or not start: The device is already fully charged. The temperature of the device is extremely high

while charging. You are at a place that emits strong

electromagnetic waves or noises, such as TV station, electric power plant, or gas station.

A device may not charge if the size or shape of its chargeable side is not appropriate for use with the charging area.

Not all devices are compatible with the system.

During the charging phase, it is normal for the charging area and device to heat up.

Charging may be briefly interrupted when: All the doors or the trunk are closed

- to avoid interference with the proper functioning of the keyless access system.

The position of the device is altered. The radio is scanning for AM stations.

Do not charge more than one device at a time on a charging area.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 199

Continued 199* Not available on all models

uu Interior Lights/Interior Convenience Itemsu Interior Convenience Items

200

C o

n tro

ls

1Coat Hooks

The coat hooks are not designed for large or heavy items.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 200

There are coat hooks on the rear grab handle of both sides. Pull it down to use it.

There are coat hooks on the door pillar of both sides.

Coat Hooks

uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience Itemsu Interior Convenience Items C

o n

tro ls

1Under-Floor Storage Area

Do not leave water, soil, sand, or perishable foods in the storage area. Rotting food and dirt on the floor may cause the breakdown of electrical equipment.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 201

Pull the strap and open the lid.

The reverse side of the cargo floor lid is water resistant. Flip the lid to use the water resistant side.

Under-Floor Storage Area

Strap

Continued 201

uu Interior Lights/Interior Convenience Itemsu Interior Convenience Items

202

C o

n tro

ls

1Heated Steering Wheel*

Do not use the heated steering wheel continuously when the engine is off. Under such conditions, the battery may be weakened, making the engine difficult to start.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 202

The power mode must be in ON to use the heated steering wheel.

Press the button on the left side of the steering wheel.

When a comfortable temperature is reached, press the button again to turn it off.

The heated steering wheel is turned off every time you start the engine, even if you turned it on the last time you drove the vehicle.

Heated Steering Wheel*

* Not available on all models

uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience Itemsu Interior Convenience Items C

o n

tro ls

1Front Seat Heaters and Seat Ventilation*

Do not use the seat heaters and the seat ventilation even in LO when the engine is off. Under such conditions, the battery may be weakened, making the engine difficult to start.

After a certain period of time, the strength setting for the front seat heaters will automatically be reduced by one level at a time until the front seat heaters shuts off. The elapsed time varies according to the interior environment.

3WARNING Heat induced burns are possible when using seat heaters.

Persons with a diminished ability to sense temperature (e.g., persons with diabetes, lower-limb nerve damage, or paralysis) or with sensitive skin should not use seat heaters.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 203

The power mode must be in ON to use the seat heaters and ventilators*.

1. Select . 2. Change the setting with one of the

following: The Low icon: The LO setting (one indicator on) The Mid icon: The MID setting (two indicators on) The High icon: The HI setting (three indicators on) Auto: The system automatically selects the setting most suitable to the ambient environment. Off: Turn off the system.

When the power mode is turned on after it is turned off, the previous setting of front seat heaters and ventilators is maintained.

Front Seat Heaters and Seat Ventilation*

Models without seat ventilation

Models with seat ventilation

Continued 203* Not available on all models

uu Interior Lights/Interior Convenience Itemsu Interior Convenience Items

204

C o

n tro

ls

1Rear Seat Heaters*

Do not use the seat heaters even in LO when the engine is off. Under such conditions, the battery may be weakened, making the engine difficult to start.

3WARNING Heat induced burns are possible when using seat heaters.

Persons with a diminished ability to sense temperature (e.g., persons with diabetes, lower-limb nerve damage, or paralysis) or with sensitive skin should not use seat heaters.

1Sunglasses Holder

Keep the holder closed while driving except when accessing stored items.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 204

The power mode must be in ON to use the seat heaters.

There is no heater in the rear center seating position. Press the seat heater button: Once - The HI setting (three indicators on) Twice - The MID setting (two indicators on) Three times - The LO setting (one indicator on) Four times - The OFF setting (no indicators on)

To open the sunglasses holder, press and release the indent. To close, press it again until it latches.

You can store eyeglasses and other small items in this holder.

Rear Seat Heaters*

Sunglasses Holder

Press

* Not available on all models

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 205

Climate Control System

C

o n

tro ls

1Using Automatic Climate Control

If any buttons/icons on the touch screen are pressed while using the climate control system in auto, the function of the button/icon that was pressed will take priority. The AUTO indicator will go off, but functions unrelated to the button/icon that was pressed will be controlled automatically.

During idle-stops, air-conditioning is suspended, and only the blower remains active. If you do not want air-conditioning suspended, press the Auto Idle Stop OFF button to cancel idle-stop.

To prevent cold air from blowing in from outside, the fan may operate at low speed for a while after the AUTO button has been pressed.

If the interior is very warm, you can cool it down more rapidly by partially opening the windows, turning the system on auto, and setting the temperature to low. Change the fresh air mode to recirculation mode until the temperature cools down.

When you set the temperature to the lower or upper limit, Lo or Hi is displayed.

Models with Auto Idle Stop

All models

Using Automatic Climate Control The automatic climate control system maintains the interior temperature you select. The system also selects the proper mix of heated or cooled air that raises or lowers the interior temperature to your preference as quickly as possible.

Use the system when the engine is running. 1. Press the AUTO button. 2. Adjust the interior temperature using the drivers side or passengers side

temperature control switch. 3. Press the (On/Off) button to cancel.

(On/Off) Button AUTO Button

On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM

Drivers Side Temperature Control Switch

Passengers Side Temperature Control Switch

Passengers Side Temperature

Drivers Side Temperature

205Continued

uuClimate Control SystemuUsing Automatic Climate Control

206

C o

n tro

ls

1Using Automatic Climate Control

Pressing the button switches the climate control system between on and off. When turned on, the system returns to your last selection.

When you unlock the doors with your remote, the drivers ID (Driver 1 or Driver 2) is detected, and the climate control settings are turned to the respective mode automatically when you set the power mode to ON.

While Econ mode is active, the climate control system may have reduced cooling performance.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 206

In addition to the button/switch controls, you can operate the climate control system from the On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM touch screen.

Operating from the On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM

On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM

A/C (Air Conditioning) and SYNC (Synchronization) Icon

Vent Mode Icon

Drivers Side Temperature Control Icon

Recirculation/Fresh Air mode Icon

Fan Control Icon

Passengers Side Temperature Control Icon

uuClimate Control SystemuUsing Automatic Climate Control C

o n

tro ls

1Using Automatic Climate Control

If you select the Max Cool or Max Heat during Auto Idle Stop, the engine restarts automatically.

Models with Auto Idle Stop

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 207

1. Select the drivers or passengers side temperature control icon.

2. Change the temperature setting from the following:

Temperature bar: Select a point where your desired temperature setting is. Farther to the left is for a lower, and to the right for a higher setting. (+/ (- : To raise or lower the temperature setting one degree at a time. While you select and hold (+ / (- , the temperature decreases or increases. Max Cool: To rapidly cool down the interior. u The AUTO indicator goes off. The setting

returns to the previously selected value when you select it again.

Max Heat: To rapidly warm up the interior. u The AUTO indicator goes off. The setting

returns to the previously selected value when you select it again.

Changing the Interior Temperature Setting

The side you selected.

Temperature Bar

Continued 207

uuClimate Control SystemuUsing Automatic Climate Control

208

C o

n tro

ls

1Switching the vent mode

While the climate control system is in auto, Mode Auto is highlighted.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 208

Switching the vent mode Select a desired vent mode icon, or Mode Auto: The system automatically selects the vent mode most suitable to the ambient environment.

Vent mode : Dashboard vents and back of the center

console : Dashboard and floor vents, and back of

the center console : Floor vents : Floor and defroster vents

A/C on and off 1. Select A/C. 2. Select On or Off.

uuClimate Control SystemuUsing Automatic Climate Control C

o n

tro ls

1SYNC on and off

When the system is not in SYNC mode, the drivers side temperature and the front passengers side temperature can be set separately.

You can also turn off SYNC mode by changing the front passengers side temperature.

1Changing the fan speed

While the climate control system is in auto, Fan Auto is highlighted.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 209

SYNC on and off 1. Select SYNC. 2. Select On for synchronization mode, and

Off for dual mode. u When in synchronization mode, the

passengers side temperature becomes the same as the drivers side settings.

3. Adjust the temperature from the drivers side.

Changing the fan speed 1. Select . u When the left or right side of the

is selected, the fan speed level goes up or down one level at a time.

2. Change the fan speed with one of the following: The fan speed level indicators: Select your desired speed level. The smaller indicator is for a slower speed, and the larger for a faster speed. (+ / (- : To go up or down one level at a time. Fan Auto: The system automatically selects the fan speed most suitable to the ambient environment.

Fan Speed Level Indicators

Continued 209

uuClimate Control SystemuUsing Automatic Climate Control

210

C o

n tro

ls

1Switching between the Recirculation and Fresh Air Modes

While the climate control system is in auto, the recirculation mode and fresh air mode are automatically switched depending on environmental conditions.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 210

Select or currently shown to switch between the modes depending on environmental conditions. u Selecting or currently shown

changes the display to the Fresh Air/ Recirculation display. You can also switch the mode by selecting or

icon appearing in the display.

(Recirculation Mode): Recirculates air from the vehicles interior through the system.

(Fresh Air Mode): Maintains outside ventilation. Keep the system in fresh air mode in normal situations.

Switching between the Recirculation and Fresh Air Modes

uuClimate Control SystemuUsing Automatic Climate Control C

o n

tro ls

1Defrosting the Windshield and Windows

For your safety, make sure you have a clear view through all the windows before driving. Do not set the temperature near the upper or lower limit. When cold air hits the windshield, the outside of the windshield may fog up.

If the side windows fog up, adjust the vents so that the air hits the side windows.

If you press the button or select the Front icon during Auto Idle Stop, the engine restarts automatically.

Models with Auto Idle Stop

1To rapidly defrost the windows

After defrosting the windows, switch over to fresh air mode. If you keep the system in recirculation mode, the windows may fog up from humidity. This impedes visibility.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 211

Pressing the button or selecting the Front icon appearing after the vent mode icon is

selected turns the air conditioning system on and automatically switches the system to fresh air mode.

Press the button or select the Front icon again to turn off, the system returns to the previous settings.

To rapidly defrost the windows

1. Press the button, or select the vent mode icon and then the Front icon.

2. Select the recirculation mode. 2 Switching between the Recirculation

and Fresh Air Modes P. 210

Defrosting the Windshield and Windows

211

212

uuClimate Control SystemuAutomatic Climate Control Sensors

C o

n tro

ls

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 212

Automatic Climate Control Sensors The automatic climate control system is equipped with sensors. Do not cover or spill any liquid on them.

Sensor

Sensor

* Not available on all m

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 213

Features

This chapter describes how to operate technology features.

Audio System About Your Audio System................ 214 USB Port .......................................... 215 Auxiliary Input Jack .......................... 216 Audio System Theft Protection ......... 216 Audio Remote Controls.................... 217

Audio System Basic Operation ........ 219 On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM....... 220 Information Screen .......................... 223 Adjusting the Sound ........................ 228 Display Setup ................................... 229 Playing AM/FM Radio ....................... 230

odels

Playing SiriusXM Radio ................... 233 Playing a CD .................................... 244 Playing an iPod ................................ 247 Playing Pandora ............................. 250 Playing a USB Flash Drive ................. 252 Playing Bluetooth Audio................. 255 Siri Eyes Free .................................... 257 Apple CarPlay .................................. 258 Android Auto................................... 262

Audio Error Messages ...................... 267

General Information on the Audio System ............................................. 274

Customized Features ........................ 292 HomeLink Universal Transceiver ... 314 Bluetooth HandsFreeLink............. 317 Compass* .......................................... 352

213

214

Featu res

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 214

Audio System

1About Your Audio System

SiriusXM Radio is available on a subscription basis only. For more information on SiriusXM Radio, contact a dealer.

2 General Information on the Audio System P. 274

SiriusXM Radio is available in the United States and Canada, except Hawaii, Alaska, and Puerto Rico.

SiriusXM is a registered trademark of SiriusXM Radio, Inc.

Video CDs, DVDs, and 3-inch (8-cm) mini CDs are not supported.

iPod, iPhone and iTunes are trademarks of Apple Inc.

State or local laws may prohibit the operation of handheld electronic devices while operating a vehicle.

When the screen is viewed through polarized sunglasses, a rainbow pattern may appear on the screen due to optical characteristics of the screen. If this is disturbing, please operate the screen without polarized sunglasses.

About Your Audio System The audio system features AM/FM radio and the SiriusXM Radio service. It can also play audio CDs, WMA/MP3/AAC files, USB flash drives, and iPod, iPhone and Bluetooth devices.

You can operate the audio system from the remote controls on the steering wheel, or the icons on the On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM.

Remote Controls

iPod

USB Flash Drive

uuAudio SystemuUSB Port Featu

res

1USB Port

Do not leave the iPod or USB flash drive in the vehicle. Direct sunlight and high temperatures may damage it.

We recommend using an extension cable with the USB port.

Do not connect the iPod or USB flash drive using a hub.

Do not use a device such as a card reader or hard disk drive, as the device or your files may be damaged.

We recommend backing up your data before using the device in your vehicle.

Displayed messages may vary depending on the device model and software version.

If the audio system does not recognize the iPod, try reconnecting it a few times or reboot the device. To reboot, follow the manufacturers instructions provided with the iPod or visit the following website: U.S.: www.apple.com/ipod. Canada: www.apple.com/ca/ipod.

The USB port can supply up to 2.5A of power. It does not output 2.5A unless requested by the device. For amperage details, read the operating manual of the device that needs to be charged. Set the power mode to ACCESSORY or ON first.

Under certain conditions, a device connected to the port may generate noise in the radio you are listening to.

USB charge

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 215

USB Port 1. Open the center pocket and tray.

2 Center Pocket P. 194

2. Open the cover. 3. Install the device USB connector or the USB

flash drive to the USB port. u The USB port (2.5A) is for charging

devices, playing audio files and connecting compatible phones with Apple CarPlay or Android Auto.

215

216

uuAudio SystemuAuxiliary Input Jack

Featu res

1Auxiliary Input Jack

You can return to the AUX mode by selecting Source on the On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 216

Auxiliary Input Jack Use the jack to connect standard audio devices.

1. Open the AUX cover. 2. Connect a standard audio device to the

input jack using a 1/8 inch (3.5 mm) stereo miniplug. u The audio system automatically switches

to the AUX mode.

Audio System Theft Protection The audio system is disabled when it is disconnected from the power source, such as when the battery is disconnected or goes dead. In certain conditions, the system may display a code entry screen. If this occurs, reactivate the audio system.

Reactivating the audio system 1. Set the power mode to ON. 2. Turn on the audio system. 3. Press and hold the audio system power button for more than two seconds. u The audio system is reactivated when the audio control unit establishes a

connection with the vehicle control unit. If the control unit fails to recognize the audio unit, you must go to a dealer and have the audio unit checked.

uuAudio SystemuAudio Remote Controls Featu

res

1Audio Remote Controls

Some mode appears only when an appropriate device or medium is used.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 217

Audio Remote Controls Allow you to operate the audio system while driving. The information is shown on the multi-information display.

SOURCE Button Cycles through the audio modes as follows: FM AM SiriusXM CD USB/iPod/Apple CarPlay/Android Auto Bluetooth Audio Pandora* AUX

Left Selector Wheel Roll Up: To increase the volume. Roll Down: To decrease the volume. Push: To mute. Push again to unmute. When listening to the radio

Move to the right: To select the next preset radio station. Move to the left: To select the previous preset radio station. Move to the right and hold: To select the next strong station. To select the next channel. (SiriusXM only) Move to the left and hold: To select the previous strong station. To select the previous channel. (SiriusXM only)

Left Selector Wheel

SOURCE Button

217Continued* Not available on all models

218

uuAudio SystemuAudio Remote Controls

Featu res

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 218

When listening to a CD, iPod, USB flash drive, or Bluetooth Audio Move to the right: To skip to the next song. Move to the left: To go back to the beginning of the current or previous song. Move to the right and hold: To go to the next folder. (Bluetooth Audio only) Move to the left and hold: To go to the previous folder. (Bluetooth Audio only)

When listening to a CD or USB flash drive Move to the right and hold: To skip to the next folder. Move to the left and hold: To go back to the previous folder.

When listening to Pandora*

Move to the right: To skip to the next track. Move to the right and hold: To select the next station. Move to the left and hold: To select the previous station.

* Not available on all models

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 219

Audio System Basic Operation

Featu

res

1Audio System Basic Operation

These indications are used to show how to operate the interface dial.

Rotate to select.

Press to enter.

Move , , or to select a secondary menu.

Audio function items 2 Station List P. 231 2 Save Preset P. 231, 235 2 Radio Text P. 232 2 Music Search P. 245, 248, 253 2 Scan P. 232, 243, 246, 254 2 Random/Repeat P. 246, 249, 254

When you unlock the doors with your remote, the drivers ID (Driver 1 or Driver 2) is detected, and the audio system settings and preset memory are turned to the respective mode automatically when you set the power mode to ON.

To use the audio system, the power mode must be in ACCESSORY or ON. Use the interface dial or ENTER/MENU button to access phone, information or smartphone functions.

Interface dial (ENTER/MENU button): Rotate left or right to scroll through the available choices. Press to set your selection. Move right, left, up or down to select a secondary menu. Press to switch the display to the Information Menu screen while the trip computer screen or clock/wallpaper screen is displayed.

BACK button: Press to go back to the previous display.

(Day/Night) button: Press to change the information screen brightness. Press once and make an adjustment using the interface dial. u Each time you press , the mode

switches between the daytime mode, nighttime mode and off mode.

(Day/Night) Button

BACK Button

Interface Dial (ENTER/ MENU Button)

219

220

uuAudio System Basic OperationuOn Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM

Featu res

1On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM

Icons that appear on the screen vary by the source selected.

Select or to go back to the previous screen.

Use the / icons to turn the page.

X

1Selecting an Audio Source

You can change the order of source list displayed.

1. Select Audio Menu, then Edit Source Order. 2. Select or .

You can also change the source order by pressing and holding the source on the source list for two seconds.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 220

On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM

Use the On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM to operate the audio system.

Select Source, then select an item on the source list to switch the audio source.

Select Audio Menu to display the menu items.

Selecting an Audio Source

Displaying the Menu Items

Select Source.

Source List

Select Audio Menu.

Menu Items

uuAudio System Basic OperationuOn Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM Featu

res

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 221

The following items are available: Edit Source Order: Displays the Edit Source Order screen.

2 Selecting an Audio Source P. 220

Sound Settings: Displays the Sound Settings screen. 2 Adjusting the Sound P. 228

Radio Text (FM mode): Displays the text information broadcast by the current RDS station.

2 Radio text P. 232

SportsFlash (SiriusXM mode): Displays the SportsFlashTM list. If the favorite sport team is not registered, the setup screen of SportsFlashTM is displayed.

2 Live Sports Alert P. 239 2 Customized Features P. 292

Traffic & Weather Now (SiriusXM mode): Displays to the Traffic & Weather Now screen.

2 Traffic and Weather Information P. 241

View Channel Schedule (SiriusXM mode): Displays the SiriusXM channel schedule.

Audio Settings: Displays the Audio Settings screen. 2 Customized Features P. 292

Screen Settings: Displays the Screen Settings screen. 2 Changing the Screen Settings P. 222

221Continued

uuAudio System Basic OperationuOn Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM

222

Featu res

1Changing the Screen Settings

The following are adjustable screen settings: Sync Display Brightness

Selects whether the screen brightness synchronizes with the instruments panel brightness.

Brightness Contrast Black Level Beep

Mutes a beep that sounds every time you touch the screen.

Keyboard Changes the on-screen keyboard from the alphabetical order to the qwerty type.

Instead of using (+, (- or icons, you can also touch the point where your desired setting is.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 222

1. Select Audio Menu, then select Screen Settings.

2. Use (+ , (- or other icons to adjust the setting.

Changing the Screen Settings

uuAudio System Basic Operationu Information Screen Featu

res

TPHONE Button

Smartphone

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 223

Information Screen Displays the HFL information, clock/wallpaper, trip computer, Apple CarPlay and Android Auto. From this screen, you can go to various setup options.

Press the PHONE, INFO and SMARTPHONE buttons to go to the corresponding display.

Switching the Display

SMARPHONE Button INFO Button

Phone Info

223Continued

224

uuAudio System Basic OperationuInformation Screen

Featu res

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 224

Phone Shows the HFL information. 2 Bluetooth HandsFreeLink P. 317

Info Shows the Trip Computer or Clock/Wallpaper. Press to display the Information Menu screen.

Trip computer: Current Drive Shows the range and instant and average fuel economy of the current trip, as well as the average fuel economy from your last trip.

History of Trip A Shows the range, average fuel economy and distances traveled for the current trip, as well as the average fuel economy and distances traveled during the last three driving cycles. Each time you reset the trip meter A, the information on the display updates. The history of the previous three driving cycles is kept.

Deleting the history manually 1. Press on the History of Trip A screen to select Delete History. 2. A confirmation message appears on the screen. Rotate to select Yes, then

press .

Clock/Wallpaper: Shows a clock screen or an image you import.

uuAudio System Basic Operationu Information Screen Featu

res

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 225

Smartphone Displays the Apple CarPlay or Android Auto.

2 Apple CarPlay P. 258 2 Android Auto P. 262

225Continued

uuAudio System Basic OperationuInformation Screen

226

Featu res

1Wallpaper Setup

When importing wallpaper files, the image must be in the USB flash drives root directory. Images in a folder cannot be imported.

The file name must be fewer than 255 characters. The file format of the image that can be imported

is BMP (bmp) or JPEG (jpg). The individual file size limit is 2 MB. The maximum image size is 1,680 x 936 pixels. If the USB flash drive does not have any pictures,

the No files detected message appears.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 226

You can change, store, and delete the wallpaper on the information screen.

Import wallpaper You can import up to three images, one at a time, for wallpaper from a USB flash drive.

1. Connect the USB flash drive to the USB port.

2 USB Port P. 215 2. Press the SETTINGS button. 3. Rotate to select Clock Settings, then

press . u Repeat the procedure to select Clock/

Wallpaper Type. 4. Move to select Wallpaper tab. u The screen will change to the wallpaper

list. 5. Rotate to select Options, then press

. u Repeat the procedure to select, Add

New Wallpaper. 6. Rotate to select a desired picture. u The preview is displayed on the left side

on the screen. 7. Rotate to select Start Import, then

press to save the data. u The display will return to the wallpaper

list.

Wallpaper Setup

uuAudio System Basic Operationu Information Screen Featu

res

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 227

Select wallpaper 1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select Clock Settings, then press . u Repeat the procedure to select Clock/Wallpaper Type.

3. Move to select Wallpaper. u The screen changes to the wallpaper list.

4. Rotate to select a desired wallpaper, then press . u The preview is displayed on the left side on the screen. u The pop-up menu appears on the screen.

5. Rotate to select Set, then press . u The display will return to the Clock Settings screen.

Delete wallpaper 1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select Clock Settings, then press . u Repeat the procedure to select Clock/Wallpaper Type.

3. Move to select Wallpaper. u The screen changes to the wallpaper list.

4. Rotate to select a wallpaper that you want to delete, then press . u The preview is displayed on the left side on the screen. u The pop-up menu appears on the screen.

5. Rotate to select Delete, then press . u The confirmation message will appear.

6. Rotate to select Yes, then press to delete completely. u The display will return to the wallpaper list.

227

228

uuAudio System Basic OperationuAdjusting the Sound

Featu res

1Adjusting the Sound

The SVC has four modes: Off, Low, Mid, and High. SVC adjusts the volume level based on the vehicle speed. As you go faster, audio volume increases. As you slow down, audio volume decreases.

Instead of using (+, (- or icons, you can also touch the point where your desired setting is.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 228

Adjusting the Sound 1. Select Audio Menu, then select Sound

Settings. 2. Select the Bass, Treble, Fader, Balance,

Subwoofer or SVC (Speed-sensitive Volume Compensation).

3. Use (+ , (- or other icons to adjust the setting.

uuAudio System Basic OperationuDisplay Setup Featu

res

1Changing the Screen Brightness

You can change the Contrast and Black Level settings in the same manner.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 229

Display Setup You can change the brightness of the information screen and On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM.

1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select System Settings, then

press . 3. Rotate to select Brightness, then press

. 4. Rotate to adjust the setting. 5. Press . u The display will return to the System

Settings screen.

1. Select Audio Menu, then select Screen Settings.

2. Use (+, (- to adjust the setting.

Changing the Screen Brightness Information Screen

On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM

229

230

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio

Featu res

On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM

Audio Menu Select to display the menu items.

Tune Select to displays the manual input screen of radio frequency.

Stations Select to displays the station list screen.

SCAN Select to sample each of the strongest stations on the selected band for 10 seconds.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 230

Playing AM/FM Radio

VOL/ (Volume/Power) Knob Press to turn the audio system on and off. Turn to adjust the volume.

Skip/Seek Icons Select or to search up and down the selected band for a station with a strong signal.

Source Select to change a band or change an audio source.

(Information) Icon Select to displays the current station details. Select to displays the previous screen.

Preset Icons Tune the preset radio frequency. Select and hold the preset icon to store that station. Select or to display preset 6 onwards.

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio Featu

res

1Playing AM/FM Radio

The ST indicator appears on the display indicating stereo FM broadcasts. Stereo reproduction in AM is not available.

Switching the Audio Mode Press the SOURCE button on the steering wheel.

2 Audio Remote Controls P. 217

You can store 6 AM stations and 12 FM stations into the preset memory.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 231

To store a station: 1. Tune to the selected station. 2. Select and hold the preset number you want to store that station.

Provides text data information related to your selected RDS-capable FM station.

To find an RDS station from Station List 1. Select Stations. 2. Select station on the list.

Manual update Updates your available station list at any time. 1. Select Stations. 2. Select Refresh on the list.

Preset Memory

Radio Data System (RDS)

Continued 231

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio

232

Featu res

1Radio frequency manual tune screen

You can tune the range of FM frequency between 87.7 to 107.9MHz and range of AM frequency between 530 to 1710kHz.

Tune icons: Select or to tune the radio frequency.

Seek icons: Select or to search the selected band up or down for a station with a strong signal.

1Radio text

The text indicator comes on when you received a text message. The indicator stays on until you read the message.

The radio text information is not updated automatically. If you want to display the latest information, return to the previous screen and select Radio Text again.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 232

Radio frequency manual tune screen 1. Select Tune. 2. Enter the desired radio frequency using the

numeric keypad. 3. Select OK to tune into the frequency.

You can also tune into the radio frequency of your choice following the procedures below instead of inputting its frequency value. 1. Touch the desired frequency value on the

frequency bar. 2. Select and hold the frequency indicator,

then slide it to the desired frequency value on the frequency bar.

Radio text Display the radio text information of the selected RDS station. 1. Select Audio Menu. 2. Select Radio Text.

Scan Samples each of the strongest stations on the selected band for 10 seconds.

Select SCAN. To turn off scan, select Stop Scan.

Frequency Indicator

Frequency Bar

Numeric Keypad

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM Radio Featu

res

Audio Menu Select to display the menu items.

Tune Select to displays the channel number input screen.

Presets/Controls Select to changes between the Presets mode and Controls mode of the Replay function.

Browse Select to displays the channel list of Categories, Channels or Featured channels types.

Channel Up/Down Icons Select or to the previous or next channel. Select and hold to rapidly skip 10 channels at a time.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 233

Playing SiriusXM Radio

On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM

VOL/ (Volume/Power) Knob Press to turn the audio system on and off. Turn to adjust the volume.

Category Up/Down Icons Select or to display and select a SiriusXM Radio category.

Source Select to change an audio source.

(Information) Icon Select to displays the current channel details. Select to displays the previous screen.

Preset Icons Tune the preset channel. Select and hold the preset icon to store that channel. Select or

to display preset 4 onwards.

233Continued

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM Radio

234

Featu res

1Playing SiriusXM Radio

In the channel mode, all available channels are selectable. In the category mode, you can select a channel within a category (Jazz, Rock, Classical, etc.).

There may be instances when SiriusXM Radio does not broadcast all the data fields (artist name, title). This does not indicate a problem with your audio system.

SiriusXM Radio stations load in ascending order, which can take about a minute. Once they have loaded you will be able to scroll up or down to make your selections.

Tune Start: When you change a channel, a song being played on that channel restarts from the beginning with this function. This can be turned on or off from the Play the Song from the Beginning setting.

2 Customized Features P. 292

1SiriusXM channel manual tune screen

Channel icons: Select or to the previous or next channel. Select and hold to rapidly skip 10 channels at a time.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 234

1. Select the SiriusXM mode. 2 Audio Remote Controls P. 217 2 On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM P. 220

2. Select a channel using the , icons or the preset numbers (1-12) on the preset mode screen.

SiriusXM channel manual tune screen 1. Select Tune. 2. Enter the desired channel number using the

numeric keypad. 3. Select OK to tune into the channel.

You can also tune into the channel of your choice following the procedures below instead of inputting its channel number. 1. Touch the desired channel number on the

channel bar. 2. Select and hold the channel indicator, then

slide it to the desired channel number on the channel bar.

To Play SiriusXM Radio

Channel Indicator Channel Bar

Numeric Keypad

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM Radio Featu

res

1Playing SiriusXM Radio

You can store 12 SiriusXM stations into the preset memory.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 235

To change the tune mode: 1. Select Tune. 2. Select Channel/Category icon.

To store a station: 1. Tune to the selected channel. 2. Select Presets/Controls icon to set the Presets. 3. Select and hold the preset number you want to store that channel.

Channel/Category Icon

Preset Memory

Continued 235

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM Radio

236

Featu res

1TuneMixTM (Multi-channel preset)

TuneMixTM is registered trademarks of SiriusXM Radio, Inc.

To store a multi-channel preset, you need to setup the TuneMix setting to On.

2 Customized Features P. 292

TuneMixTM is available for music channels only.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 236

TuneMixTM (Multi-channel preset) You can store up to 10 of your preferred music channels and listen to them randomly.

1. Tune a channel. 2. Select and hold the preset number you

want to store that channel.

3. Select Add. 4. Select Done to return the previous screen.

To delete a multi-channel preset: 1. Select and hold the preset number you want to delete that channel. 2. Select the channel icon. 3. Select Delete. 4. Select Done to return the previous screen.

Select and hold.

Channel Icon

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM Radio Featu

res

1Listening to Featured Channels

Up to three featured channels by SiriusXM can be displayed.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 237

Suggested channel listing received from SiriusXM can be displayed and selected. 1. Select Browse. 2. Select Featured Channels. 3. Select a channel.

You can check a channel schedule by selected channel list on the On Demand Multi- Use DisplayTM. 1. Select Audio Menu. 2. Select View Channel Schedule.

You can also check the other channel by the following procedure. 3. Select Categories, Channels or Presets. 4. Select a channel.

Listening to Featured Channels

Displaying a Channel Schedule

Continued 237

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM Radio

238

Featu res

1Replay Function

The system starts storing broadcast in memory when the power mode is turned ON. You can go back to the program from that point.

You can no longer replay any program once the power mode is turned OFF as it erases memory. You can check how long the program has been stored in memory from the On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM.

(A): Shows how much time the replayed segment is behind the real-time broadcast (B): Replayed segment (C): Length stored in memory

(A)

(B)(C)

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 238

The system constantly records up to the last 60 minutes of your currently tuned channel and all the preset channel broadcast, starting from the moment you turn the power mode to ON. You can rewind and replay the last 60 minutes of each broadcast.

1. Select Presets/Controls to set the Controls.

2. Select an option.

The following items are available: : Pauses or plays a storing broadcast.

: Returns to real-time broadcast. : Skips to the previously stored channel. : Skips to the next channel.

: Select to skip back 15 seconds in the current selection. Select and hold to fast- rewind the current selection.

: Select to skip forward 15 seconds in the current selection. Select and hold to fast-forward the current selection.

Returning to real-time broadcast Select while listening to the playback channel.

Replay Function

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM Radio Featu

res

1Live Sports Alert

The sports alert function at SiriusXM mode only.

1To set up a sports alert

Sports alerts cut in only when SiriusXM mode is on. Selecting Enable once from customized settings disables the alert feature next time you turn the power mode to ON.

2 Customized Features P. 292

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 239

While listening to other channels you can receive sports alerts such as scores from your favorite teams.

To set up a sports alert 1. Select Audio Menu. 2. Select Audio Settings. 3. Select SiriusXM. 4. Select SportsFlash. 5. Select Notification, then select Enable. 6. Select Favorite Teams, then select a team.

Live Sports Alert

Continued 239

240

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM Radio

Featu res

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 240

Receiving a sports alert 1. A pop-up appears and notifies you of a sports alert. 2. Select Listen Now.

The following items are available: / : Pauses or plays a current sports alert. : Returns to real-time broadcast.

: Skips to the previously stored sports alert. : Skips to the next stored sports alert.

: Select to skip back 15 seconds to the current sports alert. Select and hold to fast- rewind the current sports alert.

: Select to skip forward 15 seconds to the current sports alert. Select and hold to fast-forward the current sports alert. Back: Returns to previous channel.

Listening to a missed sports alert 1. Select Audio Menu. 2. Select SportsFlash. 3. Select an item.

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM Radio Featu

res

1Traffic and Weather Information

The traffic and weather information function in SiriusXM mode only.

Traffic & Weather Now are registered trademarks of SiriusXM Radio, Inc.

1To set up a traffic & weather information

When you listen to the traffic and weather information service, set up the applicable city using Traffic & Weather Now Setup.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 241

You can receive the SiriusXM traffic and weather information service in SiriusXM mode.

To set up a traffic & weather information 1. Select Audio Menu. 2. Select Audio Settings. 3. Select SiriusXM. 4. Select Traffic & Weather Now Setup. 5. Select the region. u When you do not want to receive the

information, select No City Selected.

Traffic and Weather Information

Continued 241

242

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM Radio

Featu res

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 242

Listening a traffic and weather information 1. Select Audio Menu. 2. Select Traffic & Weather Now.

The following items are available: / : Pauses or plays a stored broadcast. : Returns to real-time broadcast.

: Skips to the previously stored channel. : Skips to the next channel.

: Select to skip back 15 seconds in the current broadcast. Select and hold to fast- rewind the current broadcast.

: Select to skip forward 15 seconds in the current broadcast. Select and hold to fast-forward the current broadcast. Back: Returns to previous channel.

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM Radio Featu

res

1Scan

You can select desired channel by songs using Scan Presets.

The Scan Songs in Presets function is based on TuneScanTM technology of SiriusXM.

The Featured Channels function is based on Featured FavoritesTM technology of SiriusXM.

TuneScanTM and Featured FavoritesTM are registered trademarks of SiriusXM Radio, Inc.

Scan Mode Menu Items Scan Channels: Scans for channels with a strong signal in the selected mode. Scan Presets: Scans for desired preset channel by songs. Select (skip up) or (skip down) to skip to the next/previous stored selection.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 243

Sample each channel on the selected mode for 10 seconds. 1. Select Presets/Controls to set the Controls. 2. Select SCAN. 3. Select Scan Channels or Scan Presets. To turn off scan, select Stop Scan.

Scan

243

244

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a CD

Featu res

Skip/Seek Icons Select or to change tracks (files in MP3, WMA, or AAC). Select and hold to move rapidly within a track/file.

Audio Menu Select to display the menu items.

Search Select to displays the music search list screen.

On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM

Random Icon Select to plays tracks/files in random order.

(CD Eject) Button Press to eject a CD.

CD Slot Insert a CD about halfway into the CD slot.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 244

Playing a CD Your audio system supports audio CDs, CD-Rs and CD-RWs in either MP3, WMA, or AAC*1 format. With the CD loaded, select the CD mode.

*1:Only AAC format files recorded with iTunes are playable on this unit.

VOL/ (Volume/Power) Knob Press to turn the audio system on and off. Turn to adjust the volume.

Source Select to change an audio source.

(Information) Icon Select to displays the current track/ file details. Select to displays the previous screen.

Folder Up/Down Icons Select to skip to the next folder, and to skip to the beginning of the previous folder in MP3, WMA, or AAC.

Repeat Icon Select to repeats the current track/file.

SCAN Icon Select to provides 10-second sampling of each tracks/files.

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a CD Featu

res

1Playing a CD

NOTICE Do not use CDs with adhesive labels. The label can cause the CD to jam in the unit.

WMA and AAC files protected by digital rights management (DRM) cannot be played. The audio system skips to the next file.

Text data appears on the display under the following circumstances: When you select a new folder, file, or track. When you change the audio mode to CD. When you insert a CD.

If you eject the CD but do not remove it from the slot, the system reloads the CD automatically after several seconds.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 245

1. Select Search. 2. Select a folder.

3. Select a track.

How to Select a File from the Music Search List (MP3/WMA/AAC)

Folder Selection

File Selection

Continued 245

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a CD

246

Featu res

1How to Select a Play Mode

Play Mode Menu Items SCAN Scan Folders (MP3/WMA/AAC): Provides a 10- second sampling of the first file in each of the main folders. Scan Tracks (MP3/WMA/AAC): Provides a 10-second sampling of all files in the current folder in MP3, WMA, or AAC.

Repeat

Random

(repeat off): Repeat mode to off.

(repeat track): Repeats the current track/file.

(repeat folder) (MP3/WMA/AAC): Repeats all files in the current folder.

(random off): Random mode to off.

(random in folder) (MP3/WMA/AAC): Plays all files in the current folder in random order.

(random all tracks): Plays all tracks/files in random order.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 246

You can select scan, repeat, and random modes when playing a track or file. Scan Select SCAN to provides 10-second sampling of each tracks/files.

Random/Repeat Select repeat or random icon repeatedly until a desired mode.

To turn off a play mode To turn off scan, select Stop Scan. To turn off random/repeat, select repeat or random icon repeatedly.

How to Select a Play Mode

Random IconRepeat Icon

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying an iPod Featu

res

Skip/Seek Icons Select or to change songs. Select and hold to move rapidly within a song.

Audio Menu Select to display the menu items.

Browse Select to displays the music search list screen.

On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM

Shuffle Icon Select to change a play mode in album shuffle or shuffle all songs.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 247

Playing an iPod Connect the iPod using your USB connector to the USB port, then select the iPod mode.

2 USB Port P. 215

VOL/ (Volume/Power) Knob Press to turn the audio system on and off. Turn to adjust the volume.

Source Select to change an audio source.

(Information) Icon Select to displays the current song details. Select to displays the previous screen.

Repeat Icon Select to repeats the current song.

/ (Play/Pause) Icon Select to pause or play a song.

247Continued

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying an iPod

248

Featu res

1How to Select a Song from the Music Search List

Available operating functions vary on models and/or versions. Some functions may not be available on the vehicles audio system.

If there is a problem, you may see an error message on the On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM.

2 iPod/USB Flash Drive P. 268

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 248

1. Select Browse. 2. Select the items on that menu.

How to Select a Song from the Music Search List

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying an iPod Featu

res

1How to Select a Play Mode

Play Mode Menu Items Repeat

Shuffle

*1: Not available on all iPod.

(repeat off)*1: Repeat mode to off.

(repeat song): Repeats the current song.

(repeat all): Repeats the all songs.

(shuffle off): shuffle mode to off.

(shuffle all songs): Plays all available songs in a selected list (playlists, artists, albums, songs, genres, or composers) in random order. (shuffle albums): Plays all available albums in a selected list (playlists, artists, albums, songs, genres, or composers) in random order.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 249

You can select repeat and shuffle modes when playing a song. Shuffle/Repeat Select shuffle or repeat icon repeatedly until a desired mode.

To turn off a play mode To turn off the shuffle or repeat, select shuffle or repeat icon repeatedly.

How to Select a Play Mode

Shuffle IconRepeat Icon

249

250

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Pandora

Featu res

1Playing Pandora

Pandora, the Pandora logo, and the Pandora trade dress are trademarks or registered trademarks of Pandora Media, Inc., used with permission. Pandora is currently available exclusively in the United States.

To find out if your phone is compatible with this feature, visit www.handsfreelink.com/Acura, or call 1-888-528-7876.

Audio Menu Select to display the menu items.

Stations Select to displays the station list screen.

On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM

Skip Icon Select to skip a track.

Station Up/Down Icons Select to change a station.

Bookmark Track Icon Bookmarks the current track.

Bookmark Artist Icon Bookmarks the current artist.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 250

Playing Pandora Your audio system allows you to listen to music from the Pandora app on a compatible smartphone. This function is available when the phone is paired and connected to the vehicles Bluetooth HandsFreeLink (HFL) system, or with an iPhone, you can connect using your USB cable to the USB port.

2 Phone Setup P. 325 2 USB Port P. 215

U.S. models

VOL/ (Volume/Power) Knob Press to turn the audio system on and off. Turn to adjust the volume.

Source Select to change an audio source.

(Information) Icon Select to displays the current track details. Select to displays the previous screen.

Like/Dislike Icons Select to evaluate a track.

Play/Pause Icon Select to pause or play a track.

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Pandora Featu

res

1Playing Pandora

Pandora is a personalized Internet radio service that selects music based on an artist, track, or genre a user enters, and streams what is likely to be of interest.

To use this service in your vehicle, the Pandora app must first be installed on your phone. Visit www.pandora.com. for more information.

If you cannot operate Pandora through the audio system, it may be streaming through Bluetooth Audio. Make sure Pandora mode on your audio system is selected.

Available operating functions vary on software versions. Some functions may not be available on the vehicles audio system.

If there is a problem, you may see an error message on the On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM.

2 Pandora P. 270

There are restrictions on the number of tracks you can skip or dislike in a given hour.

If your phone is connected to Android Auto, Pandora is only available through the Android Auto interface. Visit the Android Auto website to check compatibility.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 251

1. Select Stations. 2. Select a item to select a track.

Create Station You can create a station by Genre, Current Track or Current Artist. 1. Select Stations. 2. Select Create Station. 3. Select the item you want to create a station.

You can also create a station by the following procedure. 1. Select track name or artist name. 2. Select Yes.

Select the connecting method If the two devices that install Pandora app are connected via the USB and Bluetooth connection separately, you can select the USB or Bluetooth connection to use the Pandora.

1. Select the PANDORA on the source list screen. 2. Select USB or Bluetooth.

How to Select a Track from the Stations List

Select track or artist name.

251

252

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a USB Flash Drive

Featu res

Skip/Seek Icons Select or to change files. Select and hold to move rapidly within a file.

Audio Menu Select to display the menu items.

Search Select to displays the music search list screen.

Folder Up/Down Icons Select to skip to the next folder, and to skip to the beginning of the previous folder.

On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM

Random Icon Select to plays all files in random order.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 252

Playing a USB Flash Drive Your audio system reads and plays sound files on a USB flash drive in either MP3, WMA, or AAC*1 format. Connect your USB flash drive to the USB port, then select the USB mode.

2 USB Port P. 215

*1:Only AAC format files recorded with iTunes are playable on this unit.

VOL/ (Volume/Power) Knob Press to turn the audio system on and off. Turn to adjust the volume.

Source Select to change an audio source.

(Information) Icon Select to displays the current file details. Select to displays the previous screen.

Repeat Icon Select to repeats the current file.

SCAN Icon Select to provides 10-second sampling of each files.

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a USB Flash Drive Featu

res

1Playing a USB Flash Drive

Use the recommended USB flash drives. 2 General Information on the Audio System

P. 274

Files in WMA/AAC format protected by digital rights management (DRM) are not played. The audio system skips to the next file.

If there is a problem, you may see an error message on the On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM.

2 iPod/USB Flash Drive P. 268

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 253

1. Select Search. 2. Select a folder.

3. Select a file.

How to Select a File from the Music Search List

Folder Selection

File Selection

Continued 253

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a USB Flash Drive

254

Featu res

1How to Select a Play Mode

Play Mode Menu Items SCAN Scan Folders: Provides a 10-second sampling of the first file in each of the main folders. Scan Tracks: Provides a 10-second sampling of all files in the current folder.

Repeat

Random

(repeat off): Repeat mode to off.

(repeat track): Repeats the current file.

(repeat folder): Repeats all files in the current folder.

(random off): Random mode to off.

(random in folder): Plays all files in the current folder in random order.

(random all tracks): Plays all files in random order.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 254

You can select scan, repeat, and random modes when playing a file. Scan Select SCAN to provide a 10-second sampling of each file.

Random/Repeat Select repeat or random icon repeatedly until a desired mode.

To turn off a play mode To turn off scan, select Stop Scan. To turn off random or repeat, select repeat or random icon repeatedly.

How to Select a Play Mode

Random IconRepeat Icon

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Bluetooth Audio Featu

res

1Playing Bluetooth Audio

Not all Bluetooth-enabled phones with streaming audio capabilities are compatible with the system. For a list of compatible phones: U.S.: Visit www.handsfreelink.com/Acura, or call 1-

888-528-7876. Canada: For more information on smartphone

compatibility, call 1-888-528-7876.

In some states, it may be illegal to perform some data device functions while driving.

If more than one phone is paired to the HFL system, there will be a delay before the system begins to play.

Some functions may not be available on some devices.

If a phone is currently connected via Apple CarPlay or Android Auto, Bluetooth Audio from that phone is unavailable. However, a second previously paired phone can stream Bluetooth Audio by selecting Connect to Audio from the Edit Bluetooth Device.

2 Phone Setup P. 325

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 255

Playing Bluetooth Audio Your audio system allows you to listen to music from your Bluetooth-compatible phone. This function is available when the phone is paired and connected to the vehicles Bluetooth HandsFreeLink (HFL) system.

2 Phone Setup P. 325

Source Select to change an audio source.

VOL/ (Volume/ Power) Knob Press to turn the audio system on and off. Turn to adjust the volume.

(Information) Icon Select to displays the current file details. Select to displays the previous screen.

Skip/Seek Icons Select or to change files.

On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM

Play Icon

Pause Icon

Browse Select to displays the track list screen.

Audio Menu Select to display the menu items.

Folder Up/Down Icons Select or to change folders.

255Continued

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Bluetooth Audio

256

Featu res

1To Play Bluetooth Audio Files

To play the audio files, you may need to operate your phone. If so, follow the phone makers operating instructions.

The pause function may not be available on some phones.

Switching to another mode pauses the music playing from your phone. This function may not be available on some phones.

1Searching for Music

Depending on the Bluetooth device you connect, some or all of the lists may not be displayed.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 256

1. Make sure that your phone is paired and connected to HFL.

2. Select the Bluetooth Audio mode.

If the phone is not recognized, another HFL- compatible phone, which is not compatible for Bluetooth Audio, may already be connected.

To pause or resume a file Select the play icon or pause icon.

1. Select Browse. 2. Select a search category (e.g., Albums). 3. Select an item. u The selection begins playing.

To Play Bluetooth Audio Files

Play Icon Pause Icon

Searching for Music

uuAudio System Basic OperationuSiri Eyes Free Featu

res

1Siri Eyes Free

Siri is a trademark of Apple Inc.

Check Apple Inc. website for features available for Siri.

We recommend against using Siri other than in Siri Eyes Free while operating a vehicle.

1Using Siri Eyes Free

Some commands work only on specific phone features or apps.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 257

Siri Eyes Free You can talk to Siri using the Talk button on the steering wheel when your compatible iPhone is paired to Bluetooth HandsFreeLink.

2 Phone Setup P. 325

Using Siri Eyes Free

(Hang-up/back) button: Press to deactivate Siri.

(Talk) button: Press and hold until the display changes as shown.

While in Siri Eyes Free: The display remains the same. No feedback or commands appear.

Appears when Siri is activated in Siri Eyes Free

257

258

uuAudio System Basic OperationuApple CarPlay

Featu res

1Apple CarPlay

Only iPhone 5 or newer versions with iOS 8.4 or later are compatible with Apple CarPlay.

Park in a safe place before connecting your iPhone to Apple CarPlay and when launching any compatible apps.

To use Apple CarPlay, connect the USB cable to the 2.5A USB port.

2 USB Port P. 215

To directly access the Apple CarPlay phone function, press the PHONE button. While connected to Apple CarPlay, calls are only made through Apple CarPlay. If you want to make a call with Bluetooth HandsFreeLink, turn Apple CarPlay OFF or detach the USB cable from your iPhone.

2 Setting Up Apple CarPlay P. 260

When your iPhone is connected to Apple CarPlay, it is not possible to use the Bluetooth Audio or Bluetooth HandsFreeLink. However, other previously paired phones can stream audio via Bluetooth while Apple CarPlay is connected.

2 Phone Setup P. 325

For details on countries and regions where Apple CarPlay is available, as well as information pertaining to function, refer to the Apple homepage.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 258

Apple CarPlay If you connect an Apple CarPlay-compatible iPhone to the system via the 2.5A USB port, you can use the information screen, instead of the iPhone display, to make a phone call, listen to music, view maps (navigation), and access messages.

2 USB Port P. 215

*1:The operation methods may differ from your connected iPhone.

Apple CarPlay Menu

Go back to the previous screen of this audio system.

Information Screen Apple CarPlay menu screen

Go back to the Apple CarPlay menu screen

SMARTPHONE Button Press to display the Apple CarPlay menu screen.

Interface Dial (ENTER/MENU Button)*1

Move the interface dial to select the item. Press to enter the item.

BACK Button*1

Press to go back to the previous display.

uuAudio System Basic OperationuApple CarPlay Featu

res

1Apple CarPlay

Apple CarPlay Operating Requirements & Limitations Apple CarPlay requires a compatible iPhone with an active cellular connection and data plan. Your carriers rate plans will apply.

Changes in operating systems, hardware, software, and other technology integral to providing Apple CarPlay functionality, as well as new or revised governmental regulations, may result in a decrease or cessation of Apple CarPlay functionality and services. Acura cannot and does not provide any warranty or guarantee of future Apple CarPlay performance or functionality.

It is possible to use 3rd party apps if they are compatible with Apple CarPlay. Refer to the Apple homepage for information on compatible apps.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 259

Phone Access the contact list, make phone calls, or listen to voice mail.

Messages Check and reply to text messages, or have messages read to you.

Music Play music stored on your iPhone.

Maps Display Apple Maps and use the navigation function just as you would on your iPhone.

Continued 259

uuAudio System Basic OperationuApple CarPlay

260

Featu res

1Setting Up Apple CarPlay

You can also use the method below to set up Apple CarPlay: Press the SETTINGSSelect Smartphone SettingsApple CarPlay Device List

Use of user and vehicle information The use and handling of user and vehicle information transmitted to/from your iPhone by Apple CarPlay is governed by the Apple iOS terms and conditions and Apples Privacy Policy.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 260

After you have connected your iPhone to the system via the 2.5A USB port, use the following procedure to set up Apple CarPlay. Use of Apple CarPlay will result in the transmission of certain user and vehicle information (such as vehicle location, speed, and status) to your iPhone to enhance the Apple CarPlay experience. You will need to consent to the sharing of this information on the information screen.

Enabling Apple CarPlay Enable Once: Allows only once. (Prompt shows again next time.) Always Enable: Allows anytime. (Prompt does not show again.) Cancel: Does not allow this consent.

You may change the consent settings under the Smartphone Settings menu.

Setting Up Apple CarPlay

uuAudio System Basic OperationuApple CarPlay Featu

res

1Operating Apple CarPlay with Siri

Below are examples of questions and commands for Siri. What movies are playing today? Call dad at work. What song is this? Hows the weather tomorrow? Read my latest email. Find a table for four tonight in Chicago.

For more information, please visit www.apple.com/ios/siri.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 261

Press and hold the talk button to activate Siri.

Operating Apple CarPlay with Siri

(Talk) button: Press and hold to activate Siri. Press again to deactivate Siri.

261

262

uuAudio System Basic OperationuAndroid Auto

Featu res

1Android Auto

To use Android Auto, you need to download the Android Auto app from Google Play to your smartphone.

Only Android 5.0 (Lollipop) or later versions are compatible with Android Auto. Bluetooth A2DP cannot be used with Android Auto phone.

Park in a safe place before connecting your Android phone to Android Auto and when launching any compatible apps.

To use Android Auto, connect the USB cable to the 2.5A USB port.

2 USB Port P. 215

When your Android phone is connected to Android Auto, it is not possible to use the Bluetooth Audio. However, other previously paired phones can stream audio via Bluetooth while Android Auto is connected.

2 Phone Setup P. 325

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 262

Android Auto When you connect an Android phone to the audio system via the 2.5A USB port, Android Auto is automatically initiated. When connected via Android Auto, you can use the information screen to access the Phone, Google Maps (Navigation), Google Play Music, and Google Now functions. When you first use Android Auto, a tutorial will appear on the screen. We recommend that you complete this tutorial while safely parked before using Android Auto.

2 USB Port P. 215 2 Auto Pairing Connection P. 265

uuAudio System Basic OperationuAndroid Auto Featu

res

1Android Auto

For details on countries and regions where Android Auto is available, as well as information pertaining to function, refer to the Android Auto homepage.

Android Auto Operating Requirements & Limitations Android Auto requires a compatible Android phone with an active cellular connection and data plan. Your carriers rate plans will apply.

Changes in operating systems, hardware, software, and other technology integral to providing Android Auto functionality, as well as new or revised governmental regulations, may result in a decrease or cessation of Android Auto functionality and services. Acura cannot and does not provide any warranty or guarantee of future Android Auto performance or functionality.

It is possible to use 3rd party apps if they are compatible with Android Auto. Refer to the Android Auto homepage for information on compatible apps.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 263

*1:The operation methods may differ from your connected Android phone.

Android Auto Menu

6

Information Screen Android Auto menu screen

SMARTPHONE Button Press to display the Android Auto menu screen.

Interface Dial (ENTER/MENU Button)*1

Move and rotate the interface dial to select the item. Press to enter the item.

BACK Button*1

Press to go back to the previous display.

Continued 263

264

uuAudio System Basic OperationuAndroid Auto

Featu res

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 264

a Maps (Navigation) Display Google Maps and use the navigation function just as you would with your Android phone. When the vehicle is in motion, it is not possible to make keyboard entries. Stop the vehicle in a safe location to undertake a search or provide other inputs. b Phone (Communication) Make and receive phone calls as well as listen to voicemail. c Google Now (Home screen) Display useful information organized by Android Auto into simple cards that appear just when theyre needed. d Music and audio Play Google Play Music and music apps that are compatible with Android Auto. To switch between music apps, press this icon. e Go back to the previous screen of this audio system. f Voice Operate Android Auto with your voice.

uuAudio System Basic OperationuAndroid Auto Featu

res

1Enabling Android Auto

Only initialize Android Auto when you are safely parked. When Android Auto first detects your phone, you will need to set up your phone so that auto pairing is possible. Refer to the instruction manual that came with your phone.

You can use the method below to change Android Auto settings after you have completed the initial setup: Press the SETTINGSSelect Smartphone SettingsAndroid Auto Device List

Use of user and vehicle information The use and handling of user and vehicle information transmitted to/from your phone by Android Auto is governed by Googles Privacy Policy.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 265

When you connect an Android phone to the unit via the 2.5A USB port, Android Auto is automatically initiated.

Enabling Android Auto Enable Once: Allows only once. (Prompt shows again next time.) Always Enable: Allows anytime. (Prompt does not show again.) Cancel: Does not allow this consent.

You may change the consent settings under the Smartphone Settings menu.

Auto Pairing Connection

Continued 265

uuAudio System Basic OperationuAndroid Auto

266

Featu res

1Operating Android Auto with Voice Recognition

Below are examples of commands you can give with voice recognition: Reply to text. Call my wife. Navigate to Acura. Play my music. Send a text message to my wife. Call flower shop.

For more information, please refer to the Android Auto homepage.

You can also activate the voice recognition function by moving .

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 266

Press and hold the talk button to operate Android Auto with your voice.

Operating Android Auto with Voice Recognition

(Talk) button: Press and hold to operate Android Auto with your voice. Press to deactivate voice recognition.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 267

Audio Error Messages

Featu

res

Solution

will be skipped. The next supported track/file lly.

t) button and remove the disc, and check that the cleared. isc is not damaged or deformed, and insert the

CDs P. 275

age reappears, press the button, and pull out

disc. lays, there is a problem with the first disc. age repeats, or the disc cannot be removed,

ce the disc out of the player.

isc is not damaged or deformed. CDs P. 275

ystem off and allow the player to cool down until e is cleared.

CD Player If a disc error occurs, you may see the following error messages.

Error Message Cause

This function is not available because the system has encountered a file error or a DRM protected file.

Track/file format not supported Current track/file

plays automatica

This is a bad disc. Please see your owners manual for more details. Push Eject. Mechanical error

Press the (ejec error message is

Check that the d disc again.

2 Protecting If the error mess

the disc. Insert a different

If the new disc p If the error mess

contact a dealer. Do not try to for

Mecha Error

This is a bad disc. Please see your owners manual for more details.

Servo error

Check the disc Disc error Check that the d

2 Protecting

Heat Error High temperature Turn the audio s

the error messag

267

268

uuAudio Error Messagesu iPod/USB Flash Drive

Featu res

ion

tem. Check if the device is compatible with the

Disconnect the device. Then turn the audio system ce that caused the error.

it appears when a supported iPod is connected,

e iPod. Reconnect the iPod.

the screen while displaying the DRM or an

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 268

iPod/USB Flash Drive If an error occurs while playing an iPod or USB flash drive, you may see the following error messages. If you cannot clear the error message, contact a dealer.

Error Message Solut

Communication error detected. When safe, please reconnect your device.

Appears when there is a problem with the audio sys audio system.

This USB device is incompatible. Please see your owners manual for more details.

Appears when an incompatible device is connected. off, and turn it on again. Do not reconnect the devi

This version of iOS is not supported.

Appears when an unsupported iPod is connected. If update the iPod software to the newer version.

There is an authentication error. When safe, please reconnect your device.

Appears when the system does not acknowledge th

This function is not available because the system has encountered a file error or a DRM protected file.

Appears when you select the grayed-out option on unsupported format file.

uuAudio Error Messagesu iPod/USB Flash Drive Featu

res

ion

are no MP3, WMA, or AAC files in the USB flash

.

If it appears when a supported device is

SB hubs. Disconnect the USB hubs and directly

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 269

Error Message Solut

There is no data detected. When safe, please check your device and try again.

Appears when the iPod is empty.

Appears when the USB flash drive is empty or there drive.

Check that compatible files are stored on the device

Unsupported Appears when an unsupported device is connected. connected, reconnect the device.

USB hubs are not supported. To listen to audio, directly connect device to USB port.

Appears when the USB device is connected via the U connect the device to the USB port.

iPod

USB flash drive

iPod and USB flash drive

269

270

uuAudio Error MessagesuPandora

Featu res

Solution

n incompatible device is connected. Disconnect turn the audio system off, and turn it again. Do e device that caused the error.

ere is a problem with the audio system. Check if patible with the audio system.

ere is no station list on the device. Use the device n.

ou try to skip a track over the predetermined in an hour.

e commanded operation is failed. Try again later.

o data is available with Pandora activated. and reconnect the device.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 270

Pandora If an error occurs while playing Pandora, you may see the following error messages. If you cannot clear the error message, contact a dealer.

Error Message

This USB device is incompatible. Please see your owners manual for more details.

Appears when a the device. Then not reconnect th

There is an unsupported device detected. When safe, please reconnect your device.

Appears when th the device is com

No stations have been created. When safe, please create a station on the device.

Appears when th to create a statio

There is no active station.

This PANDORA station is currently not available. Please select another station.

Music licenses force us to limit the number of tracks you may skip each hour.

Appears when y number of times

The system is unable to save rating. The system is unable to save bookmark. or The system is unable to skip.

Appears when th

There is no data available. Appears when n Reboot the app

U.S. models

uuAudio Error MessagesuPandora Featu

res

Solution

andora version is not supported. Update latest version.

e Pandora server is in maintenance. Try again

andora is unable to play music. Check your

e number of created stations reaches the one or more created stations from Pandora app

d device.

ere is a temporary error with the audio system.

our connected device has network problems. e.

our connected device has some kind of problem t of the service area. onnected device is within the service area, and play Pandora. If the problem persists, consult a

ou try playing the Pandora in the country where available.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 271

Error Message

The PANDORA app version on your device is not supported. When safe, please update the app and try again later.

Appears when P Pandora to the

PANDORA is performing system maintenance. Please try again later.

Appears when th later.

The system cannot connect to PANDORA. When safe, please check your device. Appears when P

device.The system is unable to play PANDORA. When safe, login to PANDORA.

The maximum number of stations that can be created is 100. To create more, please delete one or more previously created stations.

Appears when th limitation. Delete on the connecte

The system is unable to create a new station. Please try again. Appears when th Try again later.

The system is unable to play PANDORA. Please try again later. Appears when y Check your devic

When safe, please check your device.

Appears when y such as being ou Check that the c then try again to dealer.

The system is unable to play PANDORA. Music licensing restricts play in this area.

Appears when y the service is not

271

272

uuAudio Error MessagesuApple CarPlay/Android Auto

Featu res

Solution

n incompatible device is connected. Disconnect turn the audio system off, and turn it again. Do e device that caused the error.

pple CarPlay or Android Auto fails to recognize

vice is compatible with Apple CarPlay or Android st version of the app is installed on your device.

pple CarPlay or Android Auto fails to recognize

device and try again.

our connected device is incompatible with Apple

vice is compatible with Apple CarPlay.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 272

Apple CarPlay/Android Auto If an error occurs while using the Apple CarPlay or Android Auto, you may see the following error messages. If you cannot clear the error message, contact a dealer.

Error Message

A charging error has occurred with the connected device. When safe, please check the compatibility of the device and USB cable. Please see your owner's manual for more details.

This USB device is incompatible. Please see your owner's manual for more details.

Appears when a the device. Then not reconnect th

Unable to start Apple CarPlay. When safe, please confirm the USB connection.

Appears when A your device. Check if your de Auto, or the late

Unable to start Android Auto. When safe, please confirm the USB connection.

Unable to start Apple CarPlay. When safe, please try again. Appears when A your device. Reconnect your Unable to start Android Auto. When safe, please try again.

Unable to start Apple CarPlay with your device. Your device is connected in digital audio mode.

Appears when y CarPlay. Check if your de

Information Screen

On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM

uuAudio Error MessagesuApple CarPlay/Android Auto Featu

res

Solution

our connected device is incompatible with

vice is compatible with Android Auto or the latest p is installed on your device.

ur version of the Android Auto is not supported. Auto to the latest version.

luetooth connection is failed. oth connection of this audio system and your

e.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 273

Error Message

This device is not compatible with Android Auto.

Appears when y Android Auto. Check if your de version of the ap

Please update to the latest version of Android Auto. Appears when yo Update Android

Connection failed. Please confirm Bluetooth connection status and try again.

Appears when B Check the Blueto connected devic

273

274

Featu res

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 274

General Information on the Audio System

1Subscribing to SiriusXM Radio

Contact Information for SiriusXM Radio: U.S.: SiriusXM Radio at www.siriusxm.com/

subscribenow or 1-866-635-2349 Canada: SiriusXM Canada at www.siriusxm.ca/

subscribe-now or 1-877-209-0079

1Receiving SiriusXM Radio

The SiriusXM satellites are in orbit over the equator; therefore, objects south of the vehicle may cause satellite reception interruptions. Satellite signals are more likely to be blocked by tall buildings and mountains the farther north you travel from the equator.

You may experience reception problems under the following circumstances: In a location with an obstruction to the south of

your vehicle. In tunnels On the lower level of a multi-tiered road Large items carried on the roof rack

SiriusXM Radio Service

1. You need your radio ID ready before registering for subscription. To see the ID in the On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM, select channel up/down icons until CH000 and the radio ID appears.

2. Have your radio ID and credit card number ready, and either call or visit the SiriusXM website to subscribe.

Switch to the SiriusXM mode by pressing the SOURCE button on the steering wheel, or through the On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM, and stay in this mode for about 30 minutes until the service is activated. Make sure your vehicle is in an open area with good reception.

Loading...: SiriusXM is loading the audio or program information. No Signal: The signal is too weak in the current location. Unsubscribed channel: You are not subscribed to the channel selected. Unavailable channel: No such channel exists, the channel is not part of your subscription, or the artist or title information is unavailable. Check the antenna, Disconnected antenna, Shorted antenna: There is a problem with the SiriusXM antenna. Contact a dealer.

Subscribing to SiriusXM Radio

Receiving SiriusXM Radio

SiriusXM Radio Display Messages

uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuRecommended CDs Featu

res

1Recommended CDs

A Dual-disc cannot play on this audio unit. If recorded under certain conditions, a CD-R or CD-RW may not play either.

1Protecting CDs

NOTICE Do not insert a damaged CD. It may be stuck inside and damage the audio unit.

Examples:

Damaged CDs

Bubbled/ Wrinkled

With Label/ Sticker

Using Printer Label Kit

Sealed With Plastic Ring Poor quality

CDs

Chipped/ Cracked

Warped Burrs

Small CDs

3-inch (8-cm) CD

Bubbled, wrinkled, labeled, and excessively thick CDs

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 275

Recommended CDs Use only high-quality CD-R or CD-RW discs labeled for audio use. Use only CD-R or CD-RW discs on which the recordings are closed. Play only standard round-shaped CDs.

Some software files may not allow for audio play or text data display. Some versions of MP3, WMA or AAC formats may be unsupported.

Protecting CDs Follow these precautions when handling or storing CDs: Store a CD in its case when it is not being played. When wiping a CD, use a soft clean cloth from the center to the outside edge. Handle a CD by its edge. Never touch either surface. Never insert foreign objects into the CD player. Keep CDs out of direct sunlight and extreme heat. Do not place stabilizer rings or labels on the CD. Avoid fingerprints, liquids, and felt-tip pens on the CD.

CDs with MP3, WMA or AAC files

The CD packages or jackets should have one of these marks.

275

276

uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuCompatible iPod, iPhone, and USB Flash Drives

Featu res

1iPod and iPhone Model Compatibility

This system may not work with all software versions of these devices.

1USB Flash Drives

Files on the USB flash drive are played in their stored order. This order may be different from the order displayed on your PC or device.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 276

Compatible iPod, iPhone, and USB Flash Drives

A USB flash drive of 256 MB or higher is recommended. Some digital audio players may not be compatible. Some USB flash drives (e.g., a device with security lockout) may not work. Some software files may not allow for audio play or text data display. Some versions of MP3, WMA, or AAC formats may be unsupported.

iPod and iPhone Model Compatibility

Model iPod (5th generation)

iPod classic 80GB/160GB (launch in 2007) iPod classic 120GB (launch in 2008) iPod classic 160GB (launch in 2009)

iPod nano (1st to 7th generation) released between 2005 and 2012 iPod touch (1st to 5th generation) released between 2007 and 2012

iPhone 3G/iPhone 3GS/iPhone 4/iPhone 4s/iPhone 5/iPhone 5c/iPhone 5s/iPhone 6/ iPhone 6s/iPhone 7

USB Flash Drives

uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 277

Honda App License Agreement

Featu res

PLEASE CAREFULLY READ THIS END USER LICENSE AGREEMENT (THIS AGREEMENT) WHICH GOVERNS YOUR USE OF THE SOFTWARE INSTALLED ON YOUR HONDA OR ACURA VEHICLE (YOUR VEHICLE) AS WELL AS THE APPLICATIONS, SERVICES, FUNCTIONS, AND CONTENT PROVIDED THROUGH THE SOFTWARE (COLLECTIVELY, THE SERVICES). YOUR USE OF THE SOFTWARE OR SERVICES WILL SERVE AS YOUR CONSENT TO THE TERMS OF THIS AGREEMENT. THE SOFTWARE IS OWNED (OR LICENSED), PROVIDED, AND/OR OPERATED BY AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO. INC., (HONDA, US, WE, OR OUR), WITH ITS BUSINESS ADDRESS AT 1919 TORRANCE BLVD., TORRANCE, CA 90501. REFERENCE TO HONDA IN THIS AGREEMENT INCLUDES HONDAS PARENT COMPANY AND ITS AFFILIATES AND DESIGNATED AGENTS. THE SERVICES ARE OWNED (OR LICENSED), PROVIDED, AND/OR OPERATED BY HONDA OR A THIRD-PARTY SERVICE PROVIDER (A PROVIDER). REFERENCE TO A PROVIDER IN THIS AGREEMENT INCLUDES SUCH PROVIDERS PARENT COMPANY, AFFILIATES, AND DESIGNATED AGENTS.

A. Description of the Software. The SOFTWARE includes the software, firmware and the like, installed and executing on your VEHICLE during manufacture, and thereafter updated from time to time by HONDA, you or an authorized HONDA dealer (a DEALER). The SOFTWARE allows you to access and use a variety of SERVICES, including but not limited to: (a) HONDA applications, services, and content provided through the SOFTWARE (together, HONDA SERVICES); and (b) PROVIDER applications, services, and content provided through the SOFTWARE (together, PROVIDER SERVICES), each of which may provide access to various information, media, content, and services.

B. SOFTWARE Licensing and Intellectual Property. 1. SOFTWARE. This AGREEMENT grants you a non-exclusive, limited, and revocable license to use the SOFTWARE and SERVICES solely (a) as installed on your VEHICLE by HONDA, (b) as updated on your Vehicle by HONDA, you (but only as and when directed by HONDA), or a DEALER and (c) as permitted under the terms of this AGREEMENT.

2. HONDA Services. The SOFTWARE may provide you with access to various HONDA SERVICES. Installation, activation, or use of HONDA SERVICES may require your consent to additional terms, conditions, and privacy policies applicable to those HONDA SERVICES (the HONDA TERMS). You acknowledge and agree that any collection, use, sharing of data generated by your VEHICLE or your use of your VEHICLE, and your use of the HONDA SERVICES shall be subject to this AGREEMENT and any additional HONDA TERMS that may be specifically applicable to such HONDA SERVICES or data generation. The HONDA SERVICES may collect, use, and share such data while you are using the SOFTWARE.

END USER LICENSE AGREEMENT

277Continued

278

uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement

Featu res

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 278

3. Open-Source Software. The SOFTWARE and SERVICES may incorporate software licensed to HONDA under free or open-source licenses which govern HONDAs distribution and your use of such software. HONDA and the third-party authors, licensors, and distributors of such software disclaim all warranties and all liability arising from any and all use or distribution of the software. To the extent such software is provided under terms that differ from the applicable free or open-source licenses, those terms are offered by HONDA alone. Additional information regarding free and open-source software incorporated in the SOFTWARE and SERVICES is available in this manual or within the SOFTWARE.

4. Provider Services. The SOFTWARE may provide you with access to various PROVIDER SERVICES. Installation or use of such PROVIDER SERVICES may require your consent to additional terms, conditions, and privacy policies of the applicable PROVIDER (the PROVIDER TERMS). This AGREEMENT restricts the manner in which you can install and use PROVIDER SERVICES but does not grant you a license or permission to use such PROVIDER SERVICES. Your permission to use PROVIDER SERVICES is limited and subject to any license grants, conditions, and limitations included in the PROVIDER TERMS. You acknowledge that any collection, use, sharing of your information, targeted advertising practices by PROVIDERS, and your use of the PROVIDER SERVICES shall be subject to both this AGREEMENT and any applicable PROVIDER TERMS. The PROVIDER SERVICES may collect, use, and share such information while you are using the SOFTWARE.

5. License Limitations and Restrictions on Use. (a) Limited License. You understand and agree that the SOFTWARE and SERVICES are licensed, not sold, to you solely for use in accordance with this AGREEMENT and any applicable PROVIDER TERMS, and any documentation for the VEHICLE made available to you by HONDA (any DOCUMENTATION). HONDA and its licensors reserve all rights in the SOFTWARE and HONDA SERVICES not expressly granted to you under this AGREEMENT. PROVIDERS and their licensors reserve all rights in the PROVIDER SERVICES not expressly granted to you under the applicable PROVIDER TERMS.

uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement Featu

res

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 279

(b) Restrictions on Use. The licenses granted under this AGREEMENT do not permit you to use the SOFTWARE or SERVICES on a device other than your VEHICLE. As a condition of using the SOFTWARE and SERVICES, you agree that you may not and will not:

6. Intellectual Property Rights. All title and intellectual property rights in and to the SOFTWARE and SERVICES, the accompanying DOCUMENTATION, and all copies of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES are owned by HONDA, PROVIDERS, or their suppliers or licensors. This AGREEMENT does not grant you any rights in connection with any trademarks or service marks of HONDA, PROVIDERS, or their licensors, affiliates, or suppliers.

(1) copy, download, distribute, modify, publish, sell, rent, lease, lend, license, sublicense, reuse, or create derivative works of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES or any of the content or other material within the SOFTWARE or SERVICES, including without limitation, HONDA or PROVIDER names, logos, or any other trademarks of HONDA or PROVIDERS or used in association with the SOFTWARE or any SERVICES, except as required to use the SOFTWARE or SERVICES in accordance with this AGREEMENT, any applicable PROVIDER TERMS, and the DOCUMENTATION; (2) access or use the SOFTWARE or SERVICES in any manner intended to damage or impair the operation of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES or interfere with anyone elses use and enjoyment of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES; (3) access or attempt to access any system or server on which the SOFTWARE or SERVICES is hosted or modify or alter the SOFTWARE or SERVICES in any way; (4) use the SOFTWARE or SERVICES for any unlawful purpose, or in violation of any third party rights; (5) use the SOFTWARE or SERVICES in violation of any applicable traffic regulations, rules or laws, including but not limited to any driver distraction laws, rules or regulations; (6) violate the terms of this AGREEMENT, any HONDA TERMS, any PROVIDER TERMS or other applicable third-party terms, conditions, and privacy policies; or (7) reverse engineer, decompile, disassemble, attempt to derive the source code of, nor permit others to reverse engineer, decompile, or disassemble, or attempt to derive the source code of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES, except and only to the extent that such activity is expressly permitted (a) by applicable law notwithstanding this limitation or (b) the terms of applicable free or opensource software licenses.

279Continued

280

uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement

Featu res

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 280

7. Export Restrictions: You acknowledge that the SOFTWARE and SERVICES are subject to U.S., European Union, and other export jurisdictions. You agree to comply with all applicable international and national laws that apply to the SOFTWARE and SERVICES, including the U.S. Export Administration Regulations, as well as end-user, end-use, and destination restrictions issued by the U.S. and other governments.

C. SOFTWARE Operation 1. HONDA reserves the right to suspend or terminate your access to and use of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES if you are found to be in violation of this AGREEMENT or as reasonably deemed necessary by HONDA.

2. Eligibility/Registration/Activation. The SOFTWARE is intended for and available to individuals who (a) are of legal age of majority in their jurisdiction of residence (and at least 18 years of age), or are younger than 18 years of age and possess a valid drivers license issued by their jurisdiction of residence, and (b) own or have permissive access to a compatible VEHICLE. We do not knowingly collect any information, including personal information, from children under 13. If we learn or are notified that we have collected personal information of a child under 13, we will immediately take steps to delete such information.

3. Use of PROVIDER SERVICES through the SOFTWARE. Certain PROVIDER SERVICES made available through the SOFTWARE may require that you register or otherwise have an account with the PROVIDER and agree to PROVIDER TERMS. Any use of any of such PROVIDER SERVICES within the SOFTWARE is subject to this AGREEMENT and the applicable PROVIDER TERMS. HONDA does not exercise control over such PROVIDER SERVICES and is not responsible or liable for the availability, security, or content of such PROVIDER SERVICES, and the inclusion of any PROVIDER SERVICES does not imply a referral from, the approval of, or the endorsement by HONDA of such PROVIDER SERVICES. HONDA is not responsible or liable, directly or indirectly, for any damage relating to or resulting from your use of the PROVIDER SERVICES.

4. Links to Third Party Sites: The SOFTWARE may provide you with the ability to access third-party sites and content through the use of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES. The third-party sites and content are not under the control of HONDA. HONDA is not responsible or liable, directly or indirectly, for such third-party websites and their content or for any damage relating to or resulting from your access or use of such websites and content.

uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement Featu

res

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 281

5. Unauthorized Use and Abuse. You are responsible for ensuring your (and any authorized third parties) use of the SOFTWARE and SERVICES remains in compliance with this AGREEMENT and all other applicable HONDA TERMS and PROVIDER TERMS. You acknowledge and agree that any use of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES occurring through your VEHICLE will be deemed your actions and that HONDA and PROVIDERS may rely upon such actions. You agree to immediately notify us if you suspect fraudulent or abusive activity involving the SOFTWARE or SERVICES. If you so notify us or if we otherwise suspect fraudulent or abusive activity, you agree to cooperate with us in any fraud investigation and to use any fraud prevention measures we prescribe. Your failure to immediately notify us or cooperate to use such measures will result in your liability for all fraudulent usage or abusive activity associated with your VEHICLE.

6. SOFTWARE Updates. The SOFTWARE and SERVICES may be updated when your VEHICLE is serviced by a DEALER or remotely, over-the- air, by HONDA from time to time; such updates may occur with or without further notice or your future consent. The SOFTWARE may be updated at HONDAs discretion and for any purpose including, without limitation, to patch or otherwise improve the SOFTWARE or SERVICES functionality, security, or stability. All updates to the SOFTWARE and SERVICES are subject to this AGREEMENT and any other applicable HONDA TERMS and PROVIDER TERMS.

7. Uninstalling, Removing, and Replacing the SOFTWARE. Replacing SOFTWARE or HONDA SERVICES with software or firmware not provided and installed by HONDA or a DEALER will render all representations and warranties for the SOFTWARE, HONDA SERVICES, and VEHICLE functionality reliant upon the SOFTWARE or HONDA SERVICES null and void.

D. SOFTWARE Operational Notices and Warnings 1. Vehicle Geolocation Information. You acknowledge that your VEHICLE may be equipped with certain traffic and map features. The traffic feature will automatically collect and transmit, through GPS technology, your Vehicles current location (longitude and latitude), travel direction and speed (VEHICLE GEOLOCATION INFORMATION) to HONDA and PROVIDERS. The VEHICLE GEOLOCATION INFORMATION is used by HONDA and PROVIDERS to provide traffic and navigation-related information to you, but may also be used to provide other SERVICES or offers to you. HONDA will not use such VEHICLE GEOLOCATION INFORMATION for its own marketing efforts, or provide such information to unaffiliated third parties for their own purposes, without your express consent.

281Continued

282

uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement

Featu res

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 282

2. Potential Map Inaccuracy and Route Safety. Maps used by this system may be inaccurate because of changes in roads, traffic controls, routing, or driving conditions. Always use good judgment and common sense when following suggested routes. Do not follow the route suggestions if doing so would result in an unsafe or illegal driving maneuver, if you would be placed in an unsafe situation, or if you would be directed into an area that you consider unsafe. Do not rely on any navigation features included in the system to route you to emergency services. Not all emergency services such as police, fire stations, hospitals, or clinics are likely to be contained in the map database for such navigation features. Ask local authorities or an emergency services operator for such locations and routes. The driver is ultimately responsible for the safe operation of the vehicle and therefore, must evaluate whether it is safe to follow the suggested directions. Any navigation features are provided only as an aid. Make your driving decisions based on your observations of local conditions and existing traffic regulations. Navigation features are not a substitute for your personal judgment. Any route suggestions made by the SOFTWARE or SERVICES should never replace any local traffic regulations or your personal judgment or knowledge of safe driving practices.

3. Speech Recognition: You acknowledge and understand that HONDA and PROVIDERS may record, retain, and use voices commands when you use the speech recognition components of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES. You and all VEHICLE operators and passengers (a) consent to the recording and retention of voice commands in support of providing speech recognition components and (b) release HONDA and PROVIDERS from all claims, liabilities, and losses that may result from any use of such recorded voice commands. Recognition errors are inherent in speech recognition. It is your responsibility to monitor any speech recognition functions included in the system and address any errors. Neither HONDA nor PROVIDERS will be liable for any damages arising out of errors in the speech recognition process.

4. Distraction Hazards. Navigation features may require manual (non-verbal) input or setup. Attempting to perform such set-up or insert data while driving can seriously distract your attention and could cause a crash or other serious consequences; the ability to undertake such interactions may also be limited by state or local law, which laws you are responsible to know and follow. Even occasional short scans of the screen may be hazardous if your attention has been diverted away from your driving at a critical time. Pull over and stop the vehicle in a safe and legal manner before attempting to access a function of the system requiring prolonged attention. Do not raise the volume excessively. Keep the volume at a level where you can still hear outside traffic and emergency signals while driving. Driving while unable to hear these sounds could result in a crash.

uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement Featu

res

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 283

E. Information Collection and Storage 1. Information Collection, Use, Transmission and Storage of Data. Consent to Use of Data: You agree that HONDA and PROVIDERS may collect and use your information gathered in any manner as part of product support services related to the SOFTWARE or related services. HONDA may share such information with third parties, including, without limitation, PROVIDERS, third party software and services suppliers, their affiliates and/or their designated agents, solely to improve their products or to provide services or technologies to you. HONDA, third party software and systems suppliers, their affiliates and/or their designated agent may disclose this information to others, but not in a form that personally identifies you.

2. Information Storage. Depending on the type of multimedia system you have in your VEHICLE, certain information may be stored for ease of use of the SOFTWARE including, without limitation, search history, location history in certain applications, previous and saved destinations, map locations within certain applications, and device numbers and contact information.

(a) Vehicle Health Information. Your VEHICLE may remotely transmit information regarding the status and health of your VEHICLE (VEHICLE INFORMATION) to HONDA without notification to you. VEHICLE INFORMATION may contain VEHICLE maintenance and malfunction status that is derived from VEHICLE diagnostic data and includes, but is not limited to, status of powered doors and windows, battery life data, battery charging data, VEHICLE speed, coolant temperature, air compressor revolution, output power, warning codes, diagnostic trouble codes, fuel injection volume, and engine rotations per minute. VEHICLE HEALTH INFORMATION may be used by HONDA for research and development, to deliver HONDA SERVICES and information to you, and to contact you, and is retained only for a period of time necessary to fulfill these goals.

(b) VEHICLE Geolocation Data (non-navigation/map based). If you opt-in to geolocation-based SERVICES, your vehicles geolocation data (latitude and longitude) will be automatically sent from your VEHICLE to HONDA and PROVIDERS.

(c) You understand that the inputting or uploading of information to your VEHICLEs multimedia system or the SOFTWARE or SERVICES is at your own risk and that HONDA is not responsible for unauthorized access to or use of any personal or other information. All information uploaded to the SOFTWARE and SERVICES may be stored on your VEHICLESs multimedia system and you understand that the security and safety of your VEHICLEs multimedia system is your sole responsibility.

283Continued

284

uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement

Featu res

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 284

F. NO WARRANTY. You understand and agree that your use of the SOFTWARE and SERVICES are solely at your own risk and that you will be solely responsible for any damage to your VEHICLEs multimedia system or any other equipment or any loss of data that may result from your use of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES. THE SOFTWARE AND SERVICES ARE PROVIDED ON AN AS IS AND AS AVAILABLE BASIS WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESSED, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY. WE SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIM ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND NON-INFRINGEMENT. HONDA makes no warranties that the SOFTWARE or SERVICES will meet your requirements, or that the SOFTWARE or SERVICES will be uninterrupted, timely, secure, non- infringing or error free. You understand and agree that you are responsible for any and all charges, costs or expenses associated with your use of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES. Advice or information, whether oral or written, obtained by you from us or through the SOFTWARE or SERVICES are provided for informational purposes only and will not create any warranty not expressly made herein. You should not rely on any such information or advice. We assume no liability or responsibility for any errors or omissions in the SOFTWARE or SERVICES. We do not make any warranty or representation that your use of the material displayed on, or obtained through, the SOFTWARE or SERVICES is non-infringing of any rights of any third party. Any decision or action taken by you on the basis of information or content provided via the application is at your sole discretion and risk. HONDA and PROVIDERS are not responsible or liable for any such decision, or for the accuracy, completeness, usefulness, or availability of any content or information displayed, transmitted, or otherwise made available via the SOFTWARE or SERVICES. To the extent jurisdictions do not allow the exclusion of certain warranties, some of the above exclusions may not apply to you.

G. LIMITATIONS ON LIABILITY. You and HONDA are each waiving important rights. 1. Limitations on YOUR liability. HONDA cannot recover from you any consequential, indirect, incidental, or special damages, or attorney's fees in connection with your use of the SOFTWARE or HONDA SERVICES. HONDA WAIVES TO THE FULLEST EXTENT ALLOWED BY LAW ANY CLAIM FOR DAMAGES OTHER THAN DIRECT, COMPENSATORY DAMAGES AS LIMITED IN THIS AGREEMENT.

uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement Featu

res

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 285

2. Limitation on HONDA and PROVIDER liability. Neither HONDA nor PROVIDERS will be liable to you or any other party for consequential, indirect, incidental, special, or punitive damages (including without limitation lost profits) in connection with your use of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES, even if HONDA or PROVIDERS are aware of the possibility of such damages. These limitations apply to all claims, including, without limitation, claims in contract and tort (such as negligence, product liability and strict liability). To the extent that a jurisdiction does not permit the exclusion or limitation of liability as set forth herein our liability is limited to the maximum extent permitted by law in such states. If HONDA or PROVIDERS are found liable to you for any reason, you agree that the aggregate liability of all these parties to you for any claim is limited to ten U.S. dollars (US $10.00). Neither HONDA nor any PROVIDER would have agreed to provide the SOFTWARE or SERVICES to you if you did not agree to this limitation. This amount is the sole and exclusive liability of HONDA and PROVIDERS to you, and is payable as liquidated damages and not as a penalty. Except where prohibited by law, you may not bring any claim against HONDA or any third-party beneficiary more than two (2) years after the claim arises. We do not have any liability for SOFTWARE or SERVICES interruptions of any length.

(a) Release of HONDA and PROVIDERS For yourself and anyone else claiming under you, you agree to release and discharge HONDA, PROVIDERS, their respective officers, directors, and employees, and each third-party beneficiary from all claims, liabilities and losses in connection with the SOFTWARE or SERVICES, including, but not limited to claims for personal injury or property damage arising from the total or partial failure of performance of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES, even if caused by or based upon the negligence, gross negligence, strict products liability, Deceptive Trade Practices Act violations, bad faith, or breach of warranty of us or the malfunction of the SOFTWARE or SOFTWARE SERVICES. YOU AGREE TO WAIVE TO THE FULLEST EXTENT ALLOWED BY LAW, ANY CLAIM FOR DAMAGES OTHER THAN DIRECT, COMPENSATORY DAMAGES AS LIMITED IN THIS AGREEMENT. YOU HEREBY RELEASE AND DISCHARGE HONDA AND ITS LICENSORS AND CONTRACTORS (INCLUDING ANY THIRD PARTIES PROVIDING ALL OR PART OF THE SOFTWARE OR SERVICES) FROM AND AGAINST ANY CLAIMS, DAMAGES, EXPENSES AND LIABILITY ARISING FROM OR RELATED TO ANY INJURIES, DAMAGES, OR LOSSES TO ANY PERSON (INCLUDING DEATH) OR PROPERTY OF ANY KIND RESULTING IN WHOLE OR PART, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, FROM YOUR USE OF THE SOFTWARE OR SERVICES.

H. Survival. You agree that the limitations of liability and indemnities in this AGREEMENT will survive even after the AGREEMENT has ended. These limitations of liability apply not only to you, but to anyone using the SOFTWARE or SERVICES via your VEHICLE, to anyone making a claim on your behalf, and to any claims made by your family, employees, customers, or others arising out of or relating to your VEHICLE, the SOFTWARE, or SERVICES.

285Continued

286

uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement

Featu res

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 286

I. Availability/Interruption. The SOFTWARE and certain SERVICES are made available through your VEHICLEs compatible multimedia system when the VEHICLE is turned on. Certain SERVICES may be available only through your compatible mobile device when it is within the operating range of the VEHICLE and a wireless carrier. The availability of the SOFTWARE and SERVICES may be subject to transmission limitation or interruption, including but not limited to technical obsolesce or sunsetting of the hardware, software or firmware, inside of or external to the Vehicle, required for data transmission or receipt. HONDA does not guarantee that the SOFTWARE, SERVICES, or any portion thereof will be available at all times or in all areas. You acknowledge and agree that HONDA is not responsible for performance degradation, interruption or delays. You acknowledge that HONDA shall not be liable to you if the SOFTWARE or SERVICES in a given location are not available. If the SOFTWARE or SERVICES are not available within your intended location, you agree that your sole remedy shall be to cease using the SOFTWARE and SERVICES.

J. PRODUCT SUPPORT: Product support for the SOFTWARE is provided by HONDA. For product support, please refer to HONDA instructions provided in the DOCUMENTATION. Should you have any questions concerning this AGREEMENT, or if you desire to contact HONDA for any other reason, please refer to the HONDA contact information provided in the DOCUMENTATION.

K. Termination and Transfer. 1. Termination. This AGREEMENT is effective until terminated by you or US. WE may terminate this AGREEMENT for any or no reason, and with or without notice to you. Your rights under this AGREEMENT will terminate automatically without notice from US if you fail to comply with any term of this AGREEMENT. Upon termination of this AGREEMENT, you shall cease all use of the SOFTWARE and SERVICES.

2. Transfer: You may permanently transfer your rights under this AGREEMENT only as part of a sale or transfer of the VEHICLE, provided you retain no copies, you transfer all of the SOFTWARE and HONDA SERVICES (including all component parts, the media and printed materials, and any upgrades), and the recipient agrees to the terms of this AGREEMENT. You agree to notify HONDA upon the sale or transfer of the VEHICLE. To contact HONDA, please refer to the HONDA contact information provided in the DOCUMENTATION.

uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement Featu

res

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 287

L. Changes to the SOFTWARE or SERVICES. WE may change, modify, or update the SOFTWARE or SERVICES from time to time. Unless explicitly stated otherwise, any new features or services that augment or enhance the SOFTWARE or SERVICES in the future shall respectively be considered part of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES and subject to this AGREEMENT. WE reserve the right at any time and from time to time to interrupt, restrict, modify, suspend, discontinue, temporarily or permanently, the SOFTWARE or SERVICES (or any portion thereof), with or without notice to you, and you agree that HONDA shall not be liable to you or to any third party for any modification, suspension or discontinuance of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES.

M.ARBITRATION: PLEASE READ THIS ARBITRATION PROVISION CAREFULLY TO UNDERSTAND YOUR RIGHTS. YOU AGREE THAT ANY CLAIM THAT YOU MAY HAVE IN THE FUTURE MUST BE RESOLVED THROUGH BINDING ARBITRATION. YOU WAIVE THE RIGHT TO HAVE YOUR DISPUTE HEARD IN COURT AND WAIVE THE RIGHT TO BRING CLASS CLAIMS. YOU UNDERSTAND THAT DISCOVERY AND APPEAL RIGHTS ARE MORE LIMITED IN ARBITRATION. Arbitration is a method of resolving a claim, dispute or controversy without filing a lawsuit. By agreeing to arbitrate, the right to go to court is waived and instead claims, disputes or controversies are submitted to binding arbitration. This provision sets forth the terms and conditions of our agreement. YOU and HONDA agree and acknowledge that this Agreement affects interstate commerce and the Federal Arbitration Act (FAA) applies. By using the Software, Vehicle, or Services, YOU elect to have disputes resolved by arbitration. YOU, HONDA or any involved third party may pursue a Claim. Claim means any dispute between YOU, HONDA, or any involved third party relating to your use of the Software, the Vehicle, or the Services, this Agreement, or our relationship, including any representations, omissions or warranties. Claim does not include personal injury or wrongful death claims. YOU or HONDA may seek remedies in small claims court or provisional judicial remedies without arbitrating. In addition, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, YOU or HONDA may seek equitable relief in a court of competent jurisdiction. YOU or HONDA may select arbitration with American Arbitration Association, JAMS or National Arbitration and Mediation. Contact these sponsors for their rules. The hearing will be in the federal district where YOU reside. If agreed, it may be by telephone or written submissions. Filing and arbitrator fees to be paid per the sponsor rules. You may contact the sponsor for a fee waiver. If no fee waivers, HONDA will pay filing and arbitrator fees up to $5,000, unless law requires more. Each party is responsible for other fees. Arbitrator may award costs or fees to prevailing party, if permitted by law. HONDA will not seek fees, unless the claims are frivolous.

287Continued

288

uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement

Featu res

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 288

N. Miscellaneous: You may not assign this AGREEMENT without HONDAs prior written consent. This AGREEMENT and any additional HONDA TERMS and PROVIDER TERMS represents the entire agreement between you and US. HONDA may amend the terms of this AGREEMENT by providing you with notices of such updated terms. If you do not consent to be bound by the updated terms, your sole remedy will be to cease using the SOFTWARE and SERVICES. If any part of this AGREEMENT is found invalid, void, or unenforceable, the balance of the AGREEMENT will remain valid and enforceable according to its terms. To the fullest extent permitted by law, and except as explicitly provided otherwise, this AGREEMENT and any disputes arising out of or relating to it will be governed by the laws of the State of California, except that California laws concerning choice of law or conflicts shall not apply if they would cause the substantive law of another jurisdiction to apply. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Section M shall be governed by the Federal Arbitration Act and the laws of the State of California, as applicable, as set forth therein. The failure to enforce any term of this AGREEMENT on one occasion shall not prevent enforcement on any other occasion or the enforcement of any other term. Headings and captions shall not be considered included for purposes of interpretation or application hereof, but are for convenience only.

Arbitrator shall be an attorney or current or retired judge familiar with automotive or consumer software. The arbitrator shall follow substantive law, statute of limitations and decide all issues relating to the interpretation, construction, enforceability and applicability of this provision. The arbitrator may order relief permitted by law. This provision is governed and enforceable by the FAA. An award shall include a written opinion and be final, subject to appeal by the FAA. This provision survives termination of this Agreement or relationship, bankruptcy, assignment or transfer. If part of this provision is unenforceable, the remainder remains in effect. If unenforceability allows arbitration as a class action, then this provision is entirely unenforceable. YOU may opt out within 30 days of your initial use of the Software by sending a signed, written notice to HONDA at Honda Financial Services, P.O. Box 165007, Irving, TX 75016. HONDA reserves the right to make changes to this provision after providing written notice and an opportunity to opt out.

uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuLegal Information on Apple CarPlay/Android Auto

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 289

Legal Information on Apple CarPlay/Android Auto

Featu res

USE OF APPLE CARPLAY IS SUBJECT TO YOUR AGREEMENT TO THE CARPLAY TERMS OF USE, WHICH ARE INCLUDED AS PART OF THE APPLE iOS TERMS OF USE. IN SUMMARY, THE CARPLAY TERMS OF USE DISCLAIM APPLE AND ITS SERVICE PROVIDERS LIABILITY IF THE SERVICES FAIL TO PERFORM CORRECTLY OR ARE DISCONTINUED, STRICTLY LIMIT APPLE AND ITS SERVICE PROVIDERS OTHER LIABILITIES, DESCRIBE THE KINDS OF USER INFORMATION (INCLUDING, FOR EXAMPLE, VEHICLE LOCATION, VEHICLE SPEED, AND VEHICLE STATUS) BEING GATHERED AND STORED BY APPLE AND ITS SERVICE PROVIDERS, AND DISCLOSE CERTAIN POSSIBLE RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH THE USE OF CARPLAY, INCLUDING THE POTENTIAL FOR DRIVER DISTRACTION. SEE APPLES PRIVACY POLICY FOR DETAILS REGARDING APPLE'S USE AND HANDLING OF DATA UPLOADED BY CARPLAY.

USE OF ANDROID AUTO IS SUBJECT TO YOUR AGREEMENT TO THE ANDROID AUTO TERMS OF USE WHICH MUST BE AGREED TO WHEN THE ANDROID AUTO APPLICATION IS DOWNLOADED TO YOUR ANDROID PHONE. IN SUMMARY, THE ANDROID AUTO TERMS OF USE DISCLAIM GOOGLE AND ITS SERVICE PROVIDERS LIABILITY IF THE SERVICES FAIL TO PERFORM CORRECTLY OR ARE DISCONTINUED, STRICTLY LIMIT GOOGLE AND ITS SERVICE PROVIDERS OTHER LIABILITIES, DESCRIBE THE KINDS OF USER INFORMATION (INCLUDING, FOR EXAMPLE, VEHICLE LOCATION, VEHICLE SPEED, AND VEHICLE STATUS) BEING GATHERED AND STORED BY GOOGLE AND ITS SERVICE PROVIDERS, AND DISCLOSE CERTAIN POSSIBLE RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH THE USE OF ANDROID AUTO, INCLUDING THE POTENTIAL FOR DRIVER DISTRACTION. SEE GOOGLES PRIVACY POLICY FOR DETAILS REGARDING GOOGLES USE AND HANDLING OF DATA UPLOADED BY ANDROID AUTO.

OWNERS MANUAL LICENSE/LIABILITY STATEMENTS

289Continued

290

uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuLegal Information on Apple CarPlay/Android Auto

Featu res

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 290

YOU EXPRESSLY ACKNOWLEDGE AND AGREE THAT USE OF APPLE CARPLAY OR ANDROID AUTO (THE APPLICATIONS) IS AT YOUR SOLE RISK AND THAT THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO SATISFACTORY QUALITY, PERFORMANCE, ACCURACY AND EFFORT IS WITH YOU TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, AND THAT THE APPLICATIONS AND INFORMATION ON THE APPLICATIONS IS PROVIDED AS IS AND AS AVAILABLE, WITH ALL FAULTS AND WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, AND HONDA HEREBY DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES AND CONDITIONS WITH RESPECT TO THE APPLICATIONS AND INFORMATION ON THE APPLICATIONS, EITHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES AND/OR CONDITIONS OF MERCHANTABILITY, SATISFACTORY QUALITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, ACCURACY, QUIET ENJOYMENT, AND NON- INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS. NO ORAL OR WRITTEN INFORMATION OR ADVICE GIVEN BY HONDA OR AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE SHALL CREATE A WARRANTY. AS EXAMPLES, AND WITHOUT LIMITATION, HONDA DISCLAIMS ANY WARRANTY REGARDING THE ACCURACY OF DATA PROVIDED BY THE APPLICATIONS, SUCH AS THE ACCURACY OF DIRECTIONS, ESTIMATED TRAVEL TIME, SPEED LIMITS, ROAD CONDITIONS, NEWS, WEATHER, TRAFFIC, OR OTHER CONTENT PROVIDED BY APPLE, GOOGLE, THEIR AFFILIATES, OR THIRD PARTY PROVIDERS; HONDA DOES NOT GUARANTEE AGAINST LOSS OF APPLICATION DATA, WHICH MAY BE LOST AT ANY TIME; HONDA DOES NOT GUARANTEE THAT THE APPLICATIONS OR ANY SERVICES PROVIDED THROUGH THEM WILL BE PROVIDED AT ALL TIMES OR THAT ANY OR ALL SERVICES WILL BE AVAILABLE AT ANY PARTICULAR TIME OR LOCATION. FOR EXAMPLE, SERVICES MAY BE SUSPENDED OR INTERRUPTED WITHOUT NOTICE FOR REPAIR, MAINTENANCE, SECURITY FIXES, UPDATES, ETC., SERVICES MAY BE UNAVAILABLE IN YOUR AREA OR LOCATION, ETC. IN ADDITION, YOU UNDERSTAND THAT CHANGES IN THIRD PARTY TECHNOLOGY OR GOVERNMENT REGULATION MAY RENDER THE SERVICES AND/OR APPLICATIONS OBSOLETE AND/OR UNUSABLE.

TO THE EXTENT NOT PROHIBITED BY LAW, IN NO EVENT SHALL HONDA OR ITS AFFILIATES BE LIABLE FOR PERSONAL INJURY, OR ANY INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF PROFITS, CORRUPTION OR LOSS OF DATA, FAILURE TO TRANSMIT OR RECEIVE ANY DATA, BUSINESS INTERRUPTION OR ANY OTHER COMMERCIAL DAMAGES OR LOSSES, ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THE APPLICATIONS OR YOUR USE OF OR INABILITY TO USE THE APPLICATIONS OR INFORMATION ON THE APPLICATIONS, HOWEVER CAUSED, REGARDLESS OF THE THEORY OF LIABILITY (CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) AND EVEN IF HONDA WERE ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. SOME STATES AND JURISDICTIONS DISALLOW THE EXCLUSION OR LIMITATION OF LIABILITY FOR DAMAGES, SO THESE LIMITATIONS AND EXCLUSIONS MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU. IN NO EVENT SHALL HONDAS TOTAL LIABILITY TO YOU FOR ALL DAMAGES (OTHER THAN AS MAY BE REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW IN CASES INVOLVING PERSONAL INJURY) EXCEED THE AMOUNT OF FIVE DOLLARS ($5.00). THE FOREGOING LIMITATIONS WILL APPLY EVEN IF THE ABOVE STATED REMEDY FAILS OF ITS ESSENTIAL PURPOSE.

DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTIES; LIMITATION ON LIABILITY

uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuAbout Open Source Licenses Featu

res

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 291

About Open Source Licenses

About the software license of the product The software installed in the product contains open source software. See the following Alpine website for details on the open source software. http://www.alpine.com/h/e/oss/download/

Important information on the software

291

292

Featu res

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 292

Customized Features

1Customized Features

When you customize settings, make sure that the vehicle is at a complete stop and shift to (P.

To customize other features, rotate , move , , or , and press . 2 List of customizable options P. 297

Information Screen

1How to customize

The following settings can be customized on the On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM. Edit Source Order Sound Settings Audio Settings Screen Settings

2 How to customize P. 309

See the Navigation System Manual for the customized features except for the Vehicle Settings.

Use the information screen and On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM to customize certain features.

How to customize Select your desired setting item by pressing the SETTINGS button, then rotating while the power mode is ON and the vehicle is at a complete stop. Press .

Models with navigation system

Models without navigation system

Information Screen

Information Screen

SETTINGS Button

uuCustomized Featuresu Featu

res

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 293

Customization flow Information Screen

Press the SETTINGS button.

Bluetooth Bluetooth Bluetooth Device List

Edit Speed Dial

Auto Transfer

Auto Answer

Ring Tone

Automatic Phone Sync

Use Contact Photo

Enable Text/Email

Select Account

New Text/Email Alert

Text/Email

Message Auto Reading

Default

Edit Pairing Code

Phone

Bluetooth/ Phone

Settings

293Continued

294

uuCustomized Featuresu

Featu res

Trip A Reset Timing Trip B Reset Timing

Language Selection Adjust Outside Temp. Display

Forward Collision Warning Distance

ACC Forward Vehicle Detect Beep

Turn by Turn Display*

Default

Lane Keeping Assist Suspend Beep Blind Spot Info*

Road Departure Mitigation Setting ACC Display Speed Unit

Memory Position Link

Auto Engine Idle Stop Guidance Screens*

Seat Position Movement At Entry/Exit

Reverse Alert Tone*

Fixed Guideline Dynamic Guideline

Default

Head-up Warning

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 294

Meter

Driver Assist

Driving Position

Vehicle Settings

Camera Settings

* Not available on all models

uuCustomized Featuresu Featu

res

Maintenance Resetnfo.

Preferred Dynamic Mode

Key And Remote Unlock Mode Keyless Lock Answer Back

Security Relock Timer

Auto Door Lock Auto Door Unlock

Wireless Charginger*

Auto Folding Door Mirror*

Door Unlock Mode

Keyless Access Beep

Interior Light Dimming Time Headlight Auto Off Timer

Auto Light Sensitivity

Remote Start System On/Off*

Walk Away Auto Lock

Keyless Access Light Flash

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 295

Maintenance I

Dynamic

Mode

Door

Wireless Charg

Lighting

Keyless Access

295Continued* Not available on all models

296

uuCustomized Featuresu

Featu res

Clock Reset

Clock/Wallpaper Type Clock Adjustment

Clock Format

Default

Voice Prompt

Brightness Contrast

Black Level

Default

Sync Display Brightness

Factory Data Reset Header Clock Display

Language Operation Restriction Tips*

Default

pple CarPlay Device List

ndroid Auto Device List

Smartphone Volume

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 296

Clock

Settings

Display

System Settings

Voice Reco.

Others

A

A

Smartphone

Settings

* Not available on all models

uuCustomized Featuresu Featu

res

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 297

List of customizable options

*1:Default Setting

Setup Group

Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings

Bluetooth/ Phone Settings

Default Cancels/Resets all customized items in the Bluetooth/Phone Settings group as default.

Yes/No

Bluetooth

Bluetooth Turns the Bluetooth on and off. On*1/Off

Bluetooth Device List Pairs a new phone to HFL, edits or deletes a paired phone, or creates a security PIN.

2 Phone Setup P. 325

Edit Pairing Code Changes a pairing code. 2 To change the pairing code setting P. 327

Random/Fixed*1

Phone

Edit Speed Dial Edits, adds or deletes a speed dial entry. 2 Phone Setup P. 325

Auto Transfer Sets calls to automatically transfer from your phone to HFL when you enter the vehicle.

On*1/Off

Auto Answer Sets whether to automatically answer an incoming call after about four seconds.

On/Off*1

Information Screen

297Continued

298

uuCustomized Featuresu

Featu res

ption Selectable Settings

Fixed/Mobile Phone*1/Off

be automatically is paired to HFL.

On/Off

on an incoming call On*1/Off

sage function on and On*1/Off

sage account.

alert comes on the a new text message/E-

m automatically reads cted, whether only On*1/Off

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 298

*1:Default Setting

Setup Group

Customizable Features Descri

Bluetooth/ Phone Settings

Phone

Ring Tone Selects the ring tone.

Automatic Phone Sync Sets a phonebook data to imported when a phone

Use Contact Photo Displays a callers picture screen.

Text/ Email

Enable Text/Email Turns the text/e-mail mes off.

Select Account Selects a mail or text mes

New Text/Email Alert Selects whether a pop-up screen when HFL receives mail.

Message Auto Reading Selects whether the syste out messages, and, if sele when driving.

uuCustomized Featuresu Featu

res

tion Selectable Settings

ized items in the as default.

Yes/No

guidelines come on the On*1/Off

mic guidelines come on On*1/Off

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 299

*1:Default Setting

Setup Group

Customizable Features Descrip

Camera Settings

Default Cancels/Resets all custom Camera Settings group

Fixed Guideline Selects whether the fixed rear camera monitor.

Dynamic Guideline Selects whether the dyna the rear camera monitor.

299Continued

300

uuCustomized Featuresu

Featu res

ption Selectable Settings

ized items in the as default.

Yes/No

e CMBSTM alerts. Long/Normal*1/Short

g on and off. On*1/Off

p when the system the vehicle goes out of On/Off*1

or ACC with LSF on the .

mph*1/km/h (U.S.) mph/km/h*1 (Canada)

he road departure Normal*1/Wide/ Warning Only

p when the LKAS is On/Off*1

he blind spot Audible And Visual Alert*1/Visual Alert/ Off

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 300

*1:Default Setting

Setup Group

Customizable Features Descri

Vehicle Settings

Default Cancels/Resets all custom Vehicle Settings group

Driver Assist

Forward Collision Warning Distance

Changes at which distanc

Head-up Warning Turns the head-up warnin

ACC Forward Vehicle Detect Beep

Causes the system to bee detects a vehicle, or when the ACC with LSF range.

ACC Display Speed Unit Changes the speed unit f multi-information display

Road Departure Mitigation Setting

Changes the setting for t mitigation system.

Lane Keeping Assist Suspend Beep

Causes the system to bee suspended.

Blind Spot Info* Changes the setting for t information.

* Not available on all models

uuCustomized Featuresu Featu

res

tion Selectable Settings

guage on the multi- English*1/Franais/ Espaol

eading by a few -5F ~ 0F*1 ~ +5F (U.S.) -3C ~ 0C*1 ~ +3C (Canada)

w to reset trip meter A, average speed A, and

When Refueled/IGN Off/Manually Reset*1

w to reset trip meter B, average speed B, and

When Refueled/IGN Off/Manually Reset*1

nd once when the .

On*1/Off

Idle Stop display comes On/Off*1

by-turn display comes nce.

On*1/Off

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 301

*1:Default Setting

Setup Group

Customizable Features Descrip

Vehicle Settings

Meter

Language Selection Changes the displayed lan information display.

Adjust Outside Temp. Display

Adjusts the temperature r degrees.

Trip A Reset Timing Changes the setting of ho average fuel economy A, elapsed time A.

Trip B Reset Timing Changes the setting of ho average fuel economy B, elapsed time B.

Reverse Alert Tone* Causes the beeper to sou transmission is put into (R

Auto Engine Idle Stop Guidance Screens*

Selects whether the Auto on.

Turn by Turn Display* Selects whether the turn- on during the route guida

301Continued* Not available on all models

302

uuCustomized Featuresu

Featu res

ption Selectable Settings

memory system on and On*1/Off

ting position the driver r rearward when le.

On*1/Off

lock when you grab the Driver Door Only*1/ All Doors

ts to flash when you On*1/Off

nd when you unlock/ On*1/Off

start feature on and off. On*1/Off

the automatic locking away from the vehicle access remote.

On/Off*1

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 302

*1:Default Setting

Setup Group

Customizable Features Descri

Vehicle Settings

Driving Position

Memory Position Link Turns the driving position off.

Seat Position Movement At Entry/Exit

Depending on the set sea seat may move forward o entering/exiting the vehic

Keyless Access

Door Unlock Mode Changes which doors un drivers door handle.

Keyless Access Light Flash Causes some exterior ligh unlock/lock the doors.

Keyless Access Beep Causes the beeper to sou lock the doors.

Remote Start System On/ Off* Turns the remote engine

Walk Away Auto Lock Changes the settings for the doors when you walk while carrying the keyless

* Not available on all models

uuCustomized Featuresu Featu

res

tion Selectable Settings

e the interior lights stay ors.

60seconds/ 30seconds*1/ 15seconds

e the exterior lights e drivers door.

60seconds/ 30seconds/ 15seconds*1/ 0seconds

e headlights to come Max/High/Mid*1/ Low/Min

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 303

*1:Default Setting

Setup Group

Customizable Features Descrip

Vehicle Settings

Lighting

Interior Light Dimming Time

Changes the length of tim on after you close the do

Headlight Auto Off Timer Changes the length of tim stay on after you close th

Auto Light Sensitivity Changes the timing for th on.

303Continued

304

uuCustomized Featuresu

Featu res

ption Selectable Settings

hen the doors With Vehicle Speed*1/Shift from P/ Off

hen the doors unlock

All Doors When Drivers Door Opens*1/All Doors When Shifted to Park/All Doors When Ignition Switched Off/Off

door or all doors to f the remote or built-in

Driver Door*1/All Doors

rior lights flash. eper sounds.

On*1/Off

for the doors to relock o set after you unlock ing any door.

90seconds/ 60seconds/ 30seconds*1

ld the door mirrors. Auto Fold With Keyless*1/Manual Only

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 304

*1:Default Setting

Setup Group

Customizable Features Descri

Vehicle Settings

Door

Auto Door Lock Changes the setting for w automatically lock.

Auto Door Unlock Changes the setting for w automatically.

Key And Remote Unlock Mode

Sets up either the drivers unlock on the first push o key.

Keyless Lock Answer Back LOCK/UNLOCK- The exte LOCK (2nd push)- The be

Security Relock Timer Changes the time it takes and the security system t the vehicle without open

Auto Folding Door Mirror* Changes how you can fo

* Not available on all models

uuCustomized Featuresu Featu

res

tion Selectable Settings

de setting for when you N.

Last Used*1/Econ/ Normal/Sport

g feature on and off. On*1/Off

isplay when you have ce service.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 305

*1:Default Setting

Setup Group

Customizable Features Descrip

Vehicle Settings

Dynamic Mode

Preferred Dynamic Mode Changes the dynamic mo set the power mode to O

Wireless Charger* Wireless Charging Turns the wireless chargin

Mainte- nance Info.

Maintenance Reset Resets the engine oil life d performed the maintenan

305Continued* Not available on all models

306

uuCustomized Featuresu

Featu res

ption Selectable Settings

ized items in the Clock lt.

Yes/No

y type. Analog/Digital*1/ Small Digital/Off

type. or a new wallpaper. r a wallpaper.

P. 226

Blank/Galaxy*1/ Metallic/Options...

isplay from 12H to 24H. 12H*1/24H

to the factory default. Yes/No

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 306

*1:Default Setting

Setup Group

Customizable Features Descri

Clock Settings

Default Cancels/Resets all custom Settings group as defau

Clock/Wallpaper Type

Clock Changes the clock displa

Wallpaper

Changes the wallpaper Imports an image file f Deletes an image file fo

2 Wallpaper Setup

Clock Adjustment Adjusts Clock. 2 Clock P. 132

Clock Format Selects the digital clock d

Clock Reset Resets the clock settings

uuCustomized Featuresu Featu

res

tion Selectable Settings

ized items in the s default.

Yes/No

y brightness trument panel On*1/Off

f the information

he information screen.

f the information

h option. prompts.

Beginner*1/Expert

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 307

*1:Default Setting

Setup Group

Customizable Features Descrip

System Settings

Default Cancels/Resets all custom System Settings group a

Display

Sync Display Brightness Selects whether the displa synchronizes with the ins brightness.

Brightness Changes the brightness o screen.

Contrast Changes the contrast of t

Black Level Changes the black level o screen.

Voice Reco.

Voice Prompt Beginner: Explains eac Expert: Turns off voice

307Continued

308

uuCustomized Featuresu

Featu res

ption Selectable Settings

uage. English*1/Franais/ Espaol

control of the system is ction while driving. Only lable.

On*1/Off

display comes on. On*1/Off

their factory default. ettings P. 313

ized items in the roup as default.

Yes/No

y connection.

connection.

smartphone function. 1~8*1~11

f Apple CarPlay and

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 308

*1:Default Setting

Setup Group

Customizable Features Descri

System Settings

Others

Language Changes the display lang

Operation Restriction Tips*

Alerts you when manual disabled to prevent distra voice commands are avai

Header Clock Display Selects whether the clock

Factory Data Reset Resets all the settings to 2 Defaulting All the S

Smartphone Settings

Default Cancels/Resets all custom Smartphone Settings g

Apple CarPlay Device List Sets up the Apple CarPla

Android Auto Device List Sets up the Android Auto

Smartphone Volume Adjusts the volume of the

Version Shows software version o Android Auto unit.

* Not available on all models

uuCustomized Featuresu Featu

res

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 309

How to customize While the vehicle is at a complete stop with the power mode in ON, select Audio Menu, then select a setting item.

On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM

On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM

309Continued

310

uuCustomized Featuresu

Featu res

Play the Song from the Beginning

SportsFlash

Traffic & Weather Now Setup

Channel Art

TuneMix

Cover Art

Bass

Treble

Fader

Balance

Subwoofer

SVC

Sync Display Brightness

Brightness

Contrast

Black Level

Beep

Keyboard

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 310

Customization flow Select Audio Menu.

On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM

SiriusXM

Other

Edit Source Order

Screen Settings

Sound Settings

Audio Settings

uuCustomized Featuresu Featu

res

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 311

List of customizable options

*1:Default Setting

Setup Group

Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings

Edit Source Order Changes the order of source list. 2 Selecting an Audio Source P. 220

Sound Settings

Bass

Adjusts the settings of the audio speakers sound. 2 Adjusting the Sound P. 228

Treble

Fader

Balance

Subwoofer

SVC

Audio Settings

SiriusXM

Play the Song from the Beginning

Turns on and off the Tune Start function. On*1/Off

SportsFlash

Notification Turns on and off the sports alert function. Disable*1/Enable once/Enable

Beep Causes the system to beep when the sports alert is notified.

On*1/Off

Favorite Teams

Selects your favorite sport teams.

On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM

311Continued

312

uuCustomized Featuresu

Featu res

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 312

*1:Default Setting

Setup Group

Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings

Audio Settings

SiriusXM

Traffic & Weather Now Setup

Selects a city for using the SiriusXM traffic and weather information.

Channel Art Turns on and off the channel art display. On*1/Off

TuneMix Turns multiple channel mix preset on and off. On/Off*1

Other Cover Art Turns on and off the cover art display. On*1/Off

Screen Settings

Sync Display Brightness Selects whether the screen brightness synchronizes with the instruments panel brightness.

Off/On*1

Brightness Changes the brightness of the On Demand Multi- Use DisplayTM.

Contrast Changes the contrast of the On Demand Multi- Use DisplayTM.

Black Level Changes the black level of the On Demand Multi- Use DisplayTM.

Beep Mutes a beep that sounds every time you touch the screen.

Off/On*1

Keyboard Changes the on-screen keyboard from the alphabetical order to the qwerty type.

Alphabet/QWERTY*1

uuCustomized FeaturesuDefaulting All the Settings Featu

res

1Defaulting All the Settings

When you transfer the vehicle to a third party, reset all settings to default and delete all personal data.

The following settings will be reset: Audio preset settings Phonebook entries Other display and each item settings

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 313

Defaulting All the Settings You can reset all the menu and customized settings as the factory defaults.

1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select System Settings, then

press . 3. Rotate to select Factory Data Reset,

then press . u The pop-up menu appears on the screen.

4. Rotate to select Yes, then press . u The confirmation message will appear.

5. Rotate to select Yes, then press again to reset the settings. u The confirmation message will appear.

Press to select OK.

313

314

Featu res

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 314

HomeLink Universal Transceiver

1HomeLink Universal Transceiver

Before programming HomeLink to operate a garage door opener, confirm that the opener has an external entrapment protection system, such as an electronic eye, or other safety and reverse stop features. If it does not, HomeLink may not be able to operate it.

The HomeLink Universal Transceiver can be programmed to operate up to three remote controlled devices around your home, such as garage doors, lighting, or home security systems.

Refer to the safety information that came with your garage door opener to test that the safety features are functioning properly. If you do not have the safety information, contact the manufacturer.

Before programming HomeLink, make sure that people and objects are out of the way of the garage or gate to prevent potential injury or damage.

When programming a garage door opener, park just outside the garage doors path.

Important Safety Precautions

uuHomeLink Universal TransceiveruTraining HomeLink Featu

res

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 315

Training HomeLink If it is necessary to erase a previously entered learned code: Press and hold the two outside buttons for

about 20 seconds, until the red indicator blinks. Release the buttons, and proceed to step 1.

If you are training the second or third button, go directly to step 1.

The instructions on the next page should work for most gate or garage openers, but may not work for all. For detailed instructions about your specific remote opener, visit http://www.homelink.com or call (800) 355-3515.

Red Indicator

315Continued

uuHomeLink Universal TransceiveruTraining HomeLink

316

Featu res

1Training HomeLink

Retraining a Button If you want to retrain a programmed button for a new device, you do not have to erase all button memory. You can replace the existing memory code using this procedure:

1. Press and hold the desired HomeLink button until the HomeLink indicator begins to blink.

2. Continue to hold the HomeLink button and follow steps 1 - 3 under Training a Button.

Indicator remains on for about 25 secs.

Standard transmitter

Indicator blinks rapidly for 2 secs, then remains on for about 23 secs.

Rolling code transmitter

Erasing Codes To erase all the codes, press and hold the two outside buttons until the HomeLink indicator begins to blink (about 10 to 20 secs). You should erase all codes before selling the vehicle.

If you have any problems, see the devices instructions, visit www.homelink.com, or call HomeLink at (800) 355-3515.

HomeLink is a registered trademark of Gentex Corporation.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 316

Training a Button

4.

a.3.

2.

5. a.

b.

1. Position the remote transmitter you wish to link 1 to 3 inches (3 - 8 cm) from the HomeLink button you want to program.

Press and hold the desired HomeLink button and the button on the remote transmitter. Does the HomeLink indicator (LED) blink after 10 secs?

Press and hold the programmed HomeLink button for about a sec. Does the device (garage door opener) work?

Press and hold the remote and the HomeLink button at the same time. Then, while continuing to hold the HomeLink button, press and release the button on the remote every 2 secs. Does the LED blink within 20 secs?

Training Complete

Press and hold the HomeLink button again.

Press and hold the HomeLink button again. The remote-controlled device should operate.

Training Complete

The remote has a rolling code. Press the learn button on the remote-controlled device (e.g. garage door opener).

Within 30 secs, press and hold the programmed HomeLink button for 2 secs.

HomeLink indicator blinks for 2 secs, then remains on.

HomeLink LED is on.

YES NO

YES

YES NO NO

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 317

Bluetooth HandsFreeLink

Featu

res

1Bluetooth HandsFreeLink

Place your phone where you can get good reception. To use HFL, you need a Bluetooth-compatible cell phone. For a list of compatible phones, pairing procedures, and special feature capabilities: U.S.: Visit www.handsfreelink.com/Acura, or call 1-

888-528-7876. Canada: For more information on smartphone

compatibility, call 1-888-528-7876.

To use HFL, the Bluetooth setting must be On. If there is an active connection to Apple CarPlay, HFL is unavailable.

2 Customized Features P. 292

Voice control tips: Aim the vents away from the ceiling and close the

windows, as noise coming from them may interfere with the microphone.

Press and release the button when you want to call a number using a stored voice tag, a phonebook name, or a number. Speak clearly and naturally after a beep.

If the microphone picks up voices other than yours, the command may be misinterpreted.

To change the volume level, use the audio systems volume knob or the remote audio controls on the steering wheel.

State or local laws may prohibit the operation of handheld electronic devices while operating a vehicle.

Bluetooth HandsFreeLink (HFL) allows you to place and receive phone calls using your vehicles audio system, without handling your cell phone.

Using HFL

(Pick-up) button: Press to go to the Speed Dial/Call History on the multi- information display or to answer an incoming call.

(Hang-up/back) button: Press to end a call, to cancel a command or to clear the phone information on the multi-information display.

(Talk) button: Press to give HFL voice commands. PHONE button: Press to go directly to the phone menu screen. Interface dial (ENTER/MENU button): Rotate to select an item on the screen, then press . Move , , or to select secondary menu.

HFL Buttons

Talk Button

Volume up

Microphone

Hang-up/Back Button

Pick-up Button

Volume down

Interface Dial

PHONE Button

317Continued

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuUsing HFL

318

Featu res

1Bluetooth HandsFreeLink

If you receive a call while using the audio system, the system resumes its operation an after ending the call.

Bluetooth Wireless Technology The Bluetooth word mark and logos are registered trademarks owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc., and any use of such marks by Honda Motor Co., Ltd., is under license. Other trademarks and trade names are those of their respective owners.

HFL Limitations An incoming call on HFL will interrupt the audio system when it is playing. It will resume when the call is ended.

1HFL Status Display

The information that appears on the information screen varies between phone models.

You can change the system language. 2 Customized Features P. 292

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 318

The On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM notifies you when there is an incoming call.

HFL Status Display

Bluetooth Indicator Comes on when your phone is connected to HFL.

Signal Strength

HFL Mode

Roam Status

Information Screen

Battery Level Status

Callers Name or Callers Number

On Demand Multi- Use DisplayTM

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuUsing HFL Featu

res

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 319

Certain manual functions are disabled or inoperable while the vehicle is in motion. You cannot select a grayed-out option until the vehicle is stopped.

Only previously stored speed dial entries with voice tags, phonebook names, or numbers can be called using voice commands while the vehicle is in motion.

2 Speed Dial P. 336

Limitations for Manual Operation

Disabled Option

319

320

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus

Featu res

1HFL Menus

To use HFL, you must first pair your Bluetooth- compatible cell phone to the system while the vehicle is parked.

Some functions are limited while driving. A message appears on the screen when the vehicle is moving and the operation is canceled.

This ce

IN Create a security PIN for a paired phone.

Replace a previously paired phone with a new phone.

This ce Delete a previously paired phone.

Pair a phone to the system.

ct to io

Connect a phone to use the Bluetooth audio and smartphone function.

ct to e Connect a phone to use the HFL.

nect Disconnect a paired phone from the system.

Both Connect the device to use the all functions of Bluetooth connection.

tings group as default.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 320

HFL Menus The power mode must be in ACCESSORY or ON to use HFL.

Bluetooth/Phone Settings screen 1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select Bluetooth/Phone

Settings, then press .

Bluetooth

Replace Devi

Turns the Bluetooth on and off.Bluetooth

Edit P

Delete Devi

Add Bluetooth Device

Conne Aud

Conne Phon

Discon

Connect

Cancel/Reset all customized items in the Bluetooth/Phone SetDefault

(Existing entry list)

Changes a pairing code.Edit Pairing Code

Bluetooth Device List

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus Featu

res

nput

rom ory

rom ook

iously stored speed dial numbers.

Select a phone number from the call history to store as a speed dial number.

Select a phone number from the phonebook to store as a speed dial number.

Enter a phone number to store as a speed dial number.

e

Edit a previously stored speed dial number. Change a number. Create or delete a voice tag.

Delete a previously stored speed dial number.

sfer from your phone to HFL when you enter the

answer an incoming call after about four

tomatically imported when a phone is paired to

n incoming call screen.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 321

Manual I

Edit Speed Dial*1 New Entry

Import f Call Hist

Import f Phoneb

Delete All Delete all the prev

Edit

Delet

(Existing entry list)

Set calls to automatically tran vehicle.

Auto Transfer

Auto Answer

Ring Tone

Set whether to automatically seconds. Select the ring tone.

Use Contact Photo

Set phonebook data to be au HFL. Display a callers picture on a

Automatic Phone Sync*1

*1: Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.

Phone

321Continued

322

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus

Featu res

account.

function on and off.

t comes on the screen when HFL receives a new

utomatically reads out messages, and, if selected,

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 322

Select a mail or text messageText/Email*1

*1: Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.

Select Account

Enable Text/Email Turn the text/e-mail message

New Text/Email Alert Select whether a pop-up aler text/e-mail message.

Message Auto Reading Selects whether the system a whether only when driving.

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus Featu

res

one number from the phonebook to store as a umber.

ne number to store as a speed dial number.

the speed dial list.

and missed calls.

nes speed dial list.

one number from the call history to store as a umber.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 323

Phone Menu screen Press the PHONE button to display the menu items.

Speed Dial*1

Manual Input

New Entry Import from Phonebook

Select a ph speed dial n

Enter a pho

*1: Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.

(Existing entry list) Dial the selected number in

Phonebook*1 Display the paired phones phonebook.

Display the last 20 outgoing, incoming Call History*1

All*2

Dialed

Received Display the last 20 outgoing calls. Display the last 20 incoming calls.

Missed Display the last 20 missed calls.

More Speed Dials Display another paired pho

*2: This function is not available if your phone is not supported.

Select a ph speed dial n

Import from Call History

323Continued

324

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus

Featu res

reads received message aloud, or stop message eing read.

to a received message using one of six fixed s.

a call to the sender.

a mail or text message account.

e previous message.

e next message.

ys the entire message.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 324

Text/Email*1, *2

Message is read aloud.

Read Message Aloud/Stop

Reading Messages

System from b

Reply

Call

Reply phrase

Make

Select Account

Select a message and press .

Select

Redial*1 Redial the last number dialed in the phones history.

*1: Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL. *2: This function is not available if your phone is not supported.

See thPrevious

Next See th

View Full Message Displa

Bluetooth/ Phone Settings Display the Bluetooth/Phone Settings screen.

Dial*1 Enter a phone number to dial.

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus Featu

res

1Phone Setup

Your Bluetooth-compatible phone must be paired to HFL before you can make and receive hands-free calls.

Phone Pairing Tips: You cannot pair your phone while the vehicle is

moving. Up to six phones can be paired. Your phones battery may drain faster when it is

connected to HFL. If your phone is not ready for pairing or not found

by the system within three minutes, the system will time out and returns to idle.

Once you have paired a phone, you can see it displayed on the screen with one or two icons on the right side. These icons indicate the following:

: The phone can be used with HFL. : The phone is compatible with Bluetooth Audio.

When pairing is completed, an Automatic Phone Sync prompt appears. Select On if you want your call history and phonebook automatically imported to HFL.

2 Changing the Automatic Phone Sync setting P. 335

If there is an active connection to Apple CarPlay, pairing of additional Bluetooth-compatible devices is unavailable.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 325

To pair a cell phone (when there is no phone paired to the system)

1. Press the PHONE button. 2. Rotate to select Yes, then press . 3. Make sure your phone is search or

discoverable mode, then press . u HFL automatically searches for a

Bluetooth device. 4. When your phone appears on the list, select

it by pressing . u If your phone does not appear, you can

select Options... and Refresh to search again.

u If your phone still does not appear, select Options... to select Device Not Found? and search for Bluetooth devices using your phone. From your phone, select HandsFreeLink.

5. HFL gives you a pairing code on the information screen. u Confirm if the pairing code on the screen

and your phone match. This may vary by phone.

6. A notification appears on the screen if pairing is successful.

Phone Setup

Continued 325

326

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus

Featu res

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 326

To pair a cell phone (when a phone has already been paired to the system)

1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select Bluetooth/Phone

Settings, then press . u Repeat the procedure to select

Bluetooth Device List, then Add Bluetooth Device.

3. Make sure your phone is in search or discoverable mode, then press . u HFL automatically searches for a

Bluetooth device. 4. When your phone appears on the list, select

it by pressing . u If your phone does not appear, you can

select Options... and Refresh to search again.

u If your phone still does not appear, select Options... to select Device Not Found? and search for Bluetooth devices using your phone. From your phone, select HandsFreeLink.

5. HFL gives you a pairing code on the information screen. u Confirm if the pairing code on the screen

and your phone match. This may vary by phone.

6. A notification appears on the screen if pairing is successful.

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus Featu

res

1To change the pairing code setting

The pairing code may be six or four digits depending on your phone.

The default pairing code is 0000 until you change the setting. To create your own, select Fixed, and delete the current code, then enter a new one.

For a randomly generated pairing code each time you pair a phone, select Random.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 327

To change the currently paired phone 1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select Bluetooth/Phone

Settings, then press . u Repeat the procedure to select

Bluetooth Device List. 3. Select a phone to connect. u HFL disconnects the connected phone

and starts searching for another paired phone.

4. Select Connect to Phone, Connect to Audio, or Connect Both.

To change the pairing code setting 1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select Bluetooth/Phone

Settings, then press . u Repeat the procedure to select Edit

Pairing Code. 3. Rotate to select Fixed or Random,

then press .

Continued 327

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus

328

Featu res

1To replace an already-paired phone with a new phone

The replaced phone will keep the same speed dial entries, and security PIN information from the previously paired phone.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 328

To replace an already-paired phone with a new phone

1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select Bluetooth/Phone

Settings, then press . u Repeat the procedure to select

Bluetooth Device List. 3. Rotate to select a paired phone you

want to replace, then press . 4. Rotate to select Replace This Device,

then press . 5. HFL enters the pairing process and searches

a new phone. u Follow the prompts to pair a new phone.

6. A notification appears on the screen if pairing is successful.

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus Featu

res

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 329

To delete a paired phone 1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select Bluetooth/Phone

Settings, then press . u Repeat the procedure to select

Bluetooth Device List. 3. Rotate to select a phone you want to

delete, then press . 4. Rotate to select Delete This Device,

then press . 5. A confirmation message appears on the

screen. Rotate to select Yes, then press .

6. A notification appears on the screen if pairing is successful.

329Continued

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus

330

Featu res

1To Set Up a Text/e-mail Message Option

To use the text/e-mail message function, you need a Bluetooth-compatible cell phone. For a list of compatible phones, pairing procedures, and special feature capabilities: U.S.: Visit www.handsfreelink.com/Acura, or call 1-

888-528-7876. Canada: For more information on smartphone

compatibility, call 1-888-528-7876.

Some text/e-mail features may not be available depending on a cellular phone.

1To turn on or off the text/e-mail message notice

On: A pop-up notification comes on every time you receive a new text message. Off: The message you receive is stored in the system without notification.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 330

To turn on or off the text/e-mail message function

1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select Bluetooth/Phone

Settings, then press . 3. Rotate to select Enable Text/Email. 4. Press to select On or Off.

To turn on or off the text/e-mail message notice

1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select Bluetooth/Phone

Settings, then press . 3. Rotate to select New Text/Email

Alert. 4. Press to select On or Off.

To Set Up a Text/e-mail Message Option

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus Featu

res

1To set up the auto reading option

On: A text/e-mail message is always read aloud. Off: A text/e-mail message is not read aloud.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 331

To set up the auto reading option 1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select Bluetooth/Phone

Settings, then press . 3. Rotate to select Message Auto

Reading. 4. Press to select On or Off.

Continued 331

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus

332

Featu res

1To Create a Security PIN

If the phone is already security PIN protected, you need to enter the current security PIN before clearing the PIN or creating a new one.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 332

You can protect each of the six cell phones with a security PIN. 1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select Bluetooth/Phone

Settings, then press . u Repeat the procedure to select

Bluetooth Device List. 3. Rotate to select a phone you want to

add a security PIN to, then press . 4. Rotate to select Edit PIN, then press . 5. Enter a new four-digit number. u Select to delete. Select of the

right side upper screen, the screen returns to the previous screen.

6. Select OK to enter the security PIN. 7. Re-enter the four-digit number. u The screen returns to the screen in step

4.

To Create a Security PIN

Information Screen

On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM

X X

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus Featu

res

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 333

If you get into the vehicle while you are on the phone, the call can be automatically transferred to HFL.

1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select Bluetooth/Phone

Settings, then press . 3. Rotate to select Auto Transfer. 4. Press to select On or Off.

You can set HFL to automatically answer an incoming call in four seconds. 1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select Bluetooth/Phone

Settings, then press . 3. Rotate to select Auto Answer. 4. Press to select On or Off.

Automatic Transferring

Auto Answer

333Continued

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus

334

Featu res

1Ring Tone

Fixed: The fixed ring tone sounds from the speaker. Mobile Phone: The ring tone stored in the connected cell phone sounds from the speaker. Off: No ring tones sound from the speaker.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 334

You can change the ring tone setting. 1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select Bluetooth/Phone

Settings, then press . u Repeat the procedure to select Ring

Tone. 3. Rotate to select Fixed, Mobile Phone

or Off, then press .

You can display a callers picture on an incoming call screen. 1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select Bluetooth/Phone

Settings, then press . 3. Rotate to select Use Contact Photo. 4. Press to select On or Off.

Ring Tone

Use Contact Photo

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus Featu

res

1Automatic Import of Cellular Phonebook and Call History

When you select a person from the list in the cellular phonebook, you can see up to three category icons. The icons indicate what types of numbers are stored for that name.

On some phones, it may not be possible to import the category icons to HFL.

The phonebook is updated after every connection. Call history is updated after every connection or call.

Preference

Home

Mobile

Work

Pager

Fax

Car

Other

Voice

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 335

When Automatic Phone Sync is set to On:

When your phone is paired, the contents of its phonebook and call history are automatically imported to HFL.

Changing the Automatic Phone Sync setting

1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select Bluetooth/Phone

Settings, then press . u Repeat the procedure to select

Automatic Phone Sync. 3. Rotate to select On or Off, then press

.

Automatic Import of Cellular Phonebook and Call History

Continued 335

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus

336

Featu res

1Speed Dial

When a voice tag is stored, press the button to call the number using the voice tag. Say Call and the voice tag name.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 336

Up to 20 speed dial numbers can be stored per phone. To store a speed dial number: 1. Press the PHONE button. 2. Rotate to select Speed Dial, then press

. u Repeat the procedure to select New

Entry. 3. Rotate to select a place to choose a

number from, then press . From Import from Call History: u Select a number from the call history. From Manual Input: u Input the number manually. From Import from Phonebook: u Select a number from the linked cell

phones imported phonebook. 4. When the speed dial is successfully stored

from Import from Call History or Import from Phonebook, you are asked to create a voice tag for the number. Rotate to select Yes or No, then press .

5. Using the button, follow the prompts to store a voice tag for the speed dial entry.

Speed Dial

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus Featu

res

1Speed Dial

Avoid using duplicate voice tags. Avoid using home as a voice tag. It is easier for HFL to recognize a longer name. For example, use John Smith instead of John.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 337

To add a voice tag to a stored speed dial number

1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select Bluetooth/Phone

Settings, then press . u Repeat the procedure to select Edit

Speed Dial. 3. Select an existing speed dial entry. u From the pop-up menu, rotate to

select Edit, then press . 4. Rotate to select Voice Tag, then press

. u From the pop-up menu, rotate to

select Record, then press . 5. Using the button, follow the prompts to

complete the voice tag.

Continued 337

338

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus

Featu res

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 338

To delete a voice tag 1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select Bluetooth/Phone

Settings, then press . u Repeat the procedure to select Edit

Speed Dial. 3. Select an existing speed dial entry. u From the pop-up menu, rotate to

select Edit, then press . 4. Rotate to select Voice Tag, then press

. u From the pop-up menu, rotate to

select Clear, then press . 5. A confirmation message appears on the

screen. Rotate to select Yes, then press .

To delete a speed dial 1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select Bluetooth/Phone

Settings, then press . u Repeat the procedure to select Edit

Speed Dial. 3. Select an existing speed dial entry. u From the pop-up menu, rotate to

select Delete, then press . 4. A confirmation message appears on the

screen. Rotate to select Yes, then press .

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus Featu

res

1Making a Call

Any voice-tagged speed dial entry, phonebook name, or number can be dialed by voice from most screens.

Press the button and say Call and the voice tag name, Call by name and the phonebook name, or Call and the phone number.

The maximum range between your phone and vehicles is 30 feet (10 meters).

Once a call is connected, you can hear the voice of the person you are calling through the audio speakers.

While there is an active connection with Apple CarPlay, phone calls cannot be made with HandsFreeLink and are only made from Apple CarPlay.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 339

You can make calls by inputting any phone number, or by using the imported phonebook, call history, speed dial entries, or redial.

Making a Call

Continued 339

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus

340

Featu res

1To make a call using the imported phonebook

You can call a stored voice-tagged speed dial number, phonebook name, or number using voice commands.

2 Speed Dial P. 336

You can use the keyboard on the On Demand Multi- Use DisplayTM for an alphabetical search.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 340

To make a call using the imported phonebook

1. Press the PHONE button. 2. Rotate to select Phonebook, then

press . 3. Rotate to select a contact name, then

press . u The phonebook is stored alphabetically.

4. Rotate to select a number, then press .

u Dialing starts automatically.

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus Featu

res

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 341

To make a call using a phone number 1. Press the PHONE button. 2. Rotate to select Dial, then press . 3. Select a number. u Use the keyboard on the On Demand

Multi-Use DisplayTM for entering numbers.

4. Select .

To make a call using redial 1. Press the PHONE button. 2. Rotate to select Redial, then press . u Dialing starts automatically.

341Continued

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus

342

Featu res

1To make a call using the call history

The call history displays the last 20 dialed, received, or missed calls. (Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.)

These icons next to the number indicate the following:

: Dialed calls. : Received calls. : Missed calls.

The call history displays the last 12 dialed, received, or missed calls.

Steering switches

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 342

To make a call using the call history Call history is stored by All*1, Dialed, Received, and Missed. 1. Press the PHONE button. 2. Rotate to select Call History, then

press . 3. Move or to select All*1, Dialed,

Received, and Missed. 4. Rotate to select a number, then press

. u Dialing starts automatically.

1. Press the button. 2. Move the left selector wheel right to select

Call History. 3. Roll the left selector wheel to select a

number. 4. Push the left selector wheel or the

button. u Dialing starts automatically.

*1: This function may not be available depending on a cellular phone.

On Multi-Information Display Steering switches

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus Featu

res

1To make a call using a speed dial entry

Rotate to select More Speed Dials to view another paired phones speed dial list. You can make a call from that list using the currently connected phone.

When a voice tag is stored, press the button to call the number using the voice tag.

2 Speed Dial P. 336

Any voice-tagged speed dial entry, phonebook name or number can be dialed by voice from any screen. Press the button and follow the prompts.

The speed dial displays the 20 speed dial entries. Steering switches

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 343

To make a call using a speed dial entry 1. Press the PHONE button. 2. Rotate to select Speed Dial, then press

. 3. Rotate to select a number, then press

. u Dialing starts automatically.

1. Press the button. 2. Move the left selector wheel left to select

Speed Dial. 3. Roll the left selector wheel to select a

number. 4. Push the left selector wheel or the

button. u Dialing starts automatically.

On Multi-Information Display Steering switches

Continued 343

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus

344

Featu res

1Receiving a Call

Call Waiting

Press the button to put the current call on hold to answer the incoming call.

Press the button again to return to the current call. Ignore the incoming call if you do not want to answer it. Press the button if you want to hang up the current call.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 344

When there is an incoming call, an audible notification sounds (if activated) and the Incoming Call screen appears.

Press the button to answer the call. Press the button to decline or end the call.

Receiving a Call

Information Screen

On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus Featu

res

1Options During a Call

Touch Tones: Available on some phones.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 345

The following options are available during a call.

Phone Call Active - Transfer to Mobile: Transfer a call from HFL to your phone.

Mute: Mute your voice. Transfer to Mobile: Transfer a call from HFL to your phone. Touch Tones: Send numbers during a call. This is useful when you call a menu-driven phone system.

The available options are shown on the On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM. Select the option. u The Mute icon is checked when Mute is

selected. Select Mute again to turn it off.

Options During a Call

Information Screen

On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM

Mute Icon

Information Screen

On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM

Continued 345

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus

346

Featu res

1Receiving a Text/E-mail Message

The system does not display any received messages while you are driving. You can only hear them read aloud.

With some phones, you may be able to display up to 20 most recent text and e-mail messages.

State or local laws may limit your use of the HFL text/ e-mail message feature. Only use the text/e-mail message feature when conditions allow you to do so safely.

When you receive a text or e-mail message for the first time since the phone is paired to HFL, you are asked to turn the New Text/Email Alert setting to On.

2 To turn on or off the text/e-mail message notice P. 330

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 346

HFL can display newly received text and e-mail messages as well as 20 of the most recently received messages on a linked cell phone. Each received message can be read aloud and replied to using a fixed common phrase.

1. A pop-up appears and notifies you of a new text or e-mail message.

2. Rotate to select Read to listen to the message, then press . u The text or e-mail message is displayed.

The system automatically starts reading out the message.

3. To discontinue the message read-out, press .

Receiving a Text/E-mail Message

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus Featu

res

1Selecting a Mail Account

You can also select a mail account from the folder list screen or the message list screen. Rotate to select Select Account, then press .

You can only receive notifications from one text message or mail account at a time.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 347

If a paired phone has text message or mail accounts, you can select one of them to be active and receive notifications.

1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select Bluetooth/Phone

Settings, then press . u Repeat the procedure to select Select

Account. 3. Rotate to select Text Messages or an

e-mail account you want, then press .

Selecting a Mail Account

Continued 347

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus

348

Featu res

1Displaying Messages

The icon appears next to an unread message.

If you delete a message on the phone, the message will also be deleted from the system. If you send a message from the system, the message goes to your phones outbox.

To see the previous or next message, move or on the text message screen.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 348

Displaying text messages 1. Press the PHONE button. 2. Rotate to select Text/Email, then press

. u Select account if necessary.

3. Rotate to select a message, then press .

u The text message is displayed. The system automatically starts reading the message aloud.

4. Rotate to select View Full Message. 5. Press to displays the full text of the

message.

Displaying Messages

Message List

Text Message

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus Featu

res

1Displaying e-mail messages

Received text and e-mail messages may appear in the message list screen at the same time. In this case, text messages are titled No Subject.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 349

Displaying e-mail messages 1. Press the PHONE button. 2. Rotate to select Text/Email, then press

. 3. Rotate to select a folder, then press . 4. Rotate to select a message, then press

. u The e-mail is displayed. The system

automatically starts reading the message aloud.

5. Rotate to select View Full Message. 6. Press to displays the full text of the

message.

Folder List

Message List

E-mail Message

Continued 349

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus

350

Featu res

1Reply to a message

The available fixed reply messages are as follows: Talk to you later, Im driving. Im on my way. Im running late. OK Yes No

You cannot add, edit, or delete reply messages.

Only certain phones receive and send messages when paired and connected. For a list of compatible phones: U.S.: Visit www.handsfreelink.com/Acura, or call 1-

888-528-7876. Canada: For more information on smartphone

compatibility, call 1-888-528-7876.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 350

Read or stop reading a message 1. Go to the text or e-mail message screen. u The system automatically starts reading

the message aloud. 2 Displaying Messages P. 348

2. Rotate to select Stop Reading Messages.

3. Press to stop reading. Press again to start reading the message from the beginning.

Reply to a message 1. Go to the text or e-mail message screen. u The system automatically starts reading

the message aloud. 2 Displaying Messages P. 348

2. Rotate to select Reply, then press . 3. Rotate to select the reply message, then

press . u Message sent appears on the screen

when the reply message was successfully sent.

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus Featu

res

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 351

Making a call to a sender 1. Go to the text message screen. u The system automatically starts reading

the message aloud. 2 Displaying text messages P. 348

2. Rotate to select Call, then press .

351

352

Featu res

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 352

Compass*

1Compass*

Compass operation can be affected under the following conditions: Driving near power lines or stations Crossing a bridge Passing a large vehicle, or driving near a large

object that can cause a magnetic disturbance When accessories such as antennas and roof racks

are mounted by magnets

1Compass Calibration

Calibrate the compass in an open area.

While setting the compass, press the BACK button to cancel the setting mode and return to the previous screen.

Models with navigation self-calibrate using GPS. The compass in the multi-information display and the direction arrow on the map screen (when Heading- Up view selected) may not be in sync when first starting the vehicle, but should correct themselves as you drive. If the compass in the multi-information display continues to indicate an incorrect direction, please see your Acura dealer.

Models with navigation system

When you set the power mode to ON, the compass self-calibrates, and the compass display appears.

Compass Calibration If the compass indicates the wrong direction, or the CAL indicator blinks, you need to manually calibrate the system. 1. Set the power mode to ON. 2. On the top screen of any source, press and hold for five seconds. u The display switches to the Compass Settings screen.

3. Rotate to select Calibration, then press . 4. When the display changes to Calibration Start, press . 5. Drive the vehicle slowly in two circles. u The compass starts to show a direction after the calibration. The CAL indicator

goes off.

* Not available on all models

uuCompass*uCompass Zone Selection Featu

res

1Compass Zone Selection

The zone selection is done to compensate the variation between magnetic north and true north.

If the calibration starts while the audio system is in use, the display returns to normal after the calibration is completed.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 353

Compass Zone Selection 1. Set the power mode to ON. 2. On the top screen of any source, press and hold for five seconds. u The display switches to the Compass Settings screen.

3. Rotate to select Zone Adjust, then press . u The display shows the current zone number the system is set to.

4. To change the zone, rotate to select the zone number of your area (See Zone Map), then press .

2

3

4

5 6 7 8 9

10 11 12

13 14

15 Zone Map

Guam Island: Zone 8

Puerto Rico: Zone 11

353

354

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 354

* Not available on all m

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 355

Driving

This chapter discusses driving and refueling.

Before Driving................................... 356 Towing a Trailer................................ 361 When Driving

Starting the Engine .......................... 362 Precautions While Driving................. 369 Automatic Transmission* ................. 370 Dual Clutch Transmission* ............... 370

Shifting............................................ 371

Shifting............................................ 378 Auto Idle Stop*................................ 382 Integrated Dynamics System............. 387

Models with electronic gear selector

Models with shift lever

odels

Front Sensor Camera ....................... 388 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) ......................... 390

Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) System ... 404 Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) .. 409 Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA), aka Electronic Stability Control (ESC), System ............... 417

Agile Handling Assist ....................... 419 Precision All-Wheel SteerTM (P-AWS) System* ......................................... 419

Blind spot information (BSI) System*....420 Super Handling-All Wheel DriveTM (SH- AWD)* ......................................... 423

Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) with Tire Fill Assist.......................... 424

Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) - Required Federal Explanation........... 426

Braking .............................................. 428 Parking Your Vehicle........................ 445 Multi-View Rear Camera* ................ 456 Surround View Camera System* ..... 458 Refueling........................................... 459 Fuel Economy and CO2 Emissions.... 462

355

356

D rivin

g

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 356

Before Driving

1Exterior Checks

NOTICE When doors are frozen shut, use warm water around the door edges to melt any ice. Do not try to force them open, as this can damage the rubber trim around the doors. When done, wipe dry to avoid further freezing.

Do not pour warm water into the key cylinder. You will be unable to insert the key if the water freezes in the hole.

Heat from the engine and exhaust can ignite flammable materials left under the hood, causing a fire. If youve parked your vehicle for an extended period, inspect and remove any debris that may have collected, such as dried grass and leaves that have fallen or have been carried in for use as a nest by a small animal. Also check under the hood for leftover flammable materials after you or someone else has performed maintenance on your vehicle.

Driving Preparation Check the following items before you start driving.

Make sure there are no obstructions on the windows, door mirrors, exterior lights, or other parts of the vehicle. u Remove any frost, snow, or ice. u Remove any snow on the roof, as this can slip down and obstruct your field of

vision while driving. If frozen solid, remove ice once it has softened. u When removing ice from around the wheels, be sure not to damage the wheel

or wheel components. Make sure the hood is securely closed. u If the hood opens while driving, your front view will be blocked.

Make sure the tires are in good condition. u Check air pressures, and check for damage and excessive wear.

2 Checking and Maintaining Tires P. 493

Make sure there are no people or objects behind or around the vehicle. u There are blind spots from the inside.

Exterior Checks

uuBefore DrivinguDriving Preparation D

rivin g

1Interior Checks

The headlight aim is set by the factory, and does not need to be adjusted. However, if you regularly carry heavy items in the trunk have the aiming readjusted at a dealer or by a qualified technician.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 357

Store or secure all items on board properly. u Carrying too much cargo, or improperly storing it, can affect your vehicles

handling, stability, stopping distance, and tires, and make it unsafe. 2 Maximum Load Limit P. 359

Do not pile items higher than the seat height. u They can block your view and may be thrown forward in the event of sudden

braking. Do not place anything in the front seat footwells. Make sure to secure the floor

mat. u An object or unsecured floor mat can interfere with your brake and accelerator

pedal operation while driving. If you have any animals on board, do not let them move around in the vehicle. u They may interfere with driving and a crash could occur.

Securely close and lock all doors and the trunk. 2 Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside P. 145

Adjust your seating position properly. u Adjust the head restraint, too.

2 Adjusting the Seats P. 180 2 Adjusting the Front and Rear Outer Head Restraint Positions P. 183

Adjust the mirrors and steering wheel properly for your driving. u Adjust them while sitting in the proper driving position.

2 Adjusting the Mirrors P. 177 2 Adjusting the Steering Wheel P. 176

Interior Checks

Continued 357

358

uuBefore DrivinguDriving Preparation

D rivin

g

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 358

Be sure items placed on the floor behind the front seats cannot roll under the seats. u They can interfere with the drivers ability to operate the pedals, the operation

of the seats, or the operation of the sensors under the seats. Everyone in the vehicle must fasten their seat belt.

2 Fastening a Seat Belt P. 37

Make sure that the indicators in the instrument panel come on when you start the vehicle, and go off soon after. u Always have a dealer check the vehicle if a problem is indicated.

2 Indicators P. 72

uuBefore DrivinguMaximum Load Limit D

rivin g

1Maximum Load Limit

Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR): The maximum allowable weight of the vehicle, all occupants, all accessories and all cargo.

2 Specifications P. 564

Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR): The maximum allowable weight of the vehicle axle.

2 Specifications P. 564

3WARNING Overloading or improper loading can affect handling and stability and cause a crash in which you can be hurt or killed.

Follow all load limits and other loading guidelines in this manual.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 359

Maximum Load Limit The maximum load for your vehicle is 850 lbs (385 kg). See the Tire and Loading Information label attached to the drivers doorjamb.

This figure includes the total weight of all occupants, cargo, and accessories, and the tongue load if you are towing a trailer.

Steps for Determining Correct Load Limit - (1) Locate the statement The combined weight of occupants and

cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs. on your vehicles placard.

(2)Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle.

(3)Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kg or XXX lbs.

(4)The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity. For example, if the XXX amount equals 1,400 lbs. and there will be five 150 lb. passengers in your vehicle, the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 lbs. (1,400 - 750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs.)

Label Example

359Continued

uuBefore DrivinguMaximum Load Limit

360

D rivin

g

1Maximum Load Limit

Towing a Trailer: See Towing a Trailer to determine whether your vehicle is designed to tow a trailer.

2 Towing a Trailer P. 361

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 360

(5)Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle. That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in step 4.

(6) If your vehicle will be towing a trailer, load from your trailer will be transferred to your vehicle. Consult this manual to determine how this reduces the available cargo and luggage load capacity of your vehicle.

In addition, the total weight of the vehicle, all occupants, accessories, cargo, and trailer tongue load must not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) or the Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR). Both are on a label on the drivers doorjamb. Load Limits Example

Example1

Max Load 850 lbs

(385 kg)

Passenger Weight 150 lbs x 2 = 300 lbs (68 kg x 2 = 136 kg)

Cargo Weight 550 lbs

(249 kg)

Example2

Max Load 850 lbs

(385 kg)

Passenger Weight 150 lbs x 5 = 750 lbs (68 kg x 5 = 340 kg)

Cargo Weight 100 lbs (45 kg)

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 361

Towing a Trailer

D

rivin g

Your vehicle is not designed to tow a trailer. Attempting to do so can void your warranties.

Towing Your Vehicle Your vehicle is not designed to be towed behind a motor home. If your vehicle needs to be towed in an emergency, refer to the emergency towing information.

2 Emergency Towing P. 558

361

362

D rivin

g

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 362

When Driving

1Starting the Engine

Keep your foot firmly on the brake pedal when starting the engine.

The engine is harder to start in cold weather and in thinner air found at altitudes above 8,000 feet (2,400 meters).

When starting the engine in cold weather, turn off all electrical accessories such as the lights, climate control system, and rear defogger in order to reduce battery drain.

If you live in a region where winter is extremely cold, an engine block heater will improve starting and warming of the engine. Consult a dealer for details.

If the exhaust system sounds abnormal or you can smell exhaust gas inside the vehicle, have your vehicle checked by a dealer. There may be a problem with the engine or exhaust system.

Starting the Engine

1. Make sure the parking brake is applied. u The electric parking brake indicator

comes on for 15 seconds when you pull up the electric parking brake switch.

2. Depress the brake pedal.

3. Press the ENGINE START/STOP button without depressing the accelerator pedal.

Models with electronic gear selector

Electric Parking Brake Switch

Brake Pedal

uuWhen DrivinguStarting the Engine D

rivin g

1Starting the Engine

Bring the keyless access remote close to the ENGINE START/STOP button if the battery in the keyless access remote is weak.

2 If the Keyless Access Remote Battery is Weak P. 538

The engine may not start if the keyless access remote is subjected to strong radio waves.

Do not hold the ENGINE START/STOP button to start the engine. If the engine does not start, set the power mode to OFF and wait at least 30 seconds before trying again.

The immobilizer system protects your vehicle from theft. If an improperly coded device is used, the engines fuel system is disabled.

2 Immobilizer System P. 152

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 363

1. Make sure the parking brake is applied. u The electric parking brake indicator

comes on for 15 seconds when you pull up the electric parking brake switch.

2. Check that the transmission is in (P , then depress the brake pedal. u Although it is possible to start the vehicle

in (N, it is safer to start it in (P .

3. Press the ENGINE START/STOP button without depressing the accelerator pedal.

Models with shift lever

Electric Parking Brake Switch

Brake Pedal

Continued 363

364

uuWhen DrivinguStarting the Engine

D rivin

g

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 364

You can turn the engine off when the vehicle is completely stopped. 1. Put the transmission into (P . 2. Press the ENGINE START/STOP button.

Stopping the Engine

uuWhen DrivinguStarting the Engine D

rivin g

1Remote Engine Start*

The remote engine start may violate local laws. Before using the remote engine start, check your local laws.

If there are buildings and obstacles between your vehicle and the remote, the range will be reduced. This distance may vary by external electrical interference. The engine may not start by the remote engine start if: You have disabled a remote engine start setting

using the multi-information display. The power mode is not in VEHICLE OFF (LOCK). The transmission is in a position other than (P. The hood is open, or any door or the trunk is

unlocked. You have already used the remote twice to start

the engine.

3WARNING Carbon monoxide gas is toxic and can rapidly accumulate in closed or even partly enclosed areas.

Breathing it can cause unconsciousness and even kill you.

Never use the remote engine starter with the vehicle parked in a garage or other areas with limited ventilation.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 365

You can remotely start the engine using the two-way keyless access remote from extended distances.

To start the engine

The engine runs for up to 10 minutes without you starting the vehicle. To extend the run time for another 10 minutes during the first run, press the button, then press and hold the button. u The amber LED blinks, then the green LED comes back on if a 10-minute

extension request was transmitted successfully. After pressing the (lock) button, wait for the green LED to blink. This indicates that the all the doors and the trunk are locked.

Remote Engine Start*

Press the button, then press and hold the button.

Amber LED: Blinks when any button is pressed.

Continues to blink during a vehicle self check until the engine starts.

Go within the range, and try again.

Green LED: Comes on while the engine is running.

Red LED: Blinks when the remote is out of the keyless access system range.

Continued 365* Not available on all models

uuWhen DrivinguStarting the Engine

366

D rivin

g

1Remote Engine Start*

Another registered keyless access remote is in the vehicle.

There is any antenna failure. The door is unlocked with the built-in key. The engine oil pressure is low. The engine coolant temperature is extremely high. The telematics unit malfunctions. The security system alarm is not set.

Before starting the engine, make sure to check the door lock status using the remote. When you press the button, wait for the green LED to blink. If the red LED turns on, the doors and trunk did not lock, and the engine does not start.

While the engine is running, the vehicle will automatically precondition inside the vehicle. When it is warm outside: The climate control system is activated in

recirculation mode. The seat ventilation is activated*. When it is cold outside: The defroster is activated at a moderately warm

temperature. The rear defogger and door mirror heaters are

activated. The seat heaters and heated steering wheel are

activated*. 2 Heated Steering Wheel* P. 202 2 Front Seat Heaters and Seat

Ventilation* P. 203

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 366

To stop the engine

Press and hold the button for one second.

Go within the range, and try again.

Amber LED: Blinks when any button is pressed.

Red LED: Comes on for one second to let you

know that the engine has stopped.

Blinks when the remote is out of the keyless access system range. The engine will not stop.

* Not available on all models

uuWhen DrivinguStarting the Engine D

rivin g

1Starting to Drive

You can also release the parking brake by pressing the electric parking brake switch while depressing the brake pedal. When facing downhill, you can start your vehicle more smoothly by manually releasing it with the electric parking brake switch than by releasing it with the accelerator pedal.

The engine stops when the gear position is changed from (P before the ENGINE START/STOP button is pressed. Follow the step 1 when starting to drive.

When the engine was started using the two-way keyless access remote*

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 367

1. Depress the brake pedal and press the ENGINE START/STOP button simultaneously.

2. Keeping your right foot on the brake pedal, put the transmission into (D. Select (R when reversing.

3. With the parking brake applied, release the brake pedal and gently depress the accelerator pedal. u Make sure the electric parking brake indicator goes off.

2 Parking Brake P. 428 2 If the Transmission System Indicator Blinks along with the Warning

Message P. 552

Starting to Drive When the engine was started using the two-way keyless access remote*

When the engine was started in any case

Continued 367* Not available on all models

uuWhen DrivinguStarting the Engine

368

D rivin

g

1Hill Start Assist System

Hill start assist may not prevent the vehicle from rolling downhill on a very steep or slippery slope, and will not operate on small inclines.

Hill start assist is not a replacement for the parking brake.

Hill start assist will operate even when VSA is switched off.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 368

Hill Start Assist System Hill start assist keeps the brake engaged briefly to help prevent the vehicle from rolling on inclines as you move your foot from the brake pedal to the accelerator.

Change the gear position to (D when facing uphill, or (R when facing downhill, then release the brake pedal.

uuWhen DrivinguPrecautions While Driving D

rivin g

1Precautions While Driving

NOTICE Do not change the gear position while pressing the accelerator pedal. You could damage the transmission.

NOTICE If you repeatedly turn the steering wheel at an extremely low speed, or hold the steering wheel in the full left or right position for a while, the electric power steering (EPS) system heats up. The system goes into a protective mode, and limits its performance. The steering wheel becomes harder and harder to operate. Once the system cools down, the EPS system is restored. Repeated operation under these conditions can eventually damage the system.

If the power mode is set to ACCESSORY while driving, the engine will shut down and all steering and brake power assist functions will stop, making it difficult to control the vehicle.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 369

Precautions While Driving

Avoid driving in deep water and on flooded roads. This can damage the engine or driveline, or cause electrical component failure.

In Rain

369Continued

uuWhen DrivinguAutomatic Transmission*

370

D rivin

g

1Precautions While Driving

Do not change the gear position to (N, as you will lose engine braking (and acceleration) performance.

During the first 600 miles (1,000 km) of operation, avoid sudden acceleration or full throttle operation so as not to damage the engine or powertrain.

Avoid hard braking for the first 200 miles (300 km). You should also follow this when the brake pads are replaced.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 370

If there is a strong impact with something under the vehicle, stop in a safe location. Check the underside of the vehicle for damage or any fluid leaks.

Automatic Transmission*

The engine runs at a higher idle speed and creeping increases. Keep the brake pedal firmly depressed when stopped.

Quickly depressing the accelerator pedal while driving uphill may cause the transmission to drop to a lower gear, unexpectedly increasing vehicle speed. Depress the accelerator pedal carefully, especially on slippery roads and curves.

Dual Clutch Transmission*

As with a conventional automatic transmission, this vehicle will creep. Keep the brake pedal firmly depressed when stopped.

Quickly depressing the accelerator pedal while driving uphill may cause the transmission to drop to a lower gear, unexpectedly increasing vehicle speed. Depress the accelerator pedal carefully, especially on slippery roads and curves.

Other Precautions

Creeping

Kickdown

Creeping

Kickdown

* Not available on all models

uuWhen DrivinguShifting D

rivin g

1Shifting

To prevent malfunction and unintended engagement: Do not spill any liquids on or around shift buttons. Do not place or drop any objects on or around shift

buttons. Do not let passengers or children operate the shift

buttons.

The beeper sounds and the message appears on the multi-information display when you depress the accelerator pedal with the gear position in (N. Change the gear position to (D or (R with the brake pedal depressed.

When shifting gears in extremely low temperatures (22F/30C), there may be a short delay before the shift is indicated in the display. Always confirm you are in the correct gear before driving.

3WARNING The vehicle can roll away if left unattended without confirming that Park is engaged.

A vehicle that rolls away could cause a crash resulting in serious injury or death.

Always keep your foot on the brake pedal until you have confirmed that (P is shown on the gear position Indicator.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 371

Shifting Change the gear position in accordance with your driving needs.

Shift button positions

(P (parking) button The gear position changes to (P when you press the (P button while the vehicle is parked with the power mode in ON. The indicators on the sides of the (P button come on.

Models with electronic gear selector

Park Used when parking, before turning off or starting the engine Reverse Used when reversing

Neutral Transmission is not locked

Drive Used for: Normal driving (gears change between 1st

and 9th automatically) Temporarily driving in the sequential

mode Driving in the sequential mode (when

driving in Sport+ mode)

(P Button

371Continued

uuWhen DrivinguShifting

372

D rivin

g

1Shift Operation

NOTICE When you change (D to (R and vice versa, come to a complete stop and keep the brake pedal depressed. Operating the shift button before the vehicle has come to a complete standstill can damage the transmission.

Use the gear position indicator and the shift button indicator to check the gear position before selecting a shift button.

If the indicator of the currently selected gear position, or all the gear position indicators are blinking simultaneously, there is a problem with the transmission. Avoid sudden acceleration and have the transmission checked by a dealer as soon as possible.

The fuel supply may be cut off if you drive at engine speeds in or over the tachometers red zone (engine speed limit). If this happens, you may experience a slight jolt.

When the engine speed is increased while the transmission is in (N, (P or (R, the fuel supply may be cut off even without the engine speed entering the tachometers red zone.

The beeper sounds once when you change to (R.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 372

Shift Operation

Gear Position Indicator

Tachometers red zone

Press the (P button.

Pull back the (R button.

Press the (N button.

Press the (D button.

Shift Button Indicator

M (sequential mode) Indicator

Sequential Mode Gear Selection Indicator

uuWhen DrivinguShifting D

rivin g

1When opening the drivers door

While the system is designed to automatically change the gear position to (P under the described conditions, in the interest of safety you should always select (P before opening the driver's door. Make sure to park the vehicle in a safe place.

2 When Stopped P. 445

If you want to drive the vehicle after the gear position has automatically changed to (P under the described conditions, close the door, fasten the seat belt, depress the brake pedal, then change the gear position.

If you leave the vehicle, turn off the engine and lock the doors.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 373

In freezing or sub-freezing conditions, the gear selection response may be slow. Always depress the brake pedal before changing the gear position to (P , and confirm that (P is shown on the gear position indicator before releasing the brake.

When opening the drivers door If you open the drivers door under the following conditions, the gear position automatically changes to (P . The vehicle is in stationary with the engine running, or moving at 1 mph (2 km/h)

or slower. The transmission is in other than (P . You have unfastened the driver side seat belt.

u If you manually change the gear position from (P with the brake pedal depressed, the gear position will automatically return to (P once you release the brake pedal.

When turning off the power mode If you turn the engine off while the vehicle is stationary, and the transmission is in other than (P, the gear position automatically changes to (P.

Continued 373

uuWhen DrivinguShifting

374

D rivin

g

1If you want to keep the transmission in (N position [car wash mode]

To keep the vehicle in (N position, you can also follow this procedure: While the power mode is on, select (N, and then within five seconds, press the ENGINE START/STOP button.

The transmission may not stay in (N position while the following indicators are on or when the message below appears: Malfunction indicator lamp Transmission system indicator Charging system indicator The Charging System Problem message on the

multi-information display.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 374

If you want to keep the transmission in (N position [car wash mode] With the engine running: 1. Press and hold the brake pedal. 2. Select (N , then release the button to display (N (Neutral) hold mode on the

multi-information display. 3. Press and hold (N again for two seconds. u This puts the vehicle in car wash mode which must be used when your vehicle

is pulled through a conveyor type automatic car wash where you or an attendant do not remain in the vehicle.

If the ENGINE START/STOP button is pressed after car wash mode has been activated, the power mode will change to ACCESSORY and a message will be displayed on the multi- information display. u The gear position remains in (N with the

power mode in ACCESSORY for 15 minutes, then, it automatically changes to (P and the power mode changes to OFF.

u Manually changing to (P cancels ACCESSORY mode. The (P indicator comes on and the power mode changes to OFF. You must always shift to (P when car wash mode is no longer needed.

uuWhen DrivinguShifting D

rivin g

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 375

Restriction on selecting a gear position You cannot select a gear position under certain circumstances that may lead to a crash.

When the transmission is in:

1. Under the circumstances of that:

2. You cannot select: 3. The gear position remains in/changes to:

How to change the gear position

(P

The brake pedal is not depressed.

Other gear position

(P

Release the accelerator pedal and depress the brake pedal.

The accelerator pedal is depressed.

(N

The vehicle is moving at low speed without the brake pedal depressed.

(N

The vehicle is moving at low speed with the accelerator pedal depressed.

(N or (D The vehicle is moving forward. (R Stop your vehicle in a safe place, depress the brake pedal, and select the appropriate gear position.

(R or (N The vehicle is moving backward. (D

(R , (N, or (D The vehicle is moving. (P

375Continued

376

uuWhen DrivinguShifting

D rivin

g

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 376

Use the paddle shifters to change between 1st and 9th gears without releasing your hands from the steering wheel. The transmission will switch to the sequential mode.

When the transmission is in (D : The vehicle will go into the sequential mode momentarily, and the sequential mode gear selection indicator will come on. When the vehicle goes into the sequential mode by (- paddle shifter and the lower gear is available, the transmission properly selects single or double gear change. Once you start traveling at a constant speed, the sequential mode will automatically switch off, and the sequential mode gear selection indicator will go off.

Hold the (+ paddle shifter for two seconds or push the (D button to return to normal drive.

When the transmission is in (D with Sport+ mode: The vehicle will go into the sequential mode, and the M (sequential mode) indicator and sequential mode gear selection indicator will come on. If the vehicle speed increases and the engine speed reaches near the tachometers red zone, the transmission automatically shifts up to the next gear. You can cancel this mode by pressing Dynamic Mode button to select other than Sport+ mode or push the (D button to return to normal drive Sport+ mode. When the sequential mode is canceled, the sequential mode indicator and sequential mode gear selection indicator will turn off.

Sequential Mode

uuWhen DrivinguShifting D

rivin g

1Sequential Mode Operation

Each paddle shift operation makes a single gear change. To change gears continuously, release the paddle shifter before pulling it again for the next gear.

If the sequential mode gear selection indicator blinks when you try to shift up or down, this means your vehicle speed is not in its allowable gear range. Slightly accelerate to shift up and decelerate to shift down while the indicator is blinking.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 377

Sequential Mode Operation

Downshifting when pulling the paddle shifter. (Changes to a lower gear)

Upshifting when pulling the paddle shifter. (Changes to a higher gear)

Paddle Shifter (Shift down)

Paddle Shifter (Shift up)

377

378

uuWhen DrivinguShifting

D rivin

g

1Shift lever positions

You cannot change the power mode from ON to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK) unless the shift lever is in (P.

The vehicle may move very slightly even in (N while the engine is cold. Depress the brake pedal firmly and, when necessary, apply the parking brake.

When shifting gears in extremely low temperatures (-22F/-30C), there may be a short delay before the shift is indicated in the display. Always confirm you are in the correct gear before driving.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 378

Shifting Change the shift position in accordance with your driving needs.

Shift lever positions

Models with shift lever

Park Used when parking or starting the engine

Reverse Used when reversing

Neutral Transmission is not locked

Drive Used for: Normal driving (gears change between 1st

and 8th automatically) Temporarily driving in the sequential shift

mode Driving in the sequential shift mode (when

driving in Sport+ mode)

Release Button

uuWhen DrivinguShifting D

rivin g

1Shift Lever Operation

NOTICE When you change the shift lever from (D to (R and vice versa, come to a complete stop and keep the brake pedal depressed. Operating the shift lever before the vehicle has come to a complete standstill can damage the transmission.

Use the shift lever position indicator to check the lever position before pulling away.

Whichever position the shift lever is in when driving, a blinking transmission system indicator indicates a transmission problem. Avoid sudden acceleration and have the transmission checked by a dealer as soon as possible.

The fuel supply may be cut off if you drive at engine speeds in or over the tachometers red zone (engine speed limit). If this happens, you may experience a slight jolt.

When the engine speed is increased while the shift lever is in (N, (P or (R, the fuel supply may be cut off even without the engine speed entering the tachometers red zone.

It may not be possible to operate the shift lever if the brake pedal is applied while the shift lever release button is held down. Depress the brake pedal first.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 379

Shift Lever Operation

Shift Lever Position Indicator (transmission system indicator)

Depress the brake pedal and press the shift lever release button to shift.

Shift without pressing the shift lever release button.

Press the shift lever release button and shift.

Tachometers red zone

M (sequential mode) Indicator

Sequential Mode Gear Selection Indicator

Continued 379

380

uuWhen DrivinguShifting

D rivin

g

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 380

Use the paddle shifters to change between 1st and 8th gears without releasing your hands from the steering wheel. The transmission will switch to the sequential shift mode.

When the shift lever is in (D: The vehicle will go into the sequential shift mode momentarily, and the sequential mode gear selection indicator will come on. Once you start traveling at a constant speed, the sequential shift mode will automatically switch off, and the sequential mode gear selection indicator will go off.

Hold the (+ paddle shifter for two seconds to return to normal drive.

When the shift lever is in (D with Sport+ mode: The vehicle goes into sequential shift mode and the M (sequential shift) indicator comes on. At speeds of 2 mph (4 km/h) or less, the vehicle automatically shifts down into 1st gear. If you are in 1st through 6th gears and do not operate the paddle shifters as engine speed increases approaches the tachometer red zone, the transmission automatically shifts up to the next gear. You can cancel Sport+ mode by either: Pressing the Dynamic Mode button. Or holding the (+ paddle shifter for two seconds. When the mode is canceled the sequential mode and sequential mode gear indicators will turn off.

Sequential Shift Mode

uuWhen DrivinguShifting D

rivin g

1Sequential Shift Mode Operation

Each paddle shift operation makes a single gear change. To change gears continuously, release the paddle shifter before pulling it again for the next gear.

If the sequential mode gear selection indicator blinks when you try to shift up or down, this means your vehicle speed is not in its allowable gear range. Slightly accelerate to shift up and decelerate to shift down while the indicator is blinking.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 381

Second gear lock mode If you pull the (+ paddle shifter while stopped or driving at 6 mph (10 km/h) or less, the gear position will be locked in 2nd gear. This makes it easier to pull away on slippery surfaces such as snow covered roads.

To cancel the 2nd gear lock mode, pull the (- paddle shifter.

Sequential Shift Mode Operation

Downshifting when pulling the paddle shifter. (Changes to a lower gear)

Upshifting when pulling the paddle shifter. (Changes to a higher gear)

Paddle Shifter (Shift down)

Paddle Shifter (Shift up)

381

382

uuWhen DrivinguAuto Idle Stop*

D rivin

g

1Auto Idle Stop*

The 12-volt battery installed in this vehicle is specifically designed for a model with Auto Idle Stop. Using a 12-volt battery other than this specified type may shorten the battery life, and prevent Auto Idle Stop from activating. If you need to replace the battery, make sure to select the specified type. Ask a dealer for more details.

The duration of the Auto Idle Stop operation: Increase in the ECON mode, compared to when

the ECON mode is off, with climate control in use.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 382

Auto Idle Stop*

To help maximize fuel economy, the engine automatically stops when the vehicle comes to a stop, depending on environmental and vehicle operating conditions. The indicator (green) comes on.

The engine then restarts once the vehicle is about to move again, or depending on environmental and vehicle conditions, and the indicator (green) goes off.

2 The Engine Automatically Restarts When: P. 386

A message associated with Auto Idle Stop appears on the multi-information display.

2 Indicators P. 89 2 Customized Features P. 124, 301

If the drivers door is opened while the indicator (green) comes on, a buzzer sounds to notify you that the Auto Idle Stop function is in operation.

Auto Idle Stop Indicator (Green)

* Not available on all models

uuWhen DrivinguAuto Idle Stop* D

rivin g

1Auto Idle Stop System ON/OFF

Pressing the Auto Idle Stop OFF button restarts the engine during the Auto Idle Stop activated.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 383

To turn the Auto Idle Stop system off, press this button. The Auto Idle Stop system stops. u Auto Idle Stop system will stop and the

Indicator (amber) will come on.

The Auto Idle Stop system is turned on every time you start the engine, even if you turned it off the last time you drove the vehicle.

Auto Idle Stop System ON/OFF

Auto Idle Stop System Indicator (Amber)

Continued 383

uuWhen DrivinguAuto Idle Stop*

384

D rivin

g

1Auto Idle Stop Activates When:

When ACC with LSF is in operation, the vehicle stops without depressing the brake pedal and Auto Idle Stop may activate.

Do not open the hood while the Auto Idle Stop function is activated. If the hood is opened, the engine will not restart automatically.

In this case, restart the engine with the ENGINE START/STOP button.

2 Starting the Engine P. 362

Pressing the ENGINE START/STOP button changes the power mode to ACCESSORY even while Auto Idle Stop is in operation. Once in ACCESSORY, the engine no longer restarts automatically. Follow the standard procedure to start the engine.

2 Starting the Engine P. 362

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 384

The vehicle stops with the gear position in (D and the brake pedal depressed.

Auto Idle Stop does not activate when: The Auto Idle Stop OFF button is pressed. The drivers seat belt is not fastened. The engine coolant temperature is low or high. The transmission fluid temperature is low or high. The vehicle comes to a stop again before the vehicle speed reaches 3 mph (5

km/h) after the engine starts. Stopped on a steep incline. The transmission is in a position other than (D or Sport+. The engine is started with the hood open. u Turn off the engine. Close the hood before you restart the engine to activate

Auto Idle Stop. The battery charge is low. The internal temperature of the battery is 14F (10C) or less. The climate control system is in use, and the outside temperature is below 4F

(20C) or over 104F (40C). The climate control system is in use, and the temperature is set to Hi or Lo. is ON (indicator on).

Auto Idle Stop Activates When:

uuWhen DrivinguAuto Idle Stop* D

rivin g

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 385

Auto Idle Stop may not activate when: The vehicle is stopped by braking suddenly. The steering wheel is operated. The fan speed is high. Altitude is high. The vehicle is repeatedly accelerated and decelerated at a low speed. The climate control system is in use, and there is a significant difference between

the set temperature and the actual interior temperature. Humidity in the interior is high.

385Continued

uuWhen DrivinguAuto Idle Stop*

386

D rivin

g

1The Engine Automatically Restarts When:

If you are using an electronic device during Auto Idle Stop, the device may temporarily be turned off when the engine restarts.

1The engine restarts even if the brake pedal is depressed*1 when:

*1: With the automatic brake hold system activated, you can release the brake pedal during Auto Idle Stop is in operation. However, if the automatic brake hold system has been turned off, or if there is a problem with the system, the engine will restart automatically when you release the brake pedal.

2 Automatic Brake Hold P. 432

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 386

The brake pedal is released (without the automatic brake hold system activated). The accelerator pedal is depressed (with the automatic brake hold system

activated). 2 Automatic Brake Hold P. 432

The engine restarts even if the brake pedal is depressed*1 when: The Auto Idle Stop OFF button is pressed. A steering wheel is operated. The transmission is in a position other than (D or Sport+. The pressure on the brake pedal is reduced and the vehicle starts moving while

stopped on an incline. The pressure on the brake pedal is repeatedly applied and released slightly during

a stop. The battery charge becomes low. The accelerator pedal is depressed. The drivers seat belt is unlatched. is ON (indicator on). The climate control system is in use, and the difference between the set

temperature and actual interior temperature becomes significant. The climate control system is being used to dehumidify the interior. The vehicle ahead of you starts again when your vehicle stops automatically with

ACC with LSF.

Briefly keeps the brake applied after releasing the brake pedal to restart the engine. This can keep your vehicle from unexpectedly moving while on an incline.

The Engine Automatically Restarts When:

Starting Assist Brake Function

uuWhen Drivingu Integrated Dynamics System

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 387

Integrated Dynamics System Modifies the dynamic character of the vehicle. There are four modes to select from: Econ, Normal, Sport, and Sport+.

D rivin

g

Press the Dynamic Mode button to select a mode. The mode you have selected appears on the multi-information display. You can customize the mode default setting using the multi-information display.

2 Customized Features P. 120, 292

When you restart the engine with Sport+ mode, the mode is changed to Sport automatically.

Dynamic Mode Button

Econ (Econ mode) Maximizes fuel economy.

Normal (Normal mode) Provides the best balance of fuel economy and sportiness for everyday driving.

Sport (Sport mode) Enhances vehicle response and feel with decreased steering assist. Also increases throttle response and SH-AWD* control.

Sport+ (Sport+ mode) Adds to Sport mode to allow for increase performance when using the steering wheel paddle shifters.

387* Not available on all models

388

uuWhen DrivinguFront Sensor Camera

D rivin

g

1Front Sensor Camera

Never apply a film or attach any objects to the windshield, hood, or front grill that could obstruct the cameras field of vision and cause the system to operate abnormally. Scratches, nicks, and other damage to the windshield within the cameras field of vision can cause the system to operate abnormally. If this occurs, we recommend that you replace the windshield with a genuine Acura replacement windshield. Making even minor repairs within the cameras field of vision or installing an aftermarket replacement windshield may also cause the system to operate abnormally. After replacing the windshield, have a dealer recalibrate the camera. Proper calibration of the camera is necessary for the system to operate properly.

Do not place an object on the top of the instrument panel. It may reflect onto the windshield and prevent the system from detecting lane lines properly.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 388

Front Sensor Camera The camera, used in systems such as LKAS, RDM, ACC with LSF, CMBSTM, and auto high-beam, is designed to detect an object that triggers any of the systems to operate its functions.

This camera is located behind the rearview mirror.

To help reduce the likelihood that high interior temperatures will cause the cameras sensing system to shut off, when parking, find a shady area or face the front of the vehicle away from the sun. If you use a reflective sun shade, do not allow it to cover the camera housing. Covering the camera can concentrate heat on it.

Camera Location and Handling Tips

Front Sensor Camera

uuWhen DrivinguFront Sensor Camera D

rivin g

1Front Sensor Camera

If the Some Driver Assist Systems Cannot Operate: Camera Temperature Too High message appears: Use the climate control system to cool down the

interior and, if necessary, also use defroster mode with the airflow directed towards the camera.

Start driving the vehicle to lower the windshield temperature, which cools down the area around the camera.

If the Some Driver Assist Systems Cannot Operate: Clean Front Windshield message appears: Park your vehicle in a safe place, and clean the

windshield. If the message does not disappear after you have cleaned the windshield and driven for a while, have your vehicle checked by a dealer.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 389

389

390

uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)

D rivin

g

1Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)

Important Reminder As with any system, there are limits to ACC with LSF. Use the brake pedal whenever necessary, and always keep a safe interval between your vehicle and other vehicles.

Be careful not to severely impact the radar sensor cover.

3WARNING Improper use of ACC with LSF can lead to a crash.

Use ACC with LSF only when driving on expressways or freeways and in good weather conditions.

3WARNING ACC with LSF has limited braking capability and may not stop your vehicle in time to avoid a collision with a vehicle that quickly stops in front of you.

Always be prepared to apply the brake pedal if the conditions require.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 390

Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) Helps maintain a constant vehicle speed and a set following-interval behind a vehicle detected ahead of yours and, if the detected vehicle comes to a stop, can decelerate and stop your vehicle, without you having to keep your foot on the brake or the accelerator. When ACC with LSF slows your vehicle by applying the brakes, your vehicles brake lights will illuminate.

When to use

Vehicle speed for ACC with LSF: A vehicle is detected ahead within ACC with LSF range ACC with LSF operates at speeds up to 90 mph (145 km/h). No vehicle is detected within ACC with LSF range ACC with LSF operates at the speed of about 25 mph (40 km/h) or above.

Gear position for ACC with LSF: In (D.

The radar sensor is behind the emblem.

The camera is located behind the rearview mirror.

uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) D

rivin g

1Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)

When the MAIN button is pressed, both ACC with LSF and the Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) are either turned on or off.

ACC with LSF may not work properly under certain conditions.

2 ACC with LSF Conditions and Limitations P. 395

When not using ACC with LSF: Turn off adaptive cruise by pressing the MAIN button. This also will turn off the Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS).

Do not use ACC with LSF under the following conditions. On roads with heavy traffic or while driving in

continuous stop and go traffic. On roads with sharp turns. On roads with steep downhill sections, as the set

vehicle speed can be exceeded by coasting. In such cases, ACC with LSF will not apply the brakes to maintain the set speed.

On roads with toll collection facilities or other objects between lanes of traffic, or in parking areas, or facilities with drive through access.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 391

How to activate the system

Press the MAIN button on the steering wheel.

ACC (green) is on in the instrument panel. ACC with LSF is ready to use.

How to use

Continued 391

392

uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)

D rivin

g

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 392

When driving at about 25 mph (40 km/h) or above: Take your foot off the pedal and press down the RES/+/SET/ switch when you reach the desired speed. The moment you release the switch, the set speed is fixed, and ACC with LSF begins. When driving at slower than about 25 mph (40 km/h): If the vehicle is moving and the brake pedal is not depressed, pressing the switch fixes the set speed to about 25 mph (40 km/h) regardless of current vehicle speed. If your vehicle is stationary, you can set the vehicle speed even with the brake pedal depressed.

When ACC with LSF starts operating, the vehicle icon, interval bars and set speed appear on the multi-information display.

To Set the Vehicle Speed

On when ACC with LSF begins Press down and release

RES/+/SET/ Switch

Set Vehicle Speed

Set Vehicle Interval

uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) D

rivin g

1When in Operation

If the vehicle detected ahead of you slows down abruptly, or if another vehicle is detected cutting in front of you, the beeper sounds and a message appears on the multi-information display, and the head-up warning lights come on. Depress the brake pedal, and keep an appropriate interval from the vehicle ahead.

Even if the interval between your vehicle and the vehicle detected ahead is short, ACC with LSF may start accelerating your vehicle under the following circumstances: The vehicle ahead of you is going at almost the

same speed as, or faster than, your vehicle. A vehicle that cuts in front of you is going faster

than your vehicle, gradually increasing the interval between the vehicles.

You can also set the system to beep when a vehicle detected in front of you comes in and goes out of the ACC with LSF detecting range. Change the ACC Forward Vehicle Detect Beep* setting.

2 Customized Features P. 120, 292

Beep Head-up Warning Lights

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 393

There is a vehicle ahead ACC with LSF monitors if a vehicle ahead of you enters the ACC with LSF range. If a vehicle is detected doing so, the ACC with LSF system maintains or decelerates your vehicles set speed in order to keep the vehicles set following-interval from the vehicle ahead.

2 To Set or Change Following-interval P. 398

When a vehicle whose speed is slower than your set speed is detected in front of you, your vehicle starts to slow down.

When in Operation

ACC with LSF Range: 394 ft. (120 m)

A vehicle icon appears on the multi-information display

Continued 393* Not available on all models

uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)

394

D rivin

g

1When in Operation

Limitations You may need to use the brake to maintain a safe interval when using ACC with LSF. Additionally, ACC with LSF may not work properly under certain conditions.

2 ACC with LSF Conditions and Limitations P. 395

1A vehicle detected ahead is within ACC with LSF range and slows to a stop

3WARNING Exiting a vehicle that has been stopped while the ACC with LSF system is operating can result in the vehicle moving without operator control.

A vehicle that moves without operator control can cause a crash, resulting in serious injury or death.

Never exit a vehicle when the vehicle is stopped by ACC with LSF.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 394

There is no vehicle ahead Your vehicle maintains the set speed without having to keep your foot on the brake or accelerator pedal. If there previously was a vehicle detected ahead that kept your vehicle from traveling at the set speed, ACC with LSF accelerates your vehicle to the set speed, and then maintains it.

When you depress the accelerator pedal You can temporarily increase the vehicle speed. In this case, there is no audible or visual alert even if a vehicle is in the ACC with LSF range. ACC with LSF stays on unless you cancel it. Once you release the accelerator pedal, the system resumes the set speed. There are times when the vehicle speed will decrease when the accelerator pedal is lightly applied.

A vehicle detected ahead is within ACC with LSF range and slows to a stop Your vehicle also stops, automatically. The Stopped message appears on the multi- information display. When the vehicle ahead of you starts again, the vehicle icon on the multi-information display blinks. If you press the RES/+/SET/ switch up or down, or depress the accelerator pedal, ACC with LSF operates again within the prior set speed.

A vehicle icon with dotted-line contour appears on the multi- information display

uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) D

rivin g

1ACC with LSF Conditions and Limitations

The radar sensor for ACC with LSF is shared with the Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM).

2 Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) P. 436

You can read about handling information for the camera equipped with this system.

2 Front Sensor Camera P. 388

Always keep the radar sensor cover clean.

Never use chemical solvents or polishing powder for cleaning the sensor cover. Clean it with water or a mild detergent.

Do not put a sticker on the radar sensor cover or replace the radar sensor cover.

If you need the radar sensor to be repaired, or removed, or the radar sensor cover is strongly impacted, turn off the system by pressing the MAIN button and take your vehicle to a dealer.

Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if you find any unusual behavior of the system (e.g., the warning message appears too frequently).

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 395

The system may automatically shut off and the ACC indicator will come on under certain conditions. Some examples of these conditions are listed below. Other conditions may reduce some of the ACC functions.

2 Front Sensor Camera P. 388

Environmental conditions Driving in bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.).

Roadway conditions Driving on a snowy or wet roadway (obscured lane marking, vehicle tracks, reflected lights, road spray, high contrast).

Vehicle conditions The outside of the windshield is blocked by dirt, mud, leaves, wet snow, etc. An abnormal tire or wheel condition (Wrong sized, varied size or construction,

improperly inflated, compact spare tire*, etc.). The camera temperature gets too high. The parking brake is applied. When the front grille is dirty. The vehicle is tilted due to a heavy load or suspension modifications. When tire chains are installed.

ACC with LSF Conditions and Limitations

Continued 395* Not available on all models

uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)

396

D rivin

g

1ACC with LSF Conditions and Limitations

If the front of the vehicle is impacted in any of the following situations, the radar sensor may not work properly. Have your vehicle checked by a dealer: The vehicle mounted onto a bump, curb, chock,

embankment, etc. You drive the vehicle where the water is deep. Your vehicle has a frontal collision.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 396

Detection limitations A vehicle suddenly crosses in front of you. The interval between your vehicle and the vehicle ahead of you is too short. A vehicle cuts in front of you at a slow speed, and it brakes suddenly. When you accelerate rapidly and approach the vehicle ahead of you at high

speed. The vehicle ahead of you is a motorcycle, bicycle, mobility scooter, or other small

vehicle. When there are animals in front of your vehicle. When you drive on a curved or winding or undulating road that makes it difficult

for the sensor to properly detect a vehicle in front of you. The speed difference between your vehicle and a vehicle in front of you is

significantly large. An oncoming vehicle suddenly comes in front of you. Your vehicle abruptly crosses over in front of an oncoming vehicle. When driving through a narrow iron bridge. When the vehicle ahead of you brakes suddenly. When the vehicle ahead of you has a unique shape. When your vehicle or the vehicle ahead of you is driving on one edge of the lane.

uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) D

rivin g

1To Adjust the Vehicle Speed

If a vehicle detected ahead is going at a speed slower than your increased set speed, ACC with LSF may not accelerate your vehicle. This is to maintain the set interval between your vehicle and the vehicle ahead.

You can switch the displayed set speed measurements on the multi-information display between mph and km/h.

2 Customized Features P. 120

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 397

Increase or decrease the vehicle speed using the RES/+/SET/ switch on the steering wheel.

Each time you press the switch up or down, the vehicle speed is increased or decreased by about 1 mph or 1 km/h accordingly.

If you keep the switch pressed up or down, the vehicle speed increases or decreases by about 5 mph or 5 km/h accordingly.

To Adjust the Vehicle Speed

To increase speed

To decrease speed

Continued 397

398

uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)

D rivin

g

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 398

Press the (interval) button to change the ACC with LSF following-interval. Each time you press the button, the following- interval (the interval behind a vehicle detected ahead of you) setting cycles through short, middle, long, and extra long following- intervals.

Determine the most appropriate following- interval setting based on your specific driving conditions. Be sure to adhere to any following-interval requirements set by local regulation.

To Set or Change Following-interval

Interval Button

uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) D

rivin g

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 399

The higher your vehicles following-speed is, the longer the short, middle, long or extra long following-interval becomes. See the following examples for your reference.

When your vehicle stops automatically because a vehicle detected ahead of you has stopped, the interval between the two vehicles will vary based on the ACC with LSF interval setting.

Following-interval When the Set Speed is:

50 mph (80 km/h) 65 mph (104 km/h)

Short 83 feet

25 meters 1.1 sec

100 feet 31 meters

1.1 sec

Middle 110 feet

33 meters 1.5 sec

137 feet 42 meters

1.5 sec

Long 154 feet

47 meters 2.1 sec

200 feet 61 meters

2.1 sec

Extra Long

204 feet 62 meters

2.8 sec

265 feet 81 meters

2.8 sec

399Continued

uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)

400

D rivin

g

1To Cancel

Resuming the prior set speed: After you have canceled ACC with LSF, you can resume the prior set speed while it is still displayed. Press the RES/+/SET/ switch up.

The set speed cannot be set or resumed when ACC with LSF has been turned off using the MAIN button. Press the MAIN button to activate the system, then set the desired speed.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 400

To cancel ACC with LSF, do any of the following: Press the CANCEL button. Press the MAIN button. u ACC with LSF indicator goes off.

Depress the brake pedal. u When the LSF function has stopped the

vehicle, you cannot cancel ACC with LSF by depressing the brake pedal.

To Cancel

CANCEL Button

MAIN Button

uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) D

rivin g

1Automatic cancellation

Even though ACC with LSF has been automatically canceled, you can still resume the prior set speed. Wait until the condition that caused ACC with LSF to cancel improves, then press the RES/+/SET/ switch up.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 401

Automatic cancellation The beeper sounds and a message appears on the multi-information display when ACC with LSF is automatically canceled. Any of these conditions may cause the ACC with LSF to automatically cancel: Bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.) When the radar sensor in the front grille gets dirty. The vehicle ahead of you cannot be detected. An abnormal tire condition is detected, or the tires are skidding. Driving on a mountainous road, or driving off road for extended periods. Abrupt steering wheel movement. When the ABS, VSA or CMBSTM is activated. When the ABS or VSA system indicator comes on. When the vehicle is stopped on a very steep slope. When you manually apply the parking brake. When the detected vehicle within the ACC with LSF range is too close to your

vehicle. When a detected vehicle goes out of the ACC with LSF range while your vehicle

is stationary. The camera behind the rearview mirror, or the area around the camera, including

the windshield, gets dirty.

The ACC with LSF automatic cancellation can be also triggered by the following causes. In these cases, the parking brake will be automatically applied. The drivers seat belt is unfastened when the vehicle is stationary. The vehicle stops for more than 10 minutes. The engine is turned off.

Continued 401

uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)

402

D rivin

g

1To Switch ACC with LSF to Cruise Control

Always be aware which mode you are in. When you are driving in Cruise mode, the system will not assist you to maintain a following-interval from a vehicle ahead of you.

You can switch the displayed set speed measurements on the multi-information display between mph and km/h.

2 Customized Features P. 120

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 402

Press and hold the (interval) button for one second. Cruise Mode Selected appears on the multi-information display for two seconds, and then the mode switches to Cruise. To switch back to ACC with LSF, press and hold the button again for one second. ACC Mode Selected appears on the multi- information display for two seconds.

When to use Desired speed in a range above roughly 25 mph (40 km/h) ~.

Take your foot off the pedal and press the RES/+/SET/ switch down when you reach the desired speed. The moment you release the RES/+/SET/ switch, the set speed is fixed, and cruise control begins. The CRUISE CONTROL indicator comes on.

Each time you press the RES/+/SET/ switch up or down, the vehicle speed is increased or decreased by about 1 mph (1.6 km/h). If you keep the RES/+/SET/ switch pressed up or down, the vehicle speed increases or decreases until you release it. This speed is then set.

To Switch ACC with LSF to Cruise Control

ACC with LSF ON

Cruise Control ON

To Set the Vehicle Speed

To Adjust the Vehicle Speed

uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) D

rivin g

1To Cancel

Resuming the prior set speed: After cruise control has been canceled, you can still resume the prior set speed by pressing the RES/+/ SET/ switch up while driving at a speed of at least 25 mph (40 km/h) or more.

You cannot set or resume in the following situations: When vehicle speed is less than 25 mph (40 km/h). When the MAIN button is turned off.

At vehicle speeds of 22 mph (35 km/h) or less, cruise control canceled automatically.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 403

To cancel cruise control, do any of the following: Press the CANCEL button. Press the MAIN button. Depress the brake pedal. The CRUISE CONTROL indicator goes off.

To Cancel

403

404

uuWhen DrivinguRoad Departure Mitigation (RDM) System

D rivin

g

1Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) System

Important Safety Reminder Like all assistance systems, the RDM system has limitations. Over-reliance on the RDM system may result in a collision. It is always your responsibility to keep the vehicle within your driving lane.

The RDM system only alerts you when lane drift is detected without a turn signal in use. The RDM system may not detect all lane markings or lane or roadway departures; accuracy will vary based on weather, speed and lane marker condition. It is always your responsibility to safely operate the vehicle and avoid collisions.

You can read about handling information for the camera equipped with this system.

2 Front Sensor Camera P. 388

The RDM system may not work properly or may work improperly under the certain conditions:

2 RDM Conditions and Limitations P. 407

There are times when you may not notice RDM functions due to your operation of the vehicle, or road surface conditions.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 404

Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) System Alerts and helps to assist you when the system detects a possibility of your vehicle unintentionally crossing over detected lane markings and/or leaving the roadway altogether.

The front camera behind the rearview mirror monitors left and right lane markings (in white or yellow). If your vehicle is getting too close to detected lane markings without a turn signal activated, the system, in addition to a visual alert, applies steering torque and alerts you with rapid vibrations on the steering wheel, to help you remain within the detected lane.

2 Customized Features P. 120, 292

As a visual alert, the Lane Departure message appears on the multi-information display.

If the system determines that its steering input is insufficient to keep your vehicle on the roadway, it may apply braking. u Braking is applied only when the lane

markings are solid continuous lines. The system cancels assisting operations when you turn the steering wheel to avoid crossing over detected lane markings.

If the system operates several times without detecting driver response, the system beeps to alert you.

How the System Works

uuWhen DrivinguRoad Departure Mitigation (RDM) System D

rivin g

1How the System Activates

The RDM system may automatically shut off and the indicator comes and stays on. 2 Indicators P. 84

RDM system function can be impacted when the vehicle is: Not driven within a traffic lane. Driven on the inside edge of a curve, or outside of

a lane. Driven in a narrow lane.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 405

The system becomes ready to start searching for lane markings when all the following conditions are met: The vehicle is traveling between about 45 and 90 mph (72 and 145 km/h). The vehicle is on a straight or slightly curved road. The turn signals are off. The brake pedal is not depressed. The wipers are not in continuous operation. The vehicle is not accelerating or braking, and the steering wheel is not being

turned. The system makes a determination that the driver is not actively accelerating,

braking or steering.

How the System Activates

Continued 405

uuWhen DrivinguRoad Departure Mitigation (RDM) System

406

D rivin

g

1RDM On and Off

When you have selected Warning Only from the customized options using the multi-information display, the system does not operate the steering wheel and braking.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 406

Press the RDM button to turn the system on and off. u The indicator in the button comes on and

the message appears on the multi- information display when the system is on.

RDM On and Off

RDM Button

Indicator

uuWhen DrivinguRoad Departure Mitigation (RDM) System D

rivin g

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 407

The system may not properly detect lane markings and the position of your vehicle under certain conditions. Some examples of these conditions are listed below.

Environmental conditions Driving in bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.). Sudden changes between light and dark, such as an entrance or exit of a tunnel. There is little contrast between lane lines and the roadway surface. Driving into low sunlight (e.g., at dawn or dusk). Strong light is reflected onto the roadway. Driving in the shadows of trees, buildings, etc. Shadows of adjacent objects are parallel to lane markings. Roadway objects or structures are misinterpreted as lane markers. Reflections on the interior of the windshield. Driving at night or in a dark condition such as a tunnel.

RDM Conditions and Limitations

407Continued

408

uuWhen DrivinguRoad Departure Mitigation (RDM) System

D rivin

g

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 408

Roadway conditions Driving on a snowy or wet roadway (obscured lane marking, vehicle tracks,

reflected lights, road spray, high contrast). Driving on a road with temporary lane markings. Faint, multiple, or varied lane markings are visible on the roadway due to road

repairs or old lane markings. The roadway has merging, split, or crossing lines (e.g., such as at an intersection

or crosswalk). The lane markings are extremely narrow, wide, or changing. The vehicle in front of you is driving near the lane lines. The road is hilly or the vehicle is approaching the crest of a hill. Driving on rough or unpaved roads, or over bumpy surfaces. When objects on the road (curb, guard rail, pylons, etc.) are recognized as white

lines (or yellow lines). Driving on roads with double lines.

Vehicle conditions Headlight lenses are dirty or the headlights are not properly adjusted. The outside of the windshield is streaked or blocked by dirt, mud, leaves, wet

snow, etc. The inside of the windshield is fogged. The camera temperature gets too high. An abnormal tire or wheel condition (wrong sized, varied size or construction,

improperly inflated, compact spare tire*, etc.). The vehicle is tilted due to a heavy load or suspension modifications. When tire chains are installed.

* Not available on all models

uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) D

rivin g

1Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)

Important Safety Reminders The LKAS is for your convenience only. It is not a substitute for your vehicle control. The system does not work if you take your hands off the steering wheel or fail to steer the vehicle.

2 Multi-Information Display Warning and Information Messages P. 105

Do not place objects on the instrument panel. Objects may reflect on the windshield and prevent correct detection of the traffic lanes.

The LKAS only alerts you when lane drift is detected without a turn signal in use. The LKAS may not detect all lane markings or lane departures; accuracy will vary based on weather, speed, and lane marker condition. It is always your responsibility to safely operate the vehicle and avoid collisions.

The LKAS is convenient when it is used on freeways.

The LKAS may not work properly or may work improperly under the certain conditions:

2 LKAS Conditions and Limitations P. 415

You can read about handling information for the camera equipped with this system.

2 Front Sensor Camera P. 388

The LKAS may not function as designed while driving in frequent stop and go traffic, or on roads with sharp curves.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 409

Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) Provides steering input to help keep the vehicle in the middle of a detected lane and provides tactile and visual alerts if the vehicle is detected drifting out of its lane.

Steering input assist

When you operate the turn signals to change lanes, the system is suspended, and resumes after the signals are off. If you make a lane change without operating the turn signals, the LKAS alerts activate, and torque is applied to the steering.

Front Sensor Camera

Monitors the lane lines

The system applies torque to the steering to keep the vehicle between the left and right lane lines. The applied torque becomes stronger as the vehicle gets closer to either of the lane lines.

Tactile and visual alerts Rapid vibrations on the steering wheel and a warning display alert you that the vehicle is drifting out of a detected lane.

409Continued

uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)

410

D rivin

g

1Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)

When it fails to detect lanes, the system will temporarily be canceled. When a lane is detected, the system will recover automatically.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 410

Provides assistance to keep the vehicle in the center of the lane. When the vehicle nears a white or yellow line, steering force of the electric power steering will become stronger.

When the vehicle enters the warning area, the LKAS alerts you with slight steering wheel vibration as well as a warning display.

Lane Keep Support Function

Lane Departure Warning Function

Warning Area

Warning Area

uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) D

rivin g

1When the System can be Used

If the vehicle drifts toward either left or right lane line due to the system applying torque, turn off the LKAS and have your vehicle checked by a dealer.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 411

The system can be used when the following conditions are met. The lane in which you are driving has detectable lane markers on both sides, and

your vehicle is in the center of the lane. The vehicle speed is between 45 and 90 mph (72 and 145 km/h). You are driving on a straight or slightly curved road. The turn signals are off. The brake pedal is not depressed. The wipers are not in continuous operation.

How to activate the system 1. Press the MAIN button. u The LKAS is on in the multi-information

display. The system is ready to use.

2. Press the LKAS button. u Lane outlines appear on the multi-

information display. The system is activated.

When the System can be Used

MAIN Button

LKAS Button

Continued 411

uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)

412

D rivin

g

1To Cancel

Pressing the MAIN button also turns ACC with LSF on and off.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 412

3. Keep your vehicle near the center of the lane while driving. u The dotted outer lines change to solid

ones once the system starts operating after detecting the left and right lane markings.

To cancel the LKAS: Press the MAIN or LKAS button.

The LKAS is turned off every time you stop the engine, even if you turned it on the last time you drove the vehicle.

To Cancel

MAIN Button

LKAS Button

uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) D

rivin g

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 413

The system operation is suspended if you:

Set the wipers to continuous operation. u Turning the wipers off resumes the

LKAS.

Set the wiper switch to AUTO and the wipers operate continuously. u The LKAS resumes when the wipers stop

or operate intermittently.

Decrease the vehicle speed to about 40 mph (64 km/h) or less. u Increasing the vehicle speed to about 45

mph (72 km/h) or more resumes the LKAS.

Depress the brake pedal. u The LKAS resumes and starts detecting

the lane lines again once you release the brake pedal.

When the LKAS is suspended, the lane lines on the multi- information display change to contour lines, and the beeper sounds (if activated).

Models with automatic intermittent wipers

All models

413Continued

414

uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)

D rivin

g

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 414

The LKAS may automatically be suspended when: The system fails to detect lane lines. The steering wheel is quickly turned. You fail to steer the vehicle. Driving through a sharp curve. Driving at a speed in excess of approximately 90 mph (145 km/h).

Once these conditions no longer exist, the LKAS automatically resumes.

The LKAS may automatically be canceled when: The camera temperature gets extremely high or low. The camera behind the rearview mirror, or the area around the camera, including

the windshield, gets dirty. The ABS or VSA system engages.

The beeper sounds if the LKAS is automatically canceled.

uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) D

rivin g

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 415

The system may not detect lane markings and therefore may not keep the vehicle in the middle of a lane under certain conditions, including the following:

Environmental conditions Driving in bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.). Sudden changes between light and dark, such as an entrance or exit of a tunnel. There is little contrast between lane lines and the roadway surface. Driving into low sunlight (e.g., at dawn or dusk). Strong light is reflected onto the roadway. Driving in the shadows of trees, buildings, etc. Shadows of adjacent objects are parallel to lane markings. Roadway objects or structures are misinterpreted as lane markers. Reflections on the interior of the windshield. Driving at night or in a dark condition such as a tunnel.

LKAS Conditions and Limitations

415Continued

416

uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)

D rivin

g

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 416

Roadway conditions Driving on a snowy or wet roadway (obscured lane marking, vehicle tracks,

reflected lights, road spray, high contrast). Driving on a road with temporary lane markings. Faint, multiple, or varied lane markings are visible on the roadway due to road

repairs or old lane markings. The roadway has merging, split, or crossing lines (e.g., such as at an intersection

or crosswalk). The lane markings are extremely narrow, wide, or changing. The vehicle in front of you is driving near the lane lines. The road is hilly or the vehicle is approaching the crest of a hill. Driving on rough or unpaved roads, or over bumpy surfaces. When objects on the road (curb, guard rail, pylons, etc.) are recognized as white

lines (or yellow lines). Driving on roads with double lines.

Vehicle conditions Headlight lenses are dirty or the headlights are not properly adjusted. The outside of the windshield is streaked or blocked by dirt, mud, leaves, wet

snow, etc. The inside of the windshield is fogged. The camera temperature gets too high. An abnormal tire or wheel condition (wrong sized, varied size or construction,

improperly inflated, compact spare tire*, etc.). The vehicle is tilted due to a heavy load or suspension modifications.

* Not available on all models

uuWhen DrivinguVehicle Stability Assist (VSA), aka Electronic Stability Control (ESC), System D

rivin g

1Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA), aka Electronic Stability Control (ESC), System

The VSA may not function properly if tire type and size are mixed. Make sure to use the same size and type of tire, and the air pressures as specified.

When the VSA system indicator comes on and stays on while driving, there may be a problem with the system. While this may not interfere with normal driving, have your vehicle checked by a dealer immediately.

VSA cannot enhance stability in all driving situations and does not control the entire braking system. You still need to drive and corner at speeds appropriate for the conditions and always leave a sufficient margin of safety.

The main function of the VSA system is generally known as Electronic Stability Control (ESC). The system also includes a traction control function.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 417

Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA), aka Electronic Stability Control (ESC), System VSA helps to stabilize the vehicle during cornering if the vehicle turns more or less than what was intended. It also assists in maintaining traction on slippery surfaces. It does so by regulating engine output and selectively applying the brakes.

When VSA activates, you may notice that the engine does not respond to the accelerator. You may also notice some noise from the hydraulic system. You will also see the indicator blink.

VSA Operation

VSA System Indicator

417Continued

uuWhen DrivinguVehicle Stability Assist (VSA), aka Electronic Stability Control (ESC), System

418

D rivin

g

1Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA), aka Electronic Stability Control (ESC), System

In certain unusual conditions when your vehicle gets stuck in shallow mud or fresh snow, it may be easier to free it with the VSA temporarily switched off.

When the button is pressed, the traction control function becomes less effective. This allows for the wheels to spin more freely at low speed. You should only attempt to free your vehicle with the VSA off if you are not able to free it when the VSA is on.

Immediately after freeing your vehicle, be sure to switch VSA on again. We do not recommend driving your vehicle with the VSA system switched off.

You may hear a motor sound coming from the engine compartment while system checks are being performed immediately after starting the engine or while driving. This is normal.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 418

This button is on the driver side control panel. To partially disable VSA functionality/ features, press and hold it until you hear a beep.

Your vehicle will have normal braking and cornering ability, but traction control function will be less effective.

To restore VSA functionality/features, press

the (VSA OFF) button until you hear a beep.

VSA is turned on every time you start the engine, even if you turned it off the last time you drove the vehicle.

VSA On and Off

VSA OFF Indicator

uuWhen DrivinguAgile Handling Assist D

rivin g

1Agile Handling Assist

The agile handling assist cannot enhance stability in all driving situations. You still need to drive and corner at speeds appropriate for the conditions and always leave a sufficient margin of safety.

When the VSA system indicator comes on and stays on while driving, the agile handling assist does not activate.

You may hear a sound coming from the engine compartment while the agile handling assist is activated. This is normal.

1Precision All-Wheel SteerTM (P-AWS) System*

The Precision All-Wheel SteerTM (P-AWS) system cannot enhance vehicle control and stability in all driving situations. You still need to drive and corner at speeds appropriate for the conditions and always leave a sufficient margin of safety.

The toe setting of the rear wheels may get stuck in a non-centered setting if the system malfunctions while driving. This can cause the vehicle to pull to a side even as you keep the steering wheel in the center position. If this occurs, the system automatically limits the vehicle speed to a maximum of 50 mph (80 km/h). Reduce your speed and be extra cautious, as handling may be difficult. Go to a dealer immediately.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 419

Agile Handling Assist Lightly brakes each of the front and rear wheels, as needed, when you turn the steering wheel, and helps support the vehicles stability and performance during cornering.

Precision All-Wheel SteerTM (P-AWS) System*

Monitors road conditions while you are driving. In response to current driving conditions, the system automatically makes slight adjustment to the relative rear wheel toe settings to help enhance vehicle control and stability.

419* Not available on all models

420

uuWhen DrivinguBlind spot information (BSI) System*

D rivin

g

1Blind spot information (BSI) System*

Important Safety Reminder Like all assistance systems, BSI has limitations. Over reliance on BSI may result in a collision.

The BSI alert indicator may not come on under the following conditions: A vehicle does not stay in the alert zone for more

than two seconds. A vehicle is parked in a side lane. The speed difference between your vehicle and the

vehicle you are passing is greater than 6 mph (10 km/h).

An object not detected by the radar sensors approaches or passes your vehicle.

A vehicle running in the adjacent lane is a motorcycle or other small vehicle.

3WARNING Failure to visually confirm that it is safe to change lanes before doing so may result in a crash and serious injury or death. Do not rely only on the blind spot information system when changing lanes.

Always look in your mirrors, to either side of your vehicle, and behind you for other vehicles before changing lanes.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 420

Blind spot information (BSI) System*

Is designed to detect vehicles in specified alert zones adjacent to your vehicle, particularly in harder to see areas commonly known as blind spots.

When the system detects vehicles approaching from behind in adjacent lanes, the appropriate indicator comes on for a few seconds, providing assistance when you change lanes.

How the system works

The transmission is in (D or (S.

Your vehicle speed is between 20 mph (32 km/h) and 100 mph (160 km/h)

Alert zone range A: Approx. 1.6 ft. (0.5 m) B: Approx. 10 ft. (3 m) C: Approx. 10 ft. (3 m)

Radar Sensors: underneath the rear bumper corners

Alert Zone A

B

C

* Not available on all models

uuWhen DrivinguBlind spot information (BSI) System* D

rivin g

1Blind spot information (BSI) System*

The system is for your convenience only. Even if an object is within the alert zone, the following situations may occur. The BSI alert indicator may not come on due to

obstruction (splashes, etc.) even without the Blind Spot Info Not Available multi-information display appearing.

The BSI alert indicator may come on even with the message appearing.

You can turn off the audible alert, or all the BSI alert using the information screen or multi-information display.

2 Customized Features P. 120, 292

BSI may be adversely affected when: Objects (guard rails, poles, trees, etc,.) are

detected. An object that does not reflect radio waves well,

such as a motorcycle, is in the alert zone. Driving on a curved road. A vehicle is moving from a far lane to the adjacent

lane. The system picks up external electrical interference. The rear bumper or the sensors have been

improperly repaired or the rear bumper has been deformed.

The orientation of the sensors has been changed. In bad weather (Heavy rain, snow, and fog).

The system does not operate when in (R.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 421

When the system detects a vehicle BSI Alert Indicator: Located near the pillar on both sides.

Comes on when: A vehicle enters the alert zone from behind

to overtake you with a speed difference of no more than 31 mph (50 km/h) from your vehicle.

You pass a vehicle with a speed difference of no more than 12 mph (20 km/h).

Blinks and a beeper sounds when: You move the turn signal lever in the direction of the detected vehicle. The beeper sounds three times.

Comes On

Blinks

Continued 421* Not available on all models

uuWhen DrivinguBlind spot information (BSI) System*

422

D rivin

g

1Blind spot information (BSI) System*

For a proper BSI operation: Always keep the rear bumper corner area clean. Do not cover the rear bumper corner area with

labels or stickers of any kind. Take your vehicle to a dealer if you need the rear

bumper corner area or the radar sensors to be repaired, or the rear bumper corner area is strongly impacted.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 422

* Not available on all models

uuWhen DrivinguSuper Handling-All Wheel DriveTM (SH-AWD)* D

rivin g

1Super Handling-All Wheel DriveTM (SH-AWD)*

The SH-AWD system may not function properly if tire type and size are mixed. Make sure to use the same size and type of tire, and the air pressures as specified.

2 Tire and Wheel Replacement P. 499

Do not continuously spin the front tires of your vehicle. Continuously spinning the front tires can cause damage to the transmission and SH-AWD unit.

If the SH-AWD indicator blinks while driving, it indicates the differential temperature is too high. If this happens, pull to the side of the road when it is safe, change the gear position to (P, and idle the engine until the indicator goes out.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 423

Super Handling-All Wheel DriveTM (SH-AWD)*

The system controls and transfers varying amounts of engine torque to each wheel in accordance with the driving conditions.

SH-AWD helps to enhance driving stability, and lets you handle situations like slippery surfaces, such as on wet, icy, or snowy roads, better than when driving with two wheel drive. However, the system does not help to enhance braking. Be precautious about the following: It is still your responsibility to drive safely when you steer, accelerate, and apply

brakes. Leave a sufficient margin when braking on slippery surfaces.

423* Not available on all models

424

uuWhen DrivinguTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) with Tire Fill Assist

D rivin

g

1Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) with Tire Fill Assist

Conditions such as low ambient temperature and altitude change directly affect tire pressure and can trigger the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator to come on.

2 If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator Comes On or Blinks P. 551

Tire pressure checked and inflated in: Warm weather can become under-inflated in

colder weather. Cold weather can become over-inflated in warmer

weather. The low tire pressure/TPMS indicator will not come on as a result of over inflation.

The TPMS audibly and visually informs you of changes in tire pressure of the individual tire that you are adjusting using audible and visual indications.

If a change in tire pressure has been significant, the system beeps and the hazard lights flash continuously for five seconds when the specified tire pressure is reached. Stop filling the tire.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 424

Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) with Tire Fill Assist

Monitors the tire pressure while you are driving. If your vehicles tire pressure becomes significantly low, the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator comes on and a message appears on the multi-information display.

Low Tire Pressure/ TPMS Indicator

uuWhen DrivinguTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) with Tire Fill Assist D

rivin g

1Tire Pressure Monitor

The pressure displayed on the multi-information display can be slightly different from the actual pressure as measured by a gauge. If there is a significant difference between the two values, or if the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator and the message on the multi-information display do not go off after you have inflated the tire to the specified pressure, have the system checked by a dealer.

Tire Pressure Monitor Problem may appear if you drive with the compact spare tire*, or there is a problem with the TPMS.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 425

To select the tire pressure monitor, set the power mode to ON, and roll the right selector wheel until you see the tire pressure screen.

The pressure for each tire is displayed in PSI (U.S.) or kPa (Canada).

Tire Pressures Low is displayed when a tire has significantly low pressure. The specific tire is displayed on the screen.

Tire Pressure Monitor

425* Not available on all models

426

uuWhen DrivinguTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) - Required Federal Explanation

D rivin

g

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 426

Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) - Required Federal Explanation Each tire, including the spare (if provided), should be checked monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label.

(If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label, you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires.)

As an added safety feature, your vehicle has been equipped with a tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS) that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale

when one or more of your tires is significantly under-inflated.

Accordingly, when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates, you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible, and inflate them to the proper pressure.

Driving on a significantly under-inflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure. Under-inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life, and may affect the vehicles handling and stopping ability.

uuWhen DrivinguTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) - Required Federal Explanation D

rivin g

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 427

Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance, and it is the drivers responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure, even if under-inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale.

Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly. The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale. When the system detects a malfunction, the telltale will flash for approximately one minute and then remain continuously illuminated. This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start-ups as long as the malfunction exists.

When the malfunction indicator is illuminated, the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended.

TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons, including the installation of replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly.

Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly.

427

428

D rivin

g

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 428

Braking

1Parking Brake

You may hear the electric parking brake system motor operating from the rear wheel area when you apply or release the parking brake, or set the power mode to OFF. This is normal.

The brake pedal may slightly move due to the electric parking brake system operation when you apply or release the parking brake. This is normal.

You cannot apply or release the parking brake if the battery goes dead.

2 Jump Starting P. 540

If you pull up and hold the electric parking brake switch while driving, the brakes on all four wheels are applied by the VSA system until the vehicle comes to a stop. The electric parking brake then applies, and the switch should be released.

Brake System

Use the parking brake to keep the vehicle stationary when parked. When the parking brake is applied, you can manually or automatically release it.

To apply The electric parking brake can be applied any time the vehicle has battery, no matter which position the power mode is in.

Pull the electric parking brake switch up gently and securely. u The electric parking brake indicator (red)

comes on.

Parking Brake

Electric Parking Brake Switch

Models with electronic gear selector

Electric Parking Brake Switch

Models with shift lever

uuBrakinguBrake System D

rivin g

1Parking Brake

In the following situations, the parking brake automatically operates. When the vehicle stops more than 10 minutes

while ACC with LSF is activated. When the drivers seat belt is unfastened while your

vehicle is stopped automatically by ACC with LSF. When the engine is turned off, except by Auto Idle

Stop system, while ACC with LSF is activated. When the vehicle stops with the automatic brake

hold system activated for more than 10 minutes. When the drivers seat belt is unfastened while

your vehicle is stopped and automatic brake hold is applied.

When the engine is turned off, except by Auto Idle Stop system, while automatic brake hold is applied.

When there is a problem with the Automatic Brake Hold System while automatic brake hold is applied.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 429

To release The power mode must be in ON in order to release the electric parking brake. 1. Depress the brake pedal. 2. Press the electric parking brake switch. u The electric parking brake indicator (red)

goes off.

Manually releasing the parking brake using the switch helps your vehicle start slowly and smoothly when facing down hill on steep hills.

Electric Parking Brake Switch

Models with electronic gear selector

Models with shift lever

Electric Parking Brake Switch

Continued 429

uuBrakinguBrake System

430

D rivin

g

1Parking Brake

If the parking brake cannot be released automatically, release it manually.

When the vehicle is traveling uphill, the accelerator pedal may need to be pressed farther to automatically release the electric parking brake.

The parking brake cannot be released automatically while the following indicators are on: Malfunction indicator lamp Transmission system indicator

The parking brake may not be released automatically while the following indicators are on: Electric parking brake system indicator VSA system indicator ABS indicator Supplemental restraint system indicator

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 430

To release automatically Depressing the accelerator pedal releases the parking brake. Use the accelerator pedal to release the brake when you are starting the vehicle facing uphill, or in a traffic jam.

Gently depress the accelerator pedal. When on a hill, it may require more accelerator input to release. u The electric parking brake indicator (red)

goes off.

You can release the parking brake automatically when: You are wearing the drivers seat belt. The engine is running. The transmission is not in (P or (N .

Accelerator Pedal

uuBrakinguBrake System D

rivin g

1Foot Brake

Check the brakes after driving through deep water, or if there is a buildup of road surface water. If necessary, dry the brakes by lightly depressing the pedal several times.

If you hear a continuous metallic friction sound when applying the brakes, this is caused by the brake wear indicator rubbing on the brake rotor and indicates that the brake pads need to be replaced. Have the vehicle checked by a dealer. If you hear only an occasional squeak or squeal when you initially apply the brake pedal, this may be normal and caused by high frequency vibration of the brake pads against the rotating brake disc.

Constantly using the brake pedal while going down a long hill builds up heat, which reduces the brake effectiveness. Apply engine braking by taking your foot off the accelerator pedal and downshifting to a lower gear.

Do not rest your foot on the brake pedal while driving, as it will lightly apply the brakes and cause them to lose effectiveness over time and reduce pad life. It will also confuse drivers behind you.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 431

Your vehicle is equipped with disc brakes at all four wheels. A vacuum power assist helps to reduce the effort needed on the brake pedal. The brake assist system increases the stopping force when you depress the brake pedal hard in an emergency situation. The anti-lock brake system (ABS) helps you retain steering control when braking very hard.

2 Brake Assist System P. 435 2 Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) P. 434

Foot Brake

Continued 431

uuBrakinguBrake System

432

D rivin

g

1Automatic Brake Hold

3WARNING Activating the automatic brake hold system on steep hills or slippery roads may still allow the vehicle to move if you remove your foot from the brake pedal.

If a vehicle unexpectedly moves, it may cause a crash resulting in serious injury or death.

Never activate the automatic brake hold system or rely on it to keep a vehicle from moving when stopped on a steep hill or slippery roads.

3WARNING Using the automatic brake hold system to park the vehicle may result in the vehicle unexpectedly moving.

If a vehicle moves unexpectedly, it may cause a crash, resulting in serious injury or death.

Never leave the vehicle when braking is temporarily kept by automatic brake hold and always park the vehicle by putting the transmission in (P and applying the parking brake.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 432

Keeps the brake applied after releasing the brake pedal until the accelerator pedal is pressed. You can use this system while the vehicle is temporarily stopped, like at traffic lights and in heavy traffic.

Automatic Brake Hold

Turning on the system

Fasten your seat belt properly, then start the engine. Press the automatic brake hold button. The automatic brake

hold system indicator comes on. The system is turned on.

Activating the system

Depress the brake pedal to come to a complete stop. The transmission must be in (D or (N. The automatic brake

hold indicator comes on. Braking is kept for up to 10 minutes.

Release the brake pedal after the automatic brake hold indicator comes on.

Canceling the system

Depress the accelerator pedal while the transmission is in (D. The system is canceled and the vehicle starts to move. The automatic brake

hold indicator goes off. The system continues to be on.

Accelerator PedalBrake PedalAutomatic Brake Hold Button

Goes Off

Comes On On On

U.S.

Canada

Comes On

Comes On

uuBrakinguBrake System D

rivin g

1Automatic Brake Hold

While the system is activated, you can turn off the engine or park the vehicle through the same procedure as you normally do.

2 When Stopped P. 445

Whether the system is on, or the system is activated, the automatic brake hold turns off once the engine is off.

1Turning off the automatic brake hold system

Make sure to turn off the automatic brake hold system before using an automated car wash.

You may hear an operating noise if the vehicle moves while the automatic brake hold system is in operation.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 433

The system automatically cancels when: You depress the brake pedal and change to (P or (R . You engage the parking brake.

The system automatically cancels and the parking brake is applied when: Braking is kept for more than 10 minutes. The drivers seat belt is unfastened. The engine is turned off. Brake Hold System Problem appears on the multi-information display.

Turning off the automatic brake hold system While the system is on, press the automatic brake hold button again. u The automatic brake hold system

indicator goes off.

If you want to turn off automatic brake hold while the system is in operation, press the automatic brake hold button with the brake pedal depressed.

Automatic Brake Hold Button

Goes Off

433

434

uuBrakinguAnti-lock Brake System (ABS)

D rivin

g

1Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)

NOTICE The ABS may not function correctly if you use a tire of the wrong size or type.

If the ABS indicator comes on while driving, there may be a problem with the system. While normal braking will not be affected, there is a possibility that the ABS will not be operating. Have your vehicle checked by a dealer immediately.

The ABS is not designed for the purpose of reducing the time or distance it takes for a vehicle to stop: It is designed to limit brake lockup which can lead to skidding and loss of steering control.

In the following cases, your vehicle may need more distance to stop than a vehicle without the ABS: You are driving on rough or uneven road surfaces,

such as gravel or snow. The tires are equipped with tire chains.

The following may be observed with the ABS system: Motor sounds coming from the engine

compartment when the brakes are applied, or when system checks are being performed after the engine has been started and while the vehicle accelerates.

Brake pedal and/or the vehicle body vibration when ABS activates.

These vibrations and sounds are normal to ABS systems and are no cause for concern.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 434

Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)

Helps prevent the wheels from locking up, and helps you retain steering control by pumping the brakes rapidly, much faster than you.

The electronic brake distribution (EBD) system, which is part of the ABS, also balances the front-to-rear braking distribution according to vehicle loading.

You should never pump the brake pedal. Let the ABS work for you by always keeping firm, steady pressure on the brake pedal. This is sometimes referred to as stomp and steer.

ABS operation The brake pedal may pulsate slightly when the ABS is working. Keep holding the pedal firmly down. On dry pavement, you will need to press on the brake pedal very hard before the ABS activates. However, you may feel the ABS activate immediately if you are trying to stop on snow or ice.

ABS may activate when you depress the brake pedal when driving on: Wet or snow covered roads. Roads paved with stone. Roads with uneven surfaces, such as potholes, cracks, manholes, etc.

When the vehicle speed goes under 6 mph (10 km/h), the ABS stops.

ABS

uuBrakinguBrake Assist System D

rivin g

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 435

Brake Assist System Designed to assist the driver by generating greater braking force when you depress the brake pedal hard during emergency braking.

Brake assist system operation Press the brake pedal firmly for more powerful braking.

When brake assist operates, the pedal may wiggle slightly and an operating noise may be heard. This is normal. Keep holding the brake pedal firmly down.

435

436

uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM)

D rivin

g

1Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM)

Important Safety Reminder The CMBSTM is designed to reduce the severity of an unavoidable collision. It does not prevent a collision nor stop the vehicle automatically. It is still your responsibility to operate the brake pedal and steering wheel appropriately according to the driving conditions.

The CMBSTM may not activate or may not detect a vehicle in front of your vehicle under certain conditions:

2 CMBSTM Conditions and Limitations P. 440

You can read about handling information for the camera equipped with this system.

2 Front Sensor Camera P. 388

Be careful not to severely impact the radar sensor cover.

1How the system works

Rapid vibrations on the steering wheel alert you when your vehicle speed is between 19 and 62 mph (30 and 100 km/h) with an oncoming vehicle detected in front of you.

When the CMBSTM activates, it may automatically apply the brake. It will be canceled when your vehicle stops or a potential collision is not determined.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 436

Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) Can assist you when there is a possibility of your vehicle colliding with a vehicle or a pedestrian detected in front of yours. The CMBSTM is designed to alert you when a potential collision is determined, as well as to reduce your vehicle speed to help minimize collision severity when a collision is deemed unavoidable.

How the system works

The system starts monitoring the roadway ahead when your vehicle speed is about 3 mph (5 km/h) and there is a vehicle in front of you.

The radar sensor is behind the emblem.

The camera is located behind the rearview mirror.

When to use

The CMBSTM activates when: The speed difference between your vehicle and a vehicle or pedestrian detected

in front of you becomes about 3 mph (5 km/h) and over with a chance of a collision.

Your vehicle speed is about 62 mph (100 km/h) or less and there is a chance of a collision with an oncoming detected vehicle or a pedestrian in front of you.

uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) D

rivin g

1When the system activates

The camera in the CMBSTM is also designed to detect pedestrians. However, this pedestrian detection feature may not activate or may not detect a pedestrian in front of your vehicle under certain conditions. Refer to the ones indicating the pedestrian detection limitations from the list.

2 CMBSTM Conditions and Limitations P. 440

The head-up warning uses a lens located at the front end of the dashboard. Do not cover the lens or spill any liquid on it.

Lens

1Vibration alert on the steering wheel

Vibration alert function is disabled when the electric power steering (EPS) system indicator comes on.

2 Electric Power Steering (EPS) System Indicator P. 79

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 437

When the system activates

At systems earliest collision alert stage, you can change the distance (Long/ Normal/Short) between vehicles at which alerts will come on through multi- information display setting options.

2 List of customizable options P. 123, 300

Vibration alert on the steering wheel When a potential collision to an oncoming detected vehicle is determined, the system alerts you with rapid vibration on the steering wheel, in addition to visual and audible alerts. u Take appropriate action to prevent a collision (apply the brakes, operate the

steering wheel, etc.).

The system provides visual, audible and tactile alerts of a possible collision, and stops if the collision is avoided. u Take appropriate action to prevent a collision (apply the brakes, change

lanes, etc.)

Beep

Head-up Warning Lights

Visual Alerts

Audible Alert Tactile Alert

Continued 437

438

uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM)

D rivin

g

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 438

The system has three alert stages for a possible collision. However, depending on circumstances, the CMBSTM may not go through all of the stages before initiating the last stage.

Collision Alert Stages

Distance between vehicles

CMBSTM

The radar sensor detects a vehicle

Audible & Visual WARNINGS

Steering Wheel Braking

Stage one There is a risk of a collision with the vehicle ahead of you.

When in Long, visual and audible alerts come on at a longer distance from a vehicle ahead than in Normal setting, and in Short, at a shorter distance than in Normal.

In case of an oncoming vehicle detected, rapid vibration is provided.

Stage two The risk of a collision has increased, time to respond is reduced.

Visual and audible alerts.

Lightly applied

Stage three The CMBSTM determines that a collision is unavoidable.

Forcefully applied

Your Vehicle

Vehicle Ahead

Normal ShortLong

Your Vehicle

Vehicle Ahead

Your Vehicle

Vehicle Ahead

uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) D

rivin g

1Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM)

The CMBSTM may automatically shut off, and the CMBSTM indicator will come and stay on under certain conditions:

2 CMBSTM Conditions and Limitations P. 440

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 439

Press and hold the button until the beeper sounds to switch the system on or off.

When the CMBSTM is off: The CMBSTM indicator in the instrument

panel comes on. A message on the multi-information display

reminds you that the system is off.

The CMBSTM is turned on every time you start the engine, even if you turned it off the last time you drove the vehicle.

CMBSTM On and Off

Continued 439

uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM)

440

D rivin

g

1CMBSTM Conditions and Limitations

Do not paint, or apply any coverings or paint to radar sensor area. This can impact CMBSTM operation.

Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if you find any unusual behavior of the system (e.g., the warning message appears too frequently).

If the front of the vehicle is impacted in any of the following situations, the radar sensor may not work properly. Have your vehicle checked by a dealer: The vehicle mounted onto a bump, curb, chock,

embankment, etc. You drive the vehicle where the water is deep. Your vehicle has a frontal collision.

If you need the radar sensor to be repaired, or removed, or the radar sensor cover is strongly impacted, turn off the system by pressing the CMBSTM off button and take your vehicle to a dealer.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 440

The system may automatically shut off and the CMBSTM indicator will come on under certain conditions. Some examples of these conditions are listed below. Other conditions may reduce some of the CMBSTM functions.

2 Front Sensor Camera P. 388

Environmental conditions Driving in bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.). Sudden changes between light and dark, such as an entrance or exit of a tunnel. There is little contrast between objects and the background. Driving into low sunlight (e.g., at dawn or dusk). Strong light is reflected onto the roadway. Driving in the shadows of trees, buildings, etc. Roadway objects or structures are misinterpreted as vehicles and pedestrians. Reflections on the interior of the windshield. Driving at night or in a dark condition such as a tunnel.

Roadway conditions Driving on a snowy or wet roadway (obscured lane marking, vehicle tracks,

reflected lights, road spray, high contrast). Driving on curvy, winding, or undulating roads. The road is hilly or the vehicle is approaching the crest of a hill.

CMBSTM Conditions and Limitations

uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) D

rivin g

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 441

Vehicle conditions Headlight lenses are dirty or the headlights are not properly adjusted. The outside of the windshield is blocked by dirt, mud, leaves, wet snow, etc. The inside of the windshield is fogged. An abnormal tire or wheel condition (wrong sized, varied size or construction,

improperly inflated, compact spare tire*, etc.). When tire chains are installed. The vehicle is tilted due to a heavy load or suspension modifications. The camera temperature gets too high. Driving with the parking brake applied. When the radar sensor in the front grille gets dirty.

441Continued* Not available on all models

442

uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM)

D rivin

g

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 442

Detection limitations A vehicle or pedestrian suddenly crosses in front of you. The distance between your vehicle and the vehicle or pedestrian ahead of you is

too short. A vehicle cuts in front of you at a slow speed, and it brakes suddenly. When you accelerate rapidly and approach the vehicle or pedestrian ahead of you

at high speed. The vehicle ahead of you is a motorcycle, bicycle, mobility scooter or other small

vehicle. When there are animals in front of your vehicle. When you drive on a curved, winding or undulating road that makes it difficult for

the sensor to properly detect a vehicle in front of you. The speed difference between your vehicle and a vehicle in front of you is

significantly large. An oncoming vehicle suddenly comes in front of you. Another vehicle suddenly comes in front of you at an intersection, etc. Your vehicle abruptly crosses over in front of an oncoming vehicle. When driving through a narrow iron bridge. When the lead vehicle suddenly slows down.

uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) D

rivin g

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 443

Limitations applicable to pedestrian detection only When there is a group of people in front of your vehicle walking together side by

side. Surrounding conditions or belongings of the pedestrian alter the pedestrians

shape, preventing the system from recognizing that the person is a pedestrian. When the pedestrian is shorter than about 3 feet (1 meter) or taller than about 7

feet (2 meter) in height. When a pedestrian blends in with the background. When a pedestrian is bent over or squatting, or when their hands are raised or

they are running. When several pedestrians are walking ahead in a group. When the camera cannot correctly identify that a pedestrian is present due to an

unusual shape (holding luggage, body position, size).

Automatic shutoff The CMBSTM may automatically shut itself off and the CMBSTM indicator comes and stays on when: The temperature inside the system is high. You drive off-road or on a mountain road, or curved and winding road for an

extended period. An abnormal tire condition is detected (wrong tire size, flat tire, etc.). The camera behind the rearview mirror, or the area around the camera, including

the windshield, gets dirty. Once the conditions that caused the CMBSTM to shut off improve or are addressed (e.g., cleaning), the system comes back on.

443Continued

uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM)

444

D rivin

g

1Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM)

For the CMBSTM to work properly:

Always keep the radar sensor cover clean.

Never use chemical solvents or polishing powder for cleaning the sensor cover. Clean it with water or a mild detergent.

Do not put a sticker on the radar sensor cover or replace the radar sensor cover.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 444

The CMBSTM may activate even when you are aware of a vehicle ahead of you, or when there is no vehicle ahead. Some examples of this are:

When Passing Your vehicle approaches another vehicle ahead of you and you change lanes to pass.

At an intersection Your vehicle approaches or passes another vehicle that is making a left or right turn.

On a curve When driving through curves, your vehicle comes to a point where an oncoming vehicle is right in front of you.

Through a low bridge at high speed You drive under a low or narrow bridge at high speed.

Speed bumps, road work sites, train tracks, roadside objects, etc. You drive over speed bumps, steel road plates, etc., or your vehicle approaches train tracks or roadside objects [such as a traffic sign and guard rail] on a curve or, when parking, stationary vehicles and walls.

With Little Chance of a Collision

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 445

Parking Your Vehicle

D

rivin g

1Parking Your Vehicle

Do not park your vehicle near flammable objects, such as dry grass, oil, or timber. Heat from the exhaust can cause a fire.

1When Stopped

NOTICE The following can damage the transmission: Depressing the accelerator and brake pedals

simultaneously. Holding the vehicle in place when facing uphill by

depressing the accelerator pedal. Changing into (P before the vehicle stops

completely.

3WARNING The vehicle can roll away if left unattended without confirming that Park is engaged.

A vehicle that rolls away could cause a crash resulting in serious injury or death.

Always keep your foot on the brake pedal until you have confirmed that (P is shown on the gear position Indicator.

When Stopped 1. Depress the brake pedal firmly. 2. With the brake pedal depressed, pull up the electric parking brake switch slowly,

but fully. 3. Change the gear position to (P . 4. Turn off the engine. u The electric parking brake indicator (red) goes off in about 15 seconds.

445Continued

uuParking Your VehicleuWhen Stopped

446

D rivin

g

1When Stopped

In extremely cold temperatures, the parking brake may freeze up if applied. If such temperatures are expected, do not apply the parking brake but, if parking on a slope, either turn the front wheels so they will contact the curb if the vehicle rolls down the slope or block the wheels to keep the vehicle from moving. If you do not take either precaution, the vehicle may roll unexpectedly, leading to a crash.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 446

Always confirm the electric parking brake is set, particularly if you are parked on an incline.

uuParking Your VehicleuParking Sensor System* D

rivin g

1Parking Sensor System*

Even when the system is on, always confirm if there is no obstacle near your vehicle before parking.

The system may not work properly when: The sensors are covered with snow, ice, mud or

dirt. The vehicle is on uneven surface, such as grass,

bumps, or a hill. The vehicle has been out in hot or cold weather. The system is affected by devices that emit

ultrasonic waves. Driving in bad weather.

The system may not sense: Thin or low objects. Sonic-absorptive materials, such as snow, cotton,

or sponge. Objects directly under the bumper.

Do not put any accessories on or around the sensors.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 447

Parking Sensor System*

The corner and center sensors monitor obstacles around your vehicle, and the beeper and information screen lets you know the approximate distance between your vehicle and the obstacle.

The sensor location and range

Front: Within about 28 in (70 cm) or less Rear: Within about 35 in (90 cm) or less

Front: Within about 28 in (70 cm) or less Rear: Within about 28 in (70 cm) or less

Models with A-SPEC emblem

Models without A-SPEC emblem

Front Corner Sensors

Rear Corner Sensors

Rear Center Sensors

Front: Within about 31 in (80 cm) or less Rear: Within about 43 in (110 cm) or less

Front Center Sensors

447Continued* Not available on all models

448

uuParking Your VehicleuParking Sensor System*

D rivin

g

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 448

Parking sensor system on and off With the power mode in ON, press the parking sensor system button to turn the system on or off. The indicator in the button comes on when the system is on.

The rear center and corner sensors and the front corner sensors start to detect an obstacle when the transmission is in (R , and the vehicle speed is less than 5 mph (8 km/h).

The front center and corner sensors start to detect an obstacle when the transmission is not in (P or (R , and the vehicle speed is less than 5 mph (8 km/h).

uuParking Your VehicleuParking Sensor System* D

rivin g

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 449

When the distance between your vehicle and obstacles behind becomes shorter

*1:Models with A-SPEC emblem *2:At this stage, only the center sensors detect obstacles.

Length of the intermittent beep

Distance between the Bumper and Obstacle Indicator Information Screen

Corner Sensors Center Sensors

Moderate Rear*1: About 35-28 in

(90-70 cm)

Front: About 31-28 in (80-70 cm)

Rear: About 43-28 in (110-70 cm)

Blinks in Yellow*2

Short About 28-18 in

(70-45 cm) About 28-18 in

(70-45 cm) Blinks in Amber

Very short About 18-14 in

(45-35 cm) About 18-14 in

(45-35 cm)

Continuous About 14 in

(35 cm) or less About 14 in

(35 cm) or less Blinks in Red

Models with multi-view rear camera system

Indicators light where the sensor detects an obstacle.

Models with surround view camera system

Indicators light where the sensor detects an obstacle.

449Continued

uuParking Your VehicleuParking Sensor System*

450

D rivin

g

1Turning off All Rear Sensors

When you set the gear position to (R, the indicator in the parking sensor system button blinks as a reminder that the rear sensors have been turned off.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 450

1. Make sure that the parking sensor system is not activated. Set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK).

2. Press and hold the parking sensor system button, and set the power mode to ON. 3. Keep pressing the button for 10 seconds. Release the button when the indicator

in the button flashes. 4. Press the button again. The indicator in the button goes off. u The beeper sounds twice. The rear sensors are now turned off.

To turn the rear sensors on again, follow the above procedure. The beeper sounds three times when the rear sensors come back on.

Turning off All Rear Sensors

uuParking Your VehicleuCross Traffic Monitor* D

rivin g

1Cross Traffic Monitor*

3CAUTION Cross Traffic Monitor cannot detect all approaching vehicles and may not detect an approaching vehicle at all.

Failure to visually confirm that it is safe to back up the vehicle before doing so may result in a collision.

Do not solely rely on the system when reversing; always also use your mirrors, and look behind and to the sides of your vehicle before reversing.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 451

Cross Traffic Monitor*

Monitors the rear corner areas using the radar sensors when reversing, and alerts you if a vehicle approaching from a rear corner is detected.

The system is convenient when you are backing out of a parking space.

451Continued* Not available on all models

uuParking Your VehicleuCross Traffic Monitor*

452

D rivin

g

1Cross Traffic Monitor*

Cross Traffic Monitor may not detect or may delay alerting an approaching vehicle, or may alert without an approaching vehicle under the following conditions: An obstacle, such as another vehicle and a wall,

near your vehicles rear bumper, is blocking the radar sensors scope.

Your vehicle is moving at the speed of about 3 mph (5 km/h) or higher.

A vehicle is approaching at the speed other than between about 6 mph (10 km/h) and 16 mph (25 km/h).

The system picks up external interference such as other radar sensors from another vehicle or strong radio wave transmitted from a facility nearby.

Either corner of the rear bumper is covered with snow, ice, mud or dirt.

When there is bad weather. Your vehicle is on an incline. Your vehicle is tilted due to a heavy load in the rear. Your vehicle is reversing towards a wall, a pole, a

vehicle, and so on. The rear bumper or the sensors have been

improperly repaired or the rear bumper has been deformed. Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 452

The system activates when: The power mode is in ON. The Cross Traffic Monitor is turned on.

2 Cross Traffic Monitor On and Off P. 455 2 Customized Features P. 292

The transmission is in (R. Your vehicle is moving at 3 mph (5 km/h) or

lower.

When a vehicle is detected approaching from a rear corner, Cross Traffic Monitor alerts you with a buzzer and a displayed warning.

The system will not detect a vehicle that approaches from directly behind your vehicle, nor will it provide alerts about a detected vehicle when it moves directly behind your vehicle.

The system does not provide alerts for a vehicle that is moving away from your vehicle, and it may alert for pedestrians, bicycles, or stationary objects.

How the System Works

Radar sensors: Underneath the rear bumper corners

* Not available on all models

uuParking Your VehicleuCross Traffic Monitor* D

rivin g

1Cross Traffic Monitor*

For proper operation, always keep the rear bumper corner area clean. Do not cover the rear bumper corner area with labels or stickers of any kind.

The parking sensor systems alerting buzzer overrides the Cross Traffic Monitor buzzer when the sensors are detecting obstacles at the closest range.

Models with parking sensor system

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 453

Continued 453* Not available on all models

uuParking Your VehicleuCross Traffic Monitor*

454

D rivin

g

1When the System Detects a Vehicle

If the on the lower right changes to in amber when the transmission is in (R, mud snow or ice, etc. may have accumulated in the vicinity of the sensor. The system is temporarily canceled. Check the bumper corners for any obstructions, and thoroughly clean the area if necessary.

If the comes on when the transmission is in (R, there may be a problem with the Cross Traffic Monitor system. Do not use the system and have your vehicle checked by a dealer.

If the display remains the same with the transmission in (R, there may be a problem with the rear camera system and the Cross Traffic Monitor system. Do not use the system and have your vehicle checked by a dealer.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 454

An arrow icon appears on the side a vehicle is approaching on the information screen.

When the System Detects a Vehicle

Models with surround view camera system

Models with multi-view rear camera system

Top Down ViewNormal View

Arrow Icon

Wide View

Rear Normal ViewRear Ground View Rear Wide View

uuParking Your VehicleuCross Traffic Monitor* D

rivin g

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 455

You can switch on and off the system using the information screen.

2 Customized Features P. 292

Cross Traffic Monitor On and Off

Icon

455

456

D rivin

g

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 456

Multi-View Rear Camera*

1About Your Multi-View Rear Camera

The rear camera view is restricted. You cannot see the corner ends of the bumper or what is underneath the bumper. Its unique lens also makes objects appear closer or farther than they actually are.

Visually confirm that it is safe to drive before backing up. Certain conditions (such as weather, lighting, and high temperatures) may also restrict the rear view. Do not rely on the rearview display which does not give you all information about conditions at the back of your vehicle.

If the camera lens is covered with dirt or moisture, use a soft, moist cloth to keep the lens clean and free of debris.

You can change the Fixed Guideline and Dynamic Guideline settings.

2 Customized Features P. 292

Fixed Guideline On: Guidelines appear when you put the transmission into (R. Off: Guidelines do not appear. Dynamic Guideline On: Guidelines move according to the steering wheel direction. Off: Guidelines do not move.

About Your Multi-View Rear Camera The information screen can display your vehicles rear view. The display automatically changes to the rear view when the transmission is put into (R .

Multi-View Rear Camera Display Area

Top Down View Mode

Normal View Mode

Wide View Mode

GuidelinesBumper

Camera

Approx. 39 inches (1 m) Approx. 20 inches (50 cm)

Approx. 39 inches (1 m) Approx. 20 inches (50 cm)

* Not available on all models

uuMulti-View Rear Camera*uAbout Your Multi-View Rear Camera D

rivin g

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 457

You can view three different camera modes on the rearview display. Press the interface dial to switch the mode.

: Wide view mode : Normal view mode : Top down view mode

If the last used viewing mode was Wide or Normal view mode, the same mode is selected the next time you put the transmission into (R .

If Top down view mode was last used before you turned the power mode to OFF, Wide View mode is selected next time you set the power mode to ON and put the transmission into (R.

If Top down view mode was last used more than 10 seconds after you change from (R, Wide View mode is selected the next time you put the transmission into (R .

457

458

D rivin

g

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 458

Surround View Camera System*

See the Navigation System Manual.

* Not available on all models

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 459

Refueling

D

rivin g

1Fuel Information

NOTICE We recommend quality gasoline containing detergent additives that help prevent fuel system and engine deposits. In addition, in order to maintain good performance, fuel economy, and emissions control, we strongly recommend the use of gasoline that does NOT contain harmful manganese-based fuel additives such as MMT, if such gasoline is available.

Use of gasoline with these additives may adversely affect performance, and cause the malfunction indicator lamp on your instrument panel to come on. If this happens, contact a dealer for service. Some gasoline today is blended with oxygenates such as ethanol. Your vehicle is designed to operate on oxygenated gasoline containing up to 15% ethanol by volume. Do not use gasoline containing methanol. If you notice any undesirable operating symptoms, try another service station or switch to another brand of gasoline.

Fuel Information Fuel recommendation

Use of lower octane gasoline can cause occasional metallic knocking noise in the engine and will result in decreased engine performance. Use of gasoline with a pump octane less than 87 can lead to engine damage.

Top tier detergent gasoline Because the level of detergency and additives in gasoline vary in the market, Acura endorses the use of TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline where available to help maintain the performance and reliability of your vehicle. TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline meets a new gasoline standard jointly established by leading automotive manufacturers to meet the needs of todays advanced engines.

Qualifying gasoline retailers will, in most cases, identify their gasoline as having met TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline standards at the retail location. This fuel is guaranteed to contain the proper level of detergent additives and be free of metallic additives. The proper level of detergent additives, and absence of harmful metallic additives in gasoline, help avoid build-up of deposits in your engine and emission control system.

For further important fuel-related information for your vehicle, or on information on gasoline that does not contain MMT, visit Acura Owners at owners.acura.com. In Canada, visit www.acura.ca for additional information on gasoline. For more information on top tier gasoline, visit www.toptiergas.com.

Fuel tank capacity: 17.2 US gal (65 L)

Unleaded premium gasoline, pump octane number 91 or higher

459

460

uuRefuelinguHow to Refuel

D rivin

g

1How to Refuel

The fuel filler opening is designed to accept only service station filler nozzles for refueling. Use of smaller diameter tubes (e.g., those used to siphon fuel for other uses) or other non-service station devices can damage the area in and around the filler opening.

The filler nozzle automatically stops to leave space in the fuel tank so that fuel does not overflow as a result of changes in air temperature.

If the filler nozzle keeps turning off when the tank is not full, there may be a problem with the pumps fuel vapor recovery system. Try filling at another pump. If this does not fix the problem, consult a dealer.

3WARNING Gasoline is highly flammable and explosive. You can be burned or seriously injured when handling fuel. Stop the engine, and keep heat, sparks,

and flame away. Handle fuel only outdoors. Wipe up spills immediately.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 460

How to Refuel Your fuel tank is not equipped with a fuel filler cap. You can insert the filler nozzle directly into the filler neck. The tank seals itself again when you pull out the filler nozzle.

1. Stop your vehicle with the service station pump on the left side of the vehicle in the rear.

2. Turn off the engine. 3. Press the fuel fill door release button. u The fuel fill door opens.

uuRefuelinguHow to Refuel D

rivin g

1How to Refuel

Do not continue to add fuel after the filler nozzle has automatically stopped. Additional fuel can exceed the full tank capacity.

If you have to refuel your vehicle from a portable container, use the funnel provided with your vehicle.

2 Refueling From a Portable Fuel Container P. 561

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 461

4. Place the end of the filler nozzle on the lower part of filler opening, then insert it slowly and fully. u Make sure that the end of the filler

nozzle goes down along with the filler pipe.

u Keep the filler nozzle level. u When the tank is full, the filler nozzle will

click off automatically. u After filling, wait about five seconds

before removing the filler nozzle. 5. Shut the fuel fill door by hand.

461

462

D rivin

g

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 462

Fuel Economy and CO2 Emissions

1Improving Fuel Economy and Reducing CO2 Emissions

Direct calculation is the recommended method to determine actual fuel consumed while driving.

In Canada, posted fuel economy numbers are established following a simulated test. For more information on how this test is performed, please visit http://oee.nrcan.gc.ca/

Miles driven Gallons of fuel

Miles per Gallon

100 L per 100 kmLiters of fuel

Kilometers driven

Improving Fuel Economy and Reducing CO2 Emissions Achieving fuel economy and reducing CO2 emissions is dependent on several factors, including driving conditions, load weight, idling time, driving habits, and vehicle condition. Depending on these and other factors, you may not achieve the rated fuel economy of this vehicle.

You can optimize your fuel economy with proper maintenance of your vehicle. Always maintain your vehicle in accordance with the messages displayed on the multi-information display. Use the recommended viscosity engine oil.

2 Recommended Engine Oil P. 475

Maintain the specified tire pressure. Do not load the vehicle with excess cargo. Keep your vehicle clean. A buildup of snow or mud on your vehicles underside

adds weight and increases wind resistance.

Maintenance and Fuel Economy

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 463

Maintenance

This chapter discusses basic maintenance.

Before Performing Maintenance Inspection and Maintenance ............ 464 Safety When Performing Maintenance..... 465 Parts and Fluids Used in Maintenance Service ........................................... 466

Maintenance MinderTM ..................... 467 Maintenance Under the Hood

Maintenance Items Under the Hood..... 472 Opening the Hood ........................... 474 Recommended Engine Oil ................ 475 Oil Check......................................... 476 Adding Engine Oil ............................ 478 Changing the Engine Oil and Oil Filter .. 479

Engine Coolant ................................ 482 Transmission Fluid............................ 484 Brake Fluid....................................... 485 Refilling Window Washer Fluid......... 485

Replacing Light Bulbs ....................... 486 Checking and Maintaining Wiper Blades .......................................... 491

Checking and Maintaining Tires Checking Tires ................................. 493 Tire and Loading Information Label ...... 494 Tire Labeling .................................... 494 DOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S. Vehicles) .. 496 Wear Indicators................................ 498

Tire Service Life................................ 498 Tire and Wheel Replacement ........... 499 Tire Rotation.................................... 500 Winter Tires ..................................... 501

Battery............................................... 502 Remote Transmitter Care

Replacing the Button Battery ........... 504 Climate Control System Maintenance ....506 Cleaning

Interior Care .................................... 507 Exterior Care.................................... 509

Accessories and Modifications ................512

463

464

M ain

ten an

ce

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 464

Before Performing Maintenance

1Inspection and Maintenance

Maintenance, replacement, or repair of emissions control devices and systems may be done by any automotive repair establishment or individuals using parts that are certified to EPA standards.

According to state and federal regulations, failure to perform maintenance on the maintenance main items marked with # will not void your emissions warranties. However, all maintenance services should be performed in accordance with the intervals indicated by the multi-information display (MID).

2 Maintenance Service Items P. 470

If you want to perform complex maintenance tasks that require more skills and tools, you can purchase a subscription to the Service Express website at www.techinfo.honda.com.

2 Authorized Manuals P. 574

If you want to perform maintenance yourself, make sure that you have the necessary tools and skills first. After performing maintenance, update the records in the separate maintenance booklet.

U.S. models

Inspection and Maintenance For your safety, perform all listed inspections and maintenance to keep your vehicle in good condition. If you become aware of any abnormality (noise, smell, insufficient brake fluid, oil residue on the ground, etc.), have your vehicle inspected by a dealer. (Note, however, that service at a dealer is not mandatory to keep your warranties in effect.) Refer to the separate maintenance booklet for detailed maintenance and inspection information.

Daily inspections Perform inspections before long distance trips, when washing the vehicle, or when refueling.

Periodic inspections Check the brake fluid level monthly.

2 Brake Fluid P. 485

Check the tire pressure monthly. Examine the tread for wear and foreign objects. 2 Checking and Maintaining Tires P. 493

Check the operation of the exterior lights monthly. 2 Replacing Light Bulbs P. 486

Check the condition of the wiper blades at least every six months. 2 Checking and Maintaining Wiper Blades P. 491

Types of Inspection and Maintenance

uuBefore Performing MaintenanceuSafety When Performing Maintenance M

ain ten

an ce

1Safety When Performing Maintenance

3WARNING Improperly maintaining this vehicle or failing to correct a problem before driving can cause a crash in which you can be seriously hurt or killed.

Always follow the inspection and maintenance recommendations according to the schedules in this owners manual.

3WARNING Failure to properly follow maintenance instructions and precautions can cause you to be seriously hurt or killed.

Always follow the procedures and precautions in this owners manual.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 465

Safety When Performing Maintenance Some of the most important safety precautions are given here. However, we cannot warn you of every conceivable hazard that can arise in performing maintenance. Only you can decide whether you should perform a given task.

To reduce the possibility of fire or explosion, keep cigarettes, sparks, and flames away from the battery and all fuel related parts.

Never leave rags, towels, or other flammable objects under the hood. u Heat from the engine and exhaust can ignite them, causing a fire.

To clean parts, use a commercially available degreaser or parts cleaner, not gasoline.

Wear eye protection and protective clothing when working with the battery or compressed air.

Engine exhaust contains carbon monoxide, which is poisonous and can kill you. u Only operate the engine if there is sufficient ventilation.

The vehicle must be in a stationary condition. u Make sure your vehicle is parked on level ground, the parking brake is set, and

the engine is off. Be aware that hot parts can burn you. u Make sure to let the engine and exhaust system cool thoroughly before

touching vehicle parts. Be aware that moving parts can injure you. u Do not start the engine unless instructed, and keep your hands and limbs away

from moving parts. u Do not open the hood while the Auto Idle Stop function* is activated.

Maintenance Safety

Vehicle Safety

465* Not available on all models

466

uuBefore Performing MaintenanceuParts and Fluids Used in Maintenance Service

M ain

ten an

ce

1Parts and Fluids Used in Maintenance Service

Do not press the engine cover forcibly. This may damage the engine cover and component parts.

6-cylinder models

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 466

Parts and Fluids Used in Maintenance Service The use of Acura genuine parts and fluids is recommended when maintaining and servicing your vehicle. Acura genuine parts are manufactured according to the same high quality standards used in Acura vehicles.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 467

Maintenance MinderTM

M

ain ten

an ce

If the engine oil life is less than 15%, you will see the Maintenance Minder messages appear on the multi-information display every time you set the power mode to ON. The messages notify you when to change the engine oil, or when to bring your vehicle to a dealer for indicated maintenance services.

467

468

uuMaintenance MinderTMuTo Use Maintenance MinderTM

M ain

ten an

ce

1Displaying the Maintenance Minder Information

Based on the engine operating conditions, the remaining engine oil life is calculated and displayed as a percentage.

There is a list of maintenance main and sub items you can view on the multi-information display.

2 Maintenance Service Items P. 470

Displayed Engine Oil Life (%)

Calculated Engine Oil Life (%)

100 100 to 91 90 90 to 81 80 80 to 71 70 70 to 61 60 60 to 51 50 50 to 41 40 40 to 31 30 30 to 21 20 20 to 16 15 15 to 11 10 10 to 6 5 5 to 1 0 0

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 468

To Use Maintenance MinderTM

Maintenance items, which should be serviced at the same time that you replace the engine oil, appear on the multi-information display. You can view them on the engine oil life screen at any time. 1. Set the power mode to ON. 2. Roll the right selector wheel until the engine oil life appears on the multi-

information display.

Displaying the Maintenance Minder Information

Remaining Engine Oil Life

Maintenance Service Items

Right Selector Wheel

uuMaintenance MinderTMuTo Use Maintenance MinderTM M

ain ten

an ce

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 469

The system message indicator ( ) comes on along with the Maintenance Minder message.

Maintenance Minder Messages on the Multi-Information Display

Maintenance Message Oil Life Display Explanation Information

Maintenance Due Soon 15 % The remaining engine oil life is 15 to 6 percent. Once you switch the display by rolling the right selector wheel, this message will go off.

The engine oil is approaching the end of its service life, and the maintenance items should be inspected and serviced soon.

Maintenance Due Now 5 % The remaining engine oil life is 5 to 1 percent. Roll the right selector wheel to switch to another display.

The engine oil has almost reached the end of its service life, and the maintenance items should be inspected and serviced as soon as possible.

Maintenance Past Due Negative Distance The remaining engine oil life has passed its service life, and a negative distance appears after driving over 10 miles (U.S. models) or 10 km (Canadian models). Roll the right selector wheel to switch to another display.

The engine oil life has passed. The maintenance items must be inspected and serviced immediately.

469Continued

470

uuMaintenance MinderTMuTo Use Maintenance MinderTM

M ain

ten an

ce

1Maintenance Service Items

Independent of the Maintenance Minder information, replace the brake fluid every 3 years.

Adjust the valves during services A, B, 1, 2, or 3 if they are noisy.

ous areas at very low vehicle speeds results in higher transmission temperature. ission fluid changes more frequently than recommended by the Maintenance rly drive your vehicle under these conditions, have the transmission fluid changed

,000 km), then every 30,000 miles (48,000 km). in very high temperatures (over 110F, 43C), in very low temperatures (under ce every 60,000 miles/100,000 km.

ous areas at very low vehicle speeds results in higher level of mechanical (shear) equires differential fluid changes more frequently than recommended by the r. If you regularly drive your vehicle under these conditions, have the differential 00 miles (12,000 km), then every 15,000 miles (24,000 km).

Maintenance Sub Items te tires

lace air cleaner element*2

lace dust and pollen filter*3

ect drive belt lace transmission and transfer* fluid*4

lace spark plugs lace timing belt and inspect water pump*5, *6

ect valve clearance lace engine coolant lace rear differential fluid*, *7

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 470

Maintenance Service Items

Maintenance Minder MessageSystem Message Indicator

Main Item

Sub Items

*1: If a message Maintenance Due Now does not appear more than 12 months after the display is reset, change the engine oil every year.

# : See information on maintenance and emissions warranty. *2: If you drive in dusty conditions, replace the air cleaner element every 15,000 miles (24,000 km). *3: If you drive primarily in urban areas that have high concentrations of soot in the air from industry and

from diesel-powered vehicles, replace the dust and pollen filter every 15,000 miles (24,000 km).

CODE Maintenance Main Items A Replace engine oil*1

B Replace engine oil*1 and oil filter Inspect front and rear brakes Check expiration date for Temporary Tire Repair Kit

bottle (If equipped) Inspect tie rod ends, steering gear box, and boots Inspect suspension components Inspect driveshaft boots Inspect brake hoses and lines (Including ABS/VSA) Inspect all fluid levels and condition of fluids Inspect exhaust system#

Inspect fuel lines and connections# *4: Driving in mountain This requires transm Minder. If you regula at 40,000 miles (64

*5: If you drive regularly -20F, -29C), repla

*6: 6-cylinder models *7: Driving in mountain

stress to fluid. This r Maintenance Minde fluid changed at 7,5

CODE 1 Rota 2 Rep

Rep Insp

3 Rep 4 Rep

Rep Insp

5 Rep 6 Rep

* Not available on all models

uuMaintenance MinderTMuTo Use Maintenance MinderTM M

ain ten

an ce

1Resetting the Display

NOTICE Failure to reset the engine oil life after a maintenance service results in the system showing incorrect maintenance intervals, which can lead to serious mechanical problems.

The dealer will reset the engine oil life display after completing the required maintenance service. If someone other than a dealer performs maintenance service, reset the engine oil life display yourself.

You can reset the engine oil life display using the information screen.

2 Customized Features P. 292

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 471

Reset the engine oil life display if you have performed the maintenance service.

1. Set the power mode to ON. 2. Go to the Maintenance Info. group.

2 Customized Features P. 120, 292

3. Push the right selector wheel. u The oil life reset mode is displayed on the multi-information display.

4. Select Reset with the right selector wheel, then push the right selector wheel. u The displayed maintenance items disappear, and the engine oil life display

returns to 100%. To cancel the oil life reset mode, select Cancel, then push the right selector wheel.

Resetting the Display

Engine Oil Life

Maintenance Item Codes

Right Selector Wheel

471

472

M ain

ten an

ce

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 472

Maintenance Under the Hood

Maintenance Items Under the Hood

Brake Fluid (Black Cap)

Washer Fluid (Black Cap)

Engine Oil Dipstick (Orange)

Engine Oil Fill Cap

Battery

Engine Coolant Reserve Tank

Radiator Cap

4-cylinder models

uuMaintenance Under the HooduMaintenance Items Under the Hood M

ain ten

an ce

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 473

Brake Fluid (Black Cap)

Washer Fluid (Black Cap)

Engine Oil Dipstick (Orange)

Engine Oil Fill Cap

Battery

Engine Coolant Reserve Tank

Radiator Cap

6-cylinder models

473

474

uuMaintenance Under the HooduOpening the Hood

M ain

ten an

ce

1Opening the Hood

NOTICE Do not open the hood when the wiper arms are raised. The hood will strike the wipers, resulting in possible damage to the hood and/or the wipers.

Do not press the engine cover forcibly. This may damage the engine cover and component parts.

When closing the hood, check that the hood is securely latched.

If the hood latch lever moves stiffly, or if you can open the hood without lifting the lever, the latch mechanism should be cleaned and lubricated.

Do not open the hood while the Auto Idle Stop function is activated.

6-cylinder models

Models with Auto Idle Stop

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 474

Opening the Hood 1. Park the vehicle on a level surface, and set

the parking brake. 2. Pull the hood release handle under the

drivers side lower corner of the dashboard. u The hood will pop up slightly.

3. Pull up the hood latch lever (located under the front edge of the hood to the center) and raise the hood. Once you have raised the hood slightly, you can release the lever.

4. Lift the hood up most of the way. u The hydraulic support will lift it up the

rest of the way and hold it up.

When closing, lower it to approximately 12 inches (30 cm), then press down firmly with your hands.

Pull

Hood Release Handle

Lever

uuMaintenance Under the HooduRecommended Engine Oil M

ain ten

an ce

1Recommended Engine Oil

Engine Oil Additives Your vehicle does not require oil additives. In fact, they may adversely affect the engine performance and durability.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 475

Recommended Engine Oil

Oil is a major contributor to your engines performance and longevity. If you drive the vehicle with insufficient or deteriorated oil, the engine may fail or be damaged.

This seal indicates the oil is energy conserving and that it meets the American Petroleum Institutes latest requirements.

Use a Genuine Acura Motor Oil or another commercial engine oil of suitable viscosity for the ambient temperature as shown.

Synthetic oil You may also use synthetic motor oil if it is labeled with the API Certification Seal and is the specified viscosity grade.

Genuine Acura Motor Oil Premium-grade 0W-20 detergent oil with an API Certification Seal on the

container.

Ambient Temperature

475

476

uuMaintenance Under the HooduOil Check

M ain

ten an

ce

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 476

Oil Check We recommend that you check the engine oil level every time you refuel. Park the vehicle on level ground. Wait approximately three minutes after turning the engine off before you check the oil.

1. Remove the dipstick (orange). 2. Wipe the dipstick with a clean cloth or

paper towel. 3. Insert the dipstick back all the way into its

hole.

4-cylinder models

6-cylinder models

uuMaintenance Under the HooduOil Check M

ain ten

an ce

1Oil Check

If the oil level is near or below the lower mark, slowly add oil, being careful not to overfill.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 477

4. Remove the dipstick again, and check the level. It should be between the upper and lower marks. Add oil if necessary.

4-cylinder models

Upper Mark

Lower Mark

Upper Mark Lower Mark

6-cylinder models

477

478

uuMaintenance Under the HooduAdding Engine Oil

M ain

ten an

ce

1Adding Engine Oil

NOTICE Do not fill the engine oil above the upper mark. Overfilling the engine oil can result in leaks and engine damage.

If any oil spills, wipe it away immediately. Spilled oil may damage the engine compartment components.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 478

Adding Engine Oil 1. Unscrew and remove the engine oil fill cap. 2. Add oil slowly. 3. Reinstall the engine oil fill cap, and tighten

it securely. 4. Wait for three minutes and recheck the

engine oil dipstick.

Engine Oil Fill Cap

4-cylinder models

6-cylinder models

Engine Oil Fill Cap

uuMaintenance Under the HooduChanging the Engine Oil and Oil Filter M

ain ten

an ce

1Changing the Engine Oil and Oil Filter

NOTICE You may damage the environment if you do not dispose of the oil in a suitable way. If you are changing the oil by yourself, appropriately dispose of the used oil. Put the oil in a sealed container and take it to a recycling center. Do not throw the oil away into a garbage can or onto the ground.

You will need a special wrench to replace the oil filter. You can buy this wrench from a dealer.

When installing the new oil filter, follow the instructions supplied with the oil filter.

Reinstall the engine oil fill cap. Start the engine. The low oil pressure indicator should go off within five seconds. If it does not, turn off the engine, and check your work.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 479

Changing the Engine Oil and Oil Filter You must change the engine oil and oil filter regularly in order to maintain the engines lubrication. The engine may be damaged if they are not changed regularly.

Change the oil and filter in accordance with the maintenance message on the multi- information display.

1. Run the engine until it reaches normal operating temperature, and then turn the engine off.

2. Open the hood and remove the engine oil fill cap.

3. Remove the drain bolt and washer from the bottom of the engine, and drain the oil into a suitable container.Drain Bolt

Washer

4-cylinder models

Drain Bolt

Washer

6-cylinder models

479Continued

480

uuMaintenance Under the HooduChanging the Engine Oil and Oil Filter

M ain

ten an

ce

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 480

4. Remove the bolts on the undercarriage by turning to the left and remove the under cover.

5. Remove the oil filter and dispose of the remaining oil.

6. Check that the filter gasket is not stuck to the engine contact surface. u If it is stuck, you must detach it.

7. Wipe away dirt and dust adhering to the contact surface of the engine block, and install a new oil filter. u Apply a light coat of new engine oil to

the filter gasket.

4-cylinder models Under Cover

Bolt

4-cylinder models

All models

uuMaintenance Under the HooduChanging the Engine Oil and Oil Filter M

ain ten

an ce

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 481

8. Put a new washer on the drain bolt, then reinstall the drain bolt. u Tightening torque:

30 lbfft (40 Nm, 4.0 kgfm) 9. Pour the recommended engine oil into the

engine. u Engine oil change capacity (including

filter):

4.4 US qt (4.2 L)

4.5 US qt (4.3 L) 10. Reinstall the engine oil fill cap securely and

start the engine. 11. Run the engine for a few minutes, and

then check that there is no leak from the drain bolt or oil filter.

12. Stop the engine, wait for three minutes, and then check the oil level on the dipstick. u If necessary, add more engine oil.

4-cylinder models

Oil Filter 4-cylinder models

6-cylinder models

6-cylinder models

Oil Filter

481

482

uuMaintenance Under the HooduEngine Coolant

M ain

ten an

ce

1Engine Coolant

NOTICE Genuine Acura engine coolant is a 50/50 mixture of antifreeze and water that can withstand freezing at temperatures as low as about 31F (35C). If your vehicle is consistently subjected to temperatures below this, the concentration of antifreeze in the coolant should be increased. Consult a dealer for details.

If Acura antifreeze/coolant is not available, you may use another major brand of non-silicate coolant as a temporary replacement. Check that it is a high quality coolant recommended for aluminum engines. Continued use of any non-Acura coolant can result in corrosion, causing the cooling system to malfunction or fail. Have the cooling system flushed and refilled with Acura antifreeze/coolant as soon as possible.

Do not add rust inhibitors or other additives to your vehicles cooling system. They may not be compatible with the coolant or with the engine components.

3WARNING Removing the radiator cap while the engine is hot can cause the coolant to spray out, seriously scalding you.

Always let the engine and radiator cool down before removing the radiator cap.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 482

Engine Coolant

This coolant is premixed with 50% antifreeze and 50% water. Do not add any straight antifreeze or water.

We recommend you check the engine coolant level every time you refuel. Check the reserve tank first. If it is completely empty, also check the coolant level in the radiator. Add the engine coolant accordingly.

1. Make sure the engine and radiator are cool.

2. Check the amount of coolant in the reserve tank. u If the coolant level is below the MIN

mark, add the specified coolant until it reaches the MAX mark.

3. Inspect the cooling system for leaks.

Specified coolant: Acura Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant Type 2

Reserve Tank

MINReserve Tank

MAX

uuMaintenance Under the HooduEngine Coolant M

ain ten

an ce

1Radiator

NOTICE Pour the fluid slowly and carefully so you do not spill any. Clean up any spills immediately; they can damage components in the engine compartment.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 483

1. Make sure the engine and radiator are cool.

2. Turn the radiator cap 1/8 turn counter- clockwise and relieve any pressure in the cooling system.

3. Push down and turn the radiator cap counterclockwise to remove it.

4. The coolant level should be up to the base of the filler neck. Add coolant if it is low.

5. Put the radiator cap back on, and tighten it fully.

Radiator

4-cylinder models

Radiator Cap

6-cylinder models

Radiator Cap

483

484

uuMaintenance Under the HooduTransmission Fluid

M ain

ten an

ce

1Dual Clutch Transmission Fluid*

NOTICE Do not mix Acura ATF-TYPE 2 with other transmission fluids. Using a transmission fluid other than Acura ATF-TYPE 2 may adversely affect the operation and durability of your vehicles transmission, and damage the transmission. Any damage caused by using a transmission fluid that is not equivalent to Acura ATF-TYPE 2 is not covered by Acuras new vehicle limited warranty.

1Automatic Transmission Fluid*

NOTICE Do not mix Acura ATF-TYPE 3 with other transmission fluids. Using a transmission fluid other than Acura ATF-TYPE 3 may adversely affect the operation and durability of your vehicles transmission, and damage the transmission. Any damage caused by using a transmission fluid that is not equivalent to Acura ATF-TYPE 3 is not covered by Acuras new vehicle limited warranty.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 484

Transmission Fluid

Have a dealer check the fluid level and replace if necessary.

Do not attempt to check or change the dual clutch transmission fluid yourself.

Have a dealer check the fluid level and replace if necessary.

Do not attempt to check or change the automatic transmission fluid yourself.

Dual Clutch Transmission Fluid*

Specified fluid: Acura Automatic Transmission Fluid ATF-TYPE 2

Automatic Transmission Fluid*

Specified fluid: Acura Automatic Transmission Fluid ATF-TYPE 3

* Not available on all models

uuMaintenance Under the HooduBrake Fluid M

ain ten

an ce

1Brake Fluid

NOTICE Brake fluid marked DOT 5 is not compatible with your vehicles braking system and can cause extensive damage.

If the specified brake fluid is not available, you should use only DOT 3 or DOT 4 fluid from a sealed container as a temporary replacement.

Using any non-Acura brake fluid can cause corrosion and decrease the longevity of the system. Have the brake system flushed and refilled with Acura Heavy Duty Brake Fluid DOT 3 as soon as possible.

If the brake fluid level is at or below the MIN mark, have a dealer inspect the vehicle for leaks or worn brake pads as soon as possible.

1Refilling Window Washer Fluid

NOTICE Do not use engine antifreeze or a vinegar/water solution in the windshield washer reservoir. Antifreeze can damage your vehicles paint. A vinegar/water solution can damage the windshield washer pump. Use only commercially available windshield washer fluid. Avoid prolonged use of hard water to prevent lime scale build up.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 485

Brake Fluid

The fluid level should be between the MIN and MAX marks on the side of the reserve tank.

Refilling Window Washer Fluid Check the amount of window washer fluid by looking at the reservoir.

If the level is low, fill the washer reservoir.

If the washer fluid is low, a message appears on the multi-information display.

Pour the washer fluid carefully. Do not overflow the reservoir.

Specified fluid: Acura Heavy Duty Brake Fluid DOT 3

Checking the Brake Fluid

MIN

MAX

Brake Reserve Tank

Canadian models

485

486

M ain

ten an

ce

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 486

Replacing Light Bulbs

1Headlights

The headlight aim is set by the factory, and does not need to be adjusted. However, if you regularly carry heavy items in the trunk, have the aiming readjusted at a dealer or by a qualified technician.

Headlights Headlights are LED type. Have an authorized Acura dealer inspect and replace the light assembly.

Fog Lights*

Fog lights are LED type. Have an authorized Acura dealer inspect and replace the light assembly.

Front Turn Signal/Parking, Front Side Marker and Daytime Running Lights Front turn signal/parking, front side marker and daytime running lights are LED type. Have an authorized Acura dealer inspect and replace the light assembly.

Side Turn Signal/Emergency Indicator Lights Door mirror side turn lights are LED type. Have an authorized Acura dealer inspect and replace the light assembly.

* Not available on all models

uuReplacing Light BulbsuRear Turn Signal Light Bulbs M

ain ten

an ce

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 487

Rear Turn Signal Light Bulbs When replacing, use the following bulbs.

1. Pry on the edge of the cover using a flat-tip screwdriver to remove the covers. u Wrap the flat-tip screwdriver with a cloth

to prevent scratches.

2. Remove the mounting bolts. 3. Pull the light assembly out of the rear pillar.

Rear Turn Signal Light: 21 W

Cover

Bolt

487Continued

488

uuReplacing Light BulbsuBrake and Taillight/Rear Side Marker Lights

M ain

ten an

ce

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 488

4. Turn the socket counter-clockwise and remove it. Remove the old bulb.

5. Insert a new bulb.

Brake and Taillight/Rear Side Marker Lights Brake and taillight/rear side marker lights are LED type. Have an authorized Acura dealer inspect and replace the light assembly.

Brake Lights and Taillights Brake lights and taillights are LED type. Have an authorized Acura dealer inspect and replace the light assembly.

Bulb

Socket

uuReplacing Light BulbsuBack-Up Light Bulbs M

ain ten

an ce

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 489

Back-Up Light Bulbs When replacing, use the following bulbs.

1. Remove the holding clip using a flat-tip screwdriver, then pull the lining back.

2. Turn the socket counter-clockwise and remove it, then remove the old bulb.

3. Insert a new bulb.

Back-Up Light: 21 W

Clip

Socket

Bulb

489

490

uuReplacing Light BulbsuRear License Plate Lights

M ain

ten an

ce

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 490

Rear License Plate Lights Rear license plate lights are LED type. Have an authorized Acura dealer inspect and replace the light assembly.

High-Mount Brake Light High-mount brake light is LED type. Have an authorized Acura dealer inspect and replace the light assembly.

Puddle Lights*

Puddle lights are LED type. Have an authorized Acura dealer inspect and replace the light assembly.

* Not available on all models

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 491

Checking and Maintaining Wiper Blades

M

ain ten

an ce

1Changing the Wiper Blade Rubber

NOTICE Avoid dropping the wiper arm onto the windshield, it may damage the wiper arm and/or the windshield.

Checking Wiper Blades If the wiper blade rubber has deteriorated, it will leave streaks and the hard surfaces of the blade may scratch the window glass.

Changing the Wiper Blade Rubber 1. Lift the driver side wiper arm first, then the

passenger side.

2. Press and hold the tab, then slide the holder off the wiper arm.

Tab

Wiper Arm

Holder

491Continued

492

uuChecking and Maintaining Wiper BladesuChanging the Wiper Blade Rubber

M ain

ten an

ce

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 492

3. Pull the end of the wiper blade in the direction of the arrow in the image until it is out of the holders end cap.

4. Pull the wiper blade in the opposite direction to slide it out of the holder.

5. Insert the flat side of the new wiper blade onto the bottom part of the holder. Insert the blade all the way.

6. Install the end of the wiper blade into the cap.

7. Slide the holder onto the wiper arm until it locks.

8. Lower the passenger side wiper arm first, then the driver side.

Wiper Blade

End cap at the bottom

Holder

Wiper Blade

Cap

Wiper Blade

Holder

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 493

Checking and Maintaining Tires

M

ain ten

an ce

1Checking Tires

Measure the air pressure when tires are cold. This means the vehicle has been parked for at least three hours, or driven less than 1 mile (1.6 km). If necessary, add or release air until the specified pressure is reached.

If checked when hot, tire pressure can be as much as 46 psi (3040 kPa, 0.30.4 kgf/cm2) higher than if checked when cold.

2 Tire Fill Assist P. 424

Have a dealer check the tires if you feel a consistent vibration while driving. New tires and any that have been removed and reinstalled should be properly balanced.

Check the spare tire pressure once a month or before long trips.

3WARNING Using tires that are excessively worn or improperly inflated can cause a crash in which you can be seriously hurt or killed.

Follow all instructions in this owners manual regarding tire inflation and maintenance.

Vehicles with optional spare tire

Checking Tires To safely operate your vehicle, your tires must be of the proper type and size, in good condition with adequate tread, and properly inflated.

Inflation guidelines Properly inflated tires provide the best combination of handling, tread life, and comfort. Refer to the drivers doorjamb label or specifications page for the specified pressure.

Underinflated tires wear unevenly, adversely affect handling and fuel economy, and are more likely to fail from overheating.

Overinflated tires make your vehicle ride harshly, are more prone to road hazards, and wear unevenly.

Every day before you drive, look at each of the tires. If one looks lower than the others, check the pressure with a tire gauge.

At least once a month or before long trips, use a gauge to measure the pressure in all tires, including the spare*. Even tires in good condition can lose 12 psi (1020 kPa, 0.10.2 kgf/cm2) per month.

Inspection guidelines Every time you check inflation, also examine the tires and valve stems. Look for: Bumps or bulges on the side or in the tread. Replace the tire if you find any cuts,

splits, or cracks in the side of the tire. Replace it if you see fabric or cord. Remove any foreign objects and inspect for air leaks. Uneven tread wear. Have a dealer check the wheel alignment. Excessive tread wear.

2 Wear Indicators P. 498

Cracks or other damage around valve stem.

493* Not available on all models

494

uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuTire and Loading Information Label

M ain

ten an

ce

1Tire and Loading Information Label

The tire and loading information label attached to the drivers doorjamb contains: a The number of people your vehicle can carry. b The total weight your vehicle can carry. Do not

exceed this weight. c The original tire sizes for front, rear, and spare, if

equipped. d The proper cold tire pressure for front, rear, and

spare, if equipped.

1Tire Sizes

Following is an example of tire size with an explanation of what each component means. 225/50R18 95H 225: Tire width in millimeters. 50: Aspect ratio (the tires section height as a percentage of its width). R: Tire construction code (R indicates radial). 18: Rim diameter in inches. 95: Load index (a numerical code associated with the maximum load the tire can carry). H: Speed symbol (an alphabetical code indicating the maximum speed rating).

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 494

Tire and Loading Information Label The label attached to the drivers doorjamb provides necessary tire and loading information.

Tire Labeling The tires that came on your vehicle have a number of markings. Those you should be aware of are described as shown.

Whenever tires are replaced, they should be replaced with tires of the same size.

Label Example

Example Tire Size Tire Identification Number (TIN)

Maximum Tire Load

Maximum Tire Pressure

Tire Size

Tire Sizes

uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuTire Labeling M

ain ten

an ce

1Tire Identification Number (TIN)

DOT B97R FW6X 2209 DOT: This indicates that the tire meets all requirements of the U.S. Department of Transportation. B97R: Manufacturers identification mark. FW6X: Tire type code. 22 09: Date of manufacture.

Year Week

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 495

The tire identification number (TIN) is a group of numbers and letters that look like the example in the side column. TIN is located on the sidewall of the tire.

Cold Tire Pressure The tire air pressure when the vehicle has been parked for at least three hours or driven less than 1 mile (1.6 km). Load Rating Means the maximum load that a tire is rated to carry for a given inflation pressure. Maximum Inflation Pressure The maximum tire air pressure that the tire can hold. Maximum Load Rating Means the load rating for a tire at the maximum permissible inflation pressure for that tire. Recommended Inflation Pressure The cold tire inflation pressure recommended by the manufacturer. Treadwear Indicators (TWI) Means the projections within the principal grooves designed to give a visual indication of the degrees of wear of the tread.

Tire Identification Number (TIN)

Glossary of Tire Terminology

495

496

uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuDOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S. Vehicles)

M ain

ten an

ce

1Uniform Tire Quality Grading

For example: Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A

All passenger car tires must conform to Federal Safety Requirements in addition to these grades.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 496

DOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S. Vehicles) The tires on your vehicle meet all U.S. Federal Safety Requirements. All tires are also graded for treadwear, traction, and temperature performance according to Department of Transportation (DOT) standards. The following explains these gradings.

Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum section width.

The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course. For example, a tire graded 150 would wear one and one-half (1 1/2) times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100. The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use, however, and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits, service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate.

Uniform Tire Quality Grading

Treadwear

uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuDOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S. Vehicles) M

ain ten

an ce

1Traction

Warning: The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on straight-ahead braking traction tests, and does not include acceleration, cornering, hydroplaning, or peak traction characteristics.

1Temperature

Warning: The temperature grade for this tire is established for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded. Excessive speed, underinflation, or excessive loading, either separately or in combination, can cause heat buildup and possible tire failure.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 497

The traction grades, from highest to lowest, are AA, A, B, and C. Those grades represent the tires ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tire marked C may have poor traction performance.

The temperature grades are A (the highest), B, and C, representing the tires resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel. Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life, and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure. The grade C corresponds to a level of performance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No. 109. Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law.

Traction

Temperature

497

498

uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuWear Indicators

M ain

ten an

ce

1Checking Tires

High speed driving We recommend that you do not drive faster than the posted speed limits and conditions allow. If you drive at sustained high speeds (over 99 mph or 160 km/h), adjust the cold tire pressures as shown below to avoid excessive heat build up and sudden tire failure.

Tire Size 225/50R18 95H Pressure Front: 33 psi (230 kPa, 2.3 kgf/cm2)

Tire Size 245/40R19 94V Pressure Front: 35 psi (240 kPa, 2.4 kgf/cm2)

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 498

Wear Indicators The groove where the wear indicator is located is 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) shallower than elsewhere on the tire. If the tread has worn so that the indicator is exposed, replace the tire. Worn out tires have poor traction on wet roads.

Tire Service Life The life of your tires is dependent on many factors, including driving habits, road conditions, vehicle loading, inflation pressure, maintenance history, speed, and environmental conditions (even when the tires are not in use).

In addition to regular inspections and inflation pressure maintenance, it is recommended that you have annual inspections performed once the tires reach five years old. All tires, including the spare*, should be removed from service after 10 years from the date of manufacture, regardless of their condition or state of wear.

Example of a Wear Indicator mark

* Not available on all models

uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuTire and Wheel Replacement M

ain ten

an ce

1Tire and Wheel Replacement

3WARNING Installing improper tires on your vehicle can affect handling and stability. This can cause a crash in which you can be seriously hurt or killed.

Always use the size and type of tires recommended in this owners manual.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 499

Tire and Wheel Replacement Replace your tires with radials of the same size, load range, speed rating, and maximum cold tire pressure rating (as shown on the tires sidewall). Using tires of a different size or construction can cause certain vehicle systems such as the ABS and Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA) system to work incorrectly.

It is best to replace all four tires at the same time. If that isnt possible, replace the front or rear tires in pairs.

If you replace a wheel, only use TPMS specified wheels approved for your vehicle. Make sure that the wheels specifications match those of the original wheels.

499

500

uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuTire Rotation

M ain

ten an

ce

1Tire Rotation

Tires with directional tread patterns should only be rotated front to back (not from one side to the other). Directional tires should be mounted with the rotation indication mark facing forward, as shown below.

Front

Direction Mark

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 500

Tire Rotation Rotating tires according to the maintenance messages on the multi-information display helps to distribute wear more evenly and increase tire life.

Tires without rotation marks Rotate the tires as shown here.

Tires with rotation marks Rotate the tires as shown here.

Front

Front

uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuWinter Tires M

ain ten

an ce

1Winter Tires

NOTICE Traction devices that are the wrong size or improperly installed can damage your vehicles brake lines, suspension, body, and wheels. Stop driving if they are hitting any part of the vehicle.

When tire chains are mounted, follow the chain manufacturers instructions regarding vehicle operational limits.

If your vehicle is equipped with summer tires, be aware that these tires are not designed for winter driving conditions. For more information, contact a dealer.

3WARNING Using the wrong chains, or not properly installing chains, can damage the brake lines and cause a crash in which you can be seriously injured or killed.

Follow all instructions in this owners manual regarding the selection and use of tire chains.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 501

Winter Tires If driving on snowy or frozen roads, mount all season marked M+S tires, snow tires, or tire chains; reduce speed; and maintain sufficient distance between vehicles when driving.

Be particularly careful when operating the steering wheel or brakes to prevent skidding.

Use tire chains, snow tires, or all season tires when necessary or according to the law.

When mounting, refer to the following points.

For winter tires: Select the size and load ranges that are the same as the original tires. Mount the tires to all four wheels. For tire chains: Install them on the front tires only. Because your vehicle has limited tire clearance, we strongly recommend using the

chains listed below:

Follow the chain manufacturers instruction when installing. Mount them as tightly as you can.

Check that the chains do not touch the brake lines or suspension. Drive slowly.

Cable-type: QCC Premium Cobra 1042P with tensioner 0212

501

502

M ain

ten an

ce

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 502

Battery

1Battery

WARNING: Battery post, terminals, and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds. Wash your hands after handling.

When you find corrosion, clean the battery terminals by applying a baking powder and water solution. Clean the terminals with a damp towel. Cloth/towel dry the battery. Coat the terminals with grease to help prevent future corrosion.

When replacing the battery, the replacement must be of the same specifications. Consult a dealer for more information.

3WARNING The battery gives off explosive hydrogen gas during normal operation.

A spark or flame can cause the battery to explode with enough force to kill or seriously hurt you.

When conducting any battery maintenance, wear protective clothing and a face shield, or have a skilled technician do it.

Checking the Battery The condition of the battery is monitored by a sensor located on the negative terminal of the battery. If there is a problem with this sensor, the multi-information display will display a warning message. If this happens, have you vehicle inspected by a dealer.

Check the battery terminals for corrosion monthly.

If your vehicles battery is disconnected or goes dead: The audio system is disabled.

2 Reactivating the audio system P. 216

The clock resets. 2 Clock P. 132

The navigation system* is disabled. 2 Refer to the Navigation System Manual

4-cylinder models

Battery

6-cylinder models

Battery

* Not available on all models

uuBatteryuCharging the Battery* M

ain ten

an ce

1Battery

The battery installed in this vehicle is specifically designed for a model with Auto Idle Stop. Using a battery other than this specified type may shorten the battery life, and prevent Auto Idle Stop from activating. If you need to replace the battery, make sure to select the specified type. Ask a dealer for more details.

Models with Auto Idle Stop

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 503

Charging the Battery*

Disconnect both battery cables to prevent damaging your vehicles electrical system. Always disconnect the negative () cable first, and reconnect it last.

Charging the AGM Battery*

AGM labeled batteries like those installed in your vehicle require a compatible charger to be properly charged. Damage to the battery can result if the battery is charged improperly or with the wrong equipment. For more information on how to charge your vehicles AGM battery, consult a dealer.

503* Not available on all models

504

M ain

ten an

ce

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 504

Remote Transmitter Care

1Replacing the Button Battery

NOTICE An improperly disposed of battery can damage the environment. Always confirm local regulations for battery disposal.

Replacement batteries are commercially available or at a dealer.

3WARNING CHEMICAL BURN HAZARD The battery that powers the remote transmitter can cause severe internal burns and can even lead to death if swallowed. Keep new and used batteries away from children. If you suspect that a child has swallowed the battery, seek medical attention immediately.

Replacing the Button Battery

If the indicator does not come on when the button is pressed, replace the battery.

1. Remove the built-in key.

2. Remove the upper half of the cover by carefully prying on the edge with a coin. u Remove carefully to avoid losing the

buttons. u Wrap a coin with a cloth to prevent

scratching the keyless access remote. 3. Make sure to replace the battery with the

correct polarity.

Models without remote control engine start system

Battery type: CR2032

Battery

uuRemote Transmitter CareuReplacing the Button Battery M

ain ten

an ce

1Replacing the Button Battery

NOTICE The Remote transmitter is equipped with two batteries: A standard replaceable CR2032 coin button battery and an integral non-replaceable rechargeable battery. To prevent permanent damage to the rechargeable battery, replace the CR2032 battery every three to four years.

Models with remote control engine start system

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 505

If the indicator does not come on when the button is pressed, replace the battery.

1. Remove the built-in key. u As a convenience, lightly place masking

tape over the remote buttons to hold them in place.

2. Remove the upper half by carefully prying on the edge with a coin. u Wrap a coin with a cloth to prevent

scratching the transmitter. 3. Press down on the center of the assembly

and remove the battery. u When removing the button battery, be

careful not to touch parts around it. 4. Make sure to replace the battery with the

correct polarity.

Models with remote control engine start system

Battery type: CR2032

Battery

505

506

M ain

ten an

ce

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 506

Climate Control System Maintenance

1Dust and Pollen Filter

If the airflow from the climate control system deteriorates noticeably, and the windows fog up easily, the filter may need to be replaced. Please contact a dealer for replacement.

Dust and Pollen Filter The climate control system is equipped with a dust and pollen filter that collects pollen, dust, and other debris in the air. The Maintenance MinderTM messages will let you know when to replace the filter.

We recommend that you replace the dust and pollen filter sooner when using your vehicle in areas with high concentrations of dust.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 507

Cleaning

M

ain ten

an ce

1Interior Care

Do not spill liquids inside the vehicle. Electrical devices and systems may malfunction if liquids are splashed on them.

Do not use silicone based sprays on electrical devices such as audio devices and switches. Doing so may cause the items to malfunction or cause a fire inside the vehicle. If a silicone based spray is inadvertently used on electrical devices, consult a dealer.

Depending on their composition, chemicals and liquid aromatics may cause discoloration, wrinkles, and cracking to resin-based parts and textiles. Do not use alkali solvents or organic solvents such as benzene or gasoline.

After using chemicals, make sure to gently wipe them away using a dry cloth. Do not place used cloths on top of resin based parts or textiles for long periods of time without washing.

Interior Care Use a damp cloth with a mixture of mild detergent and warm water to remove dirt. Use a clean cloth to remove detergent residue.

Use a soft brush with a mixture of mild soap and warm water to clean the seat belts. Let the belts air dry. Wipe the openings of the seat belt anchors using a clean cloth.

Cleaning Seat Belts

Opening

507Continued

uuCleaninguInterior Care

508

M ain

ten an

ce

1Cleaning the Window

Wires are mounted to the inside of the rear window. Wipe along the same direction as the wires with a soft cloth so as not to damage them.

Be careful not to spill fluids, such as water or glass cleaner, on or around the cover of both the front sensor camera and the rainfall/light sensor*.

2 Automatic Operation (automatic lighting control) P. 163

2 Automatic Intermittent Wipers* P. 170 2 Front Sensor Camera P. 388

1Floor Mats

If you use any floor mats that were not originally provided with your vehicle, make sure they are designed for your specific vehicle, fit correctly, and are securely anchored by the floor anchors. Position the rear seat floor mat properly. If they are not properly positioned, the floor mat can interfere with the front seat functions.

1Maintaining Genuine Leather

It is important to clean or wipe away dirt or dust as soon as possible. Spills can soak into leather resulting in stains. Dirt or dust can cause abrasions in the leather. In addition, please note that some dark colored clothing can rub onto the leather seats resulting in discoloration or stains.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 508

Wipe using a glass cleaner.

The front and rear floor mats hook over floor anchors, which keep them from sliding forward. To remove a mat for cleaning, turn the anchor knobs to the unlock position. When reinstalling the mat after cleaning, turn the knobs to the lock position.

Do not put additional floor mats on top of the anchored mats.

To properly clean leather: 1. Use a vacuum or soft dry cloth first to remove any dirt or dust. 2. Clean the leather with a soft cloth dampened with a solution comprised of 90%

water and 10% neutral soap. 3. Wipe away any soap residue with a clean damp cloth. 4. Wipe away residual water and allow leather to air dry in the shade.

Cleaning the Window

Floor Mats

Unlock

Lock

Maintaining Genuine Leather

* Not available on all models

uuCleaninguExterior Care M

ain ten

an ce

1Washing the Vehicle

Do not spray water into the air intake vents. It can cause a malfunction.

Do not spray water onto the capless unit when the fuel fill door is open. It can cause damage to the fuel system or engine.

Air Intake Vents

1Using an Automated Car Wash

When using an automated car wash that pulls the vehicle through with a conveyor, make sure vehicle is in car wash mode.

2 If you want to keep the transmission in (N position [car wash mode] P. 374

Models with electronic gear selector

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 509

Exterior Care Dust off the vehicle body after you drive. Regularly inspect your vehicle for scratches on painted surfaces. A scratch on a painted surface can result in body rust. If you find a scratch, promptly repair it.

Wash the vehicle regularly. Wash more frequently when driving in the following conditions: If driving on roads with road salt. If driving in coastal areas. If tar, soot, bird droppings, insects, or tree sap are stuck to painted surfaces.

Make sure to follow the instructions indicated on the automated car wash. Fold in the door mirrors. For models equipped with automatic intermittent wipers, turn the wipers off.

Keep sufficient distance between the cleaning nozzle and the vehicle body. Take particular care around the windows. Standing too close may cause water to

enter the vehicle interior. Do not spray high pressure water directly into the engine compartment. Instead,

use low pressure water and a mild detergent.

Washing the Vehicle

Using an Automated Car Wash

Using High Pressure Cleaners

509Continued

uuCleaninguExterior Care

510

M ain

ten an

ce

1Applying Wax

NOTICE Chemical solvents and strong cleaners can damage the paint, metal, and plastic on your vehicle. Wipe away spills immediately.

1Maintaining the Bumpers and Other Resin Coated Parts

Ask a dealer about the correct coating material when you want to repair the painted surface of the parts made of resin.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 510

A good coat of automotive body wax helps protect your vehicles paint from the elements. Wax will wear off over time and expose your vehicles paint to the elements, so reapply as necessary.

If you get gasoline, oil, engine coolant, or battery fluid on resin coated parts, they may be stained or the coating may peel. Promptly wipe it away using a soft cloth and clean water.

Wipe using a glass cleaner.

Aluminum is susceptible to deterioration caused by salt and other road contaminants. When necessary, as early as possible use a sponge and mild detergent to wipe away these contaminants. Do not use a stiff brush or harsh chemicals (including some commercial wheel cleaners). These can damage the protective finish on aluminum alloy wheels, resulting in corrosion. Depending on the type of finish, the wheels also may lose their luster or appear burnished. To avoid water stains, wipe the wheels dry with a cloth while they are still wet.

Applying Wax

Maintaining the Bumpers and Other Resin Coated Parts

Cleaning the Window

Maintaining Aluminum Wheels

uuCleaninguExterior Care M

ain ten

an ce

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 511

The inside lenses of exterior lights (headlights, brake lights, etc.) may fog temporarily if you have driven in the rain, or after the vehicle has been run through a car wash. Dew condensation also may build up inside the lenses when there is a significant enough difference between the ambient and inside lens temperatures (similar to vehicle windows fogging up in rainy conditions). These conditions are natural processes, not structural design problems in the exterior lights. Lens design characteristics may result in moisture developing on the light lens frame surfaces. This also is not a malfunction. However, if you see large amounts of water accumulation, or large water drops building up inside the lenses, have your vehicle inspected by a dealer.

Fogged Exterior Light Lenses

511

512

M ain

ten an

ce

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 512

Accessories and Modifications

1Accessories and Modifications

Acura Genuine accessories are recommended to ensure proper operation on your vehicle.

3WARNING Improper accessories or modifications can affect your vehicles handling, stability, and performance, and cause a crash in which you can be seriously hurt or killed.

Follow all instructions in this owners manual regarding accessories and modifications.

Accessories When installing accessories, check the following: Do not install accessories on the windshield. They can obstruct your view and

delay your reaction to driving conditions. Do not install any accessories over areas marked SRS Airbag, on the sides or backs

of the front seats, on front or side pillars, or near the side windows. Accessories installed in these areas may interfere with proper operation of the vehicles airbags or may be propelled into you or another occupant if the airbags deploy.

Be sure electronic accessories do not overload electrical circuits or interfere with proper operation of your vehicle.

2 Fuses P. 553

Before installing any electronic accessory, have the installer contact a dealer for assistance. If possible, have a dealer inspect the final installation.

uuAccessories and ModificationsuModifications M

ain ten

an ce

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 513

Modifications Do not modify your vehicle in a manner that may affect its handling, stability, or reliability, or install non-genuine Acura parts or accessories that may have a similar effect.

Even minor modifications to vehicle systems can affect overall vehicle performance. Always make sure all equipment is properly installed and maintained, and do not make any modification to your vehicle or its systems that might cause your vehicle to no longer meet federal, state, province, territory, and local regulations.

The on-board diagnostic port (OBD-II/SAE J1962 connector) installed on this vehicle is intended to be used with automobile system diagnostic devices or with other devices that Acura has approved. Use of any other type of device may adversely affect the vehicle's electronic systems or allow them to be compromised, possibly resulting in a system malfunction, drained battery, or other unexpected problems.

Do not modify or attempt to repair any of the electrical components.

513

514

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 514

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 515

Handling the Unexpected

This chapter explains how to handle unexpected troubles.

Tools Types of Tools .................................. 516

If a Tire Goes Flat Temporarily Repairing a Flat Tire....... 517 Changing a Flat Tire ......................... 530

Engine Does Not Start Checking the Engine........................ 537 If the Keyless Access Remote Battery is Weak ............................................. 538

Emergency Engine Stop ................... 539 Jump Starting.................................... 540 Shift Lever Does Not Move .............. 544

Overheating How to Handle Overheating............. 545

Indicator, Coming On/Blinking If the Low Oil Pressure Indicator Comes On ..547 If the Charging System Indicator Comes On ................................................. 547

If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes On or Blinks..................................... 548

If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On..548 If the Electric Power Steering (EPS) System Indicator Comes On...........................549

If the Electric Parking Brake System Indicator Comes On ....................... 550

If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator Comes On or Blinks ....................... 551

If the Transmission System Indicator Blinks along with the Warning Message...... 552

Fuses Fuse Locations ................................. 553 Inspecting and Changing Fuses........ 557

Emergency Towing........................... 558 When You Cannot Unlock the Fuel Fill Door................................................. 559

When You Cannot Open the Trunk .....560 Refueling

Refueling From a Portable Fuel Container ... 561

515

516

H an

d lin

g th

e U n

exp ected

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 516

Tools

1Types of Tools

The tools are stored in the trunk.

Types of Tools

Vehicles with optional spare tire

Jack

Jack Handle Bar Towing Hook

Wheel Nut Wrench/ Jack Handle

FunnelTowing Hook Funnel

Vehicles with temporary tire repair kit

Tool Case

Models with plastic storage bin

Tool Case

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 517

If a Tire Goes Flat

H

an d

lin g

th e U

n exp

ected

1Temporarily Repairing a Flat Tire

The kit should not be used in the following situations. Instead, contact a dealer or roadside assistance to have the vehicle towed. The tire sealant has expired. More than one tire is punctured. The puncture or cut is larger than 3/16 inch (4 mm). The tire side wall is damaged or the puncture is

outside the contact area.

Damage has been caused by driving with the tires extremely under inflated.

The tire bead is no longer seated. The rim is damaged.

Do not remove a nail or screw that punctured the tire. If you remove it from the tire, you may not be able to repair the puncture using the kit.

NOTICE Do not use a puncture-repairing agent other than the one provided in the kit that came with your vehicle. If a different agent is used, you may permanently damage the tire pressure sensor.

When the puncture is: Use Kit

Smaller than 3/16 inch (4 mm)

Yes

Larger than 3/16 inch (4 mm)

No

Contact Area

Temporarily Repairing a Flat Tire If the tire has a large cut or is otherwise severely damaged, you will need to have the vehicle towed. If the tire only has a small puncture, from a nail for instance, you can use the temporary tire repair kit so that you can drive to the nearest service station for a more permanent repair.

If a tire goes flat while driving, grasp the steering wheel firmly, and brake gradually to reduce speed. Then stop in a safe place.

1. Park the vehicle on a firm, level, and non-slippery surface and apply the parking brake.

2. Change the gear position to (P . 3. Turn on the hazard warning lights and set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF

(LOCK).

517Continued

uu If a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire

518

H an

d lin

g th

e U n

exp ected

1Getting Ready to Temporarily Repair the Flat Tire

Repair notification label and speed restriction label are applied to the side of temporary tire repair kit.

When making a temporary repair, carefully read the instruction manual provided with the kit.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 518

1. Pull up on the trunk floor lid strap until it is completely open.

Getting Ready to Temporarily Repair the Flat Tire

Instruction Manual

Speed Restriction LabelRepair Notification Label

Pressure Relief Button Inflator Switch

Selector Knob Sealant/Air Side

Sealant/Air Hose Air Only Side

Power Plug

Pressure Gauge

U.S. Canada

U.S. Canada

Trunk Floor Lid Strap

uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire H

an d

lin g

th e U

n exp

ected

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 519

2. Turn the knob counterclockwise and remove the tool case lid.

3. Remove the kit. 4. Place the kit face up, on flat ground near

the flat tire, and away from traffic. Do not place the kit on its side.

Tool Case Lid

Knob

519Continued

uu If a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire

520

H an

d lin

g th

e U n

exp ected

1Injecting Sealant and Air

In cold temperatures, the sealant may not flow easily. In this situation, warm it up for five minutes before using.

The sealant can permanently stain clothing and other materials. Be careful during handling and wipe away any spills immediately.

3WARNING Tire sealant contains substances that are harmful and can be fatal if swallowed.

If accidentally swallowed, do not induce vomiting. Drink plenty of water and get medical attention immediately.

For skin or eye contact, flush with cool water and get medical attention if necessary.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 520

1. Remove the valve cap from the tire valve stem.

2. Remove the sealant/air hose from the packaging.

3. Attach the sealant/air hose onto the tire valve stem. Screw it until it is tight.

Injecting Sealant and Air

Valve Stem

Valve Cap

Sealant/Air Hose

Valve Stem

Sealant/Air Hose

uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire H

an d

lin g

th e U

n exp

ected

1Injecting Sealant and Air

NOTICE Do not operate the temporary tire repair kit compressor for more than 15 minutes. The compressor can overheat and become permanently damaged.

There are two accessory power sockets: In the console compartment In the front of the center pocket

2 Accessory Power Sockets P. 196

Until the sealant injection is complete, the pressure shown on the pressure gauge will appear higher than actual. After the sealant injection is complete the pressure will drop and then begin to rise again as the tire is inflated with air. This is normal. To accurately measure the air pressure using the gauge, turn the air compressor off only after the sealant injection is complete.

3WARNING Running the engine with the vehicle in an enclosed or even partly enclosed area can cause a rapid build-up of toxic carbon monoxide.

Breathing this colorless, odorless gas can cause unconsciousness and even death. Only run the engine to power the air compressor with the vehicle outdoors.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 521

4. Plug in the compressor to the accessory power socket. u Be careful not to pinch the cord in a

door or window. u Do not plug any other electric devices

into other accessory power sockets. 2 Accessory Power Sockets P. 196

5. Start the engine. u Keep the engine running while injecting

sealant and air. 2 Carbon Monoxide Gas P. 69

6. Turn the selector knob to REPAIR*1, SEALANT/AIR*2, PRODUIT ANTIFUITE/ AIR*2.

*1: U.S. models *2: Canadian models

U.S.

Canada

Continued 521

uu If a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire

522

H an

d lin

g th

e U n

exp ected

1Injecting Sealant and Air

If the required air pressure is not reached within 10 minutes, the tire may be too severely damaged for the kit to provide the necessary seal, and your vehicle will need to be towed.

See an Acura dealer for a replacement sealant bottle and proper disposal of an empty bottle.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 522

7. Press the inflator switch to turn on the compressor. u The compressor starts injecting sealant

and air into the tire. u When the sealant injection is complete,

continue to add air. 8. After the air pressure reaches 32 psi (220

kPa), turn off the kit. u To check the pressure, occasionally turn

off the compressor and read the gauge. 9. Unplug the power plug from the accessory

power socket. 10. Unscrew the sealant/air hose from the tire

valve stem. Reinstall the valve cap.

11. Press the pressure relief button until the gauge returns to 0 psi (0 kPa).

Pressure Gauge

ON

OFF

Sealant/Air Hose

Valve Stem

Pressure Relief Button

uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire H

an d

lin g

th e U

n exp

ected

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 523

12. Apply the repair notification label to the flat surface of the wheel. u The wheel surface must be clean to

ensure the label adheres properly.

1. Apply the speed restriction label to the location as shown.

2. Drive the vehicle for about 10 minutes. u Do not exceed 50 mph (80 km/h).

3. Stop the vehicle in a safe place.

Repair Notification Label

U.S.

Canada

Distributing the Sealant in the Tire

Speed Restriction Label

U.S.

Canada

523Continued

524

uu If a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire

H an

d lin

g th

e U n

exp ected

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 524

4. Recheck the air pressure using the sealant/ air hose on the compressor.

Sealant/Air Hose

uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire H

an d

lin g

th e U

n exp

ected

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 525

5. Turn the selector knob to AIR*1, AIR ONLY*2, AIR SEULEMENT*2. u Do not turn the air compressor on to

check the pressure. 2 Inflating an Under-inflated Tire P. 527

6. If the air pressure is Less than 25 psi (175 kPa): Do not add air or continue driving. The leak is too severe. Call for help and have your vehicle towed.

2 Emergency Towing P. 558

32 psi (220 kPa) or more: Continue driving for another 10 minutes or until you reach the nearest service station, whichever is sooner. Do not exceed 50 mph (80 km/h). If you have not reached a service station, stop and check the tire pressure. u If the air pressure does not go down

after 10 minutes of driving, you do not need to check the tire pressure again.

*1: U.S. models *2: Canadian models

U.S.

Canada

525Continued

uu If a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire

526

H an

d lin

g th

e U n

exp ected

1Distributing the Sealant in the Tire

3WARNING Running the engine with the vehicle in an enclosed or even partly enclosed area can cause a rapid build-up of toxic carbon monoxide.

Breathing this colorless, odorless gas can cause unconsciousness and even death. Only run the engine to power the air compressor with the vehicle outdoors.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 526

Greater than 25 psi (175 kPa), but less than 32 psi (220 kPa):

Turn the air compressor on to inflate the tire until the tire pressure reaches 32 psi (220 kPa).

2 Inflating an Under-inflated Tire P. 527

Then drive carefully for 10 more minutes or until you reach the nearest service station, whichever is sooner. Do not exceed 50 mph (80 km/h). If you have not reached a service station, stop and check the tire pressure. u You should repeat this procedure as

long as the air pressure is within this range.

7. Unplug the kit from the accessory power socket.

8. Unscrew the sealant/air hose from the tire valve stem. Reinstall the valve cap.

9. Press the pressure relief button until the gauge returns to 0 psi (0 kPa).

10. Repackage and properly stow the kit.

Pressure Relief Button

uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire H

an d

lin g

th e U

n exp

ected

1Inflating an Under-inflated Tire

NOTICE Do not operate the temporary tire repair kit compressor for more than 15 minutes. The compressor can overheat and become permanently damaged.

3WARNING Running the engine with the vehicle in an enclosed or even partly enclosed area can cause a rapid build-up of toxic carbon monoxide.

Breathing this colorless, odorless gas can cause unconsciousness and even death. Only run the engine to power the air compressor with the vehicle outdoors.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 527

You can use the kit to inflate a non-punctured, under-inflated tire. 1. Open the trunk floor lid.

2 Getting Ready to Temporarily Repair the Flat Tire P. 518

2. Remove the kit from the case. 3. Place the kit, face up, on flat ground near

the flat tire, away from traffic. Do not place the kit on its side.

4. Remove the sealant/air hose from the kit.

5. Remove the valve cap.

6. Attach the sealant/air hose onto the tire valve stem. Screw it until it is tight.

Inflating an Under-inflated Tire

Sealant/Air Hose

Valve Cap

Valve Stem

Sealant/Air Hose

Continued 527

528

uu If a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire

H an

d lin

g th

e U n

exp ected

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 528

7. Plug in the kit to the accessory power socket. u Be careful not to pinch the cord in a

door or window. u Do not plug any other electronic

devices into other accessory power sockets. 2 Accessory Power Sockets P. 196

8. Start the engine. u Keep the engine running while injecting

air. 2 Carbon Monoxide Gas P. 69

9. Turn the selector knob to AIR*1, AIR ONLY*2, AIR SEULEMENT*2.

10. Press the inflator switch to turn on the kit. u The compressor starts to inject air into

the tire. 11. Inflate the tire to the specified air pressure.

*1: U.S. models *2: Canadian models

U.S.

Canada

uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire H

an d

lin g

th e U

n exp

ected

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 529

12. Turn off the kit. u Check the pressure gauge on the air

compressor. u If overinflated, press the pressure relief

button. 13. Unplug the kit from the accessory power

socket. 14. Unscrew the sealant/air hose from the tire

valve stem. Reinstall the valve cap. 15. Press the pressure relief button until the

gauge returns to 0 psi (0 kPa). 16. Repackage and properly stow the kit.

Pressure Relief Button

529

530

uu If a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire

H an

d lin

g th

e U n

exp ected

1Changing a Flat Tire

Follow compact spare precautions: Periodically check the tire pressure of the compact spare. It should be set to the specified pressure. Specified Pressure: 60 psi (420 kPa, 4.2 kgf/cm2)

When driving with the compact spare tire, keep the vehicle speed under 50 mph (80 km/h). Replace with a full-size tire as soon as possible.

The compact spare tire and wheel in your vehicle are specifically for this model. Do not use them with another vehicle. Do not use another type of compact spare tire or wheel with your vehicle.

Do not mount tire chains on a compact spare tire. If a chain-mounted front tire goes flat, remove one of the full-size rear tires and replace it with the compact spare tire. Remove the flat front tire and replace it with the full-size tire that was removed from the rear. Mount the tire chains on the front tire.

Do not use a puncture-repairing agent other than the Tire Repair Kit provided with your vehicle, as some tire repair agents can cause damage to the pressure sensors.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 530

Changing a Flat Tire If a tire goes flat while driving, grasp the steering wheel firmly, and brake gradually to reduce speed. Then, stop in a safe place. Replace the flat tire with a compact spare tire. Go to a dealer as soon as possible to have the full-size tire repaired or replaced.

1. Park the vehicle on firm, level, non-slippery surface, and apply the parking brake. 2. Change the gear position to (P . 3. Turn on the hazard warning lights and set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF

(LOCK).

Vehicles with optional spare tire

uu If a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire H

an d

lin g

th e U

n exp

ected

1Changing a Flat Tire

Do not use the jack if it doesnt work properly. Call your dealer or a professional towing service.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 531

1. Open the trunk floor lid. 2 Temporarily Repairing a Flat Tire P. 517

2. Take the tool case out of the trunk. Take the jack and wheel nut wrench, and jack handle bar out of the tool case.

3. Unscrew the wing bolt, and remove the spacer cone. Then, remove the spare tire.

4. Place a wheel block or rock in front and rear of the wheel diagonal to the flat tire.

5. Place the compact spare tire (wheel side up) under the vehicle body, near the tire that needs to be replaced.

Getting Ready to Replace the Flat Tire

Spare Tire

Tool Case

Wheel Blocks

The tire to be replaced.

Continued 531

532

uu If a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire

H an

d lin

g th

e U n

exp ected

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 532

6. Loosen each wheel nut about one turn using the wheel nut wrench.

uu If a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire H

an d

lin g

th e U

n exp

ected

1How to Set Up the Jack

Do not use the jack with people or luggage in the vehicle.

Use the jack provided in your vehicle. Other jacks may not support the weight (load) or may not fit the jacking point.

The following instructions must be followed to use the jack safely: Do not use while the engine is running. Use only where the ground is firm and level. Use only at the jacking points. Do not get in the vehicle while using the jack. Do not put anything on top of or underneath the

jack.

3WARNING The vehicle can easily roll off the jack, seriously injuring anyone underneath.

Follow the directions for changing a tire exactly, and no person should place any portion of their body under a vehicle that is supported by a jack.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 533

1. Place the jack under the jacking point closest to the tire to be changed.

2. Turn the end bracket clockwise as shown in the image until the top of the jack contacts the jacking point. u Make sure that the jacking point tab is

resting in the jack notch.

How to Set Up the Jack

Jacking Points

Continued 533

uu If a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire

534

H an

d lin

g th

e U n

exp ected

1Replacing the Flat Tire

Do not over tighten the wheel nuts by applying extra torque using your foot or a pipe.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 534

3. Raise the vehicle, using the jack handle bar and the jack handle, until the tire is off the ground.

1. Remove the wheel nuts and flat tire.

2. Wipe the mounting surfaces of the wheel with a clean cloth.

3. Mount the compact spare tire. 4. Screw the wheel nuts until they touch the

lips around the mounting holes, and stop rotating.

Jack Handle Bar

Wheel Nut Wrench as Jack Handle

Replacing the Flat Tire

uu If a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire H

an d

lin g

th e U

n exp

ected

1Storing the Flat Tire

3WARNING Loose items can fly around the interior in a crash and can seriously injure the occupants. Store the wheel, jack, and tools securely before driving.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 535

5. Lower the vehicle and remove the jack. Tighten the wheel nuts in the order indicated in the image. Go around, tightening the nuts, two to three times in this order. Wheel nut torque: 80 lbfft (108 Nm, 11 kgfm)

1. Remove the center cap.

Storing the Flat Tire

Center Cap

Continued 535

uu If a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire

536

H an

d lin

g th

e U n

exp ected

1TPMS and the Spare Tire

The system cannot monitor the pressure of the spare tire. Manually check the spare tire pressure to be sure that it is correct.

Use the TPMS specific wheels. Each is equipped with a tire pressure sensor mounted inside the tire behind the valve stem.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 536

2. Place the flat tire face down in the spare tire well.

3. Remove the spacer cone from the wing bolt, flip it over, and insert it back on the bolt. Secure the flat tire with the wing bolt.

4. Securely put the jack, wheel nut wrench and jack handle bar back in the tool case. Store the case in the trunk.

If you replace a flat tire with the spare tire, the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator comes on while you are driving. After driving for a few miles (kilometers), the indicator will start blinking for a short time and then stay on. Tire Pressure Monitor Problem appears on the multi-information display, but this is normal.

If you replace the tire with a full-size tire, the warning message on the multi- information display and the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator will go off after a few miles (kilometers).

Spacer Cone

Wing Bolt

For compact spare tire

For full-size tire

TPMS and the Spare Tire

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 537

Engine Does Not Start

H

an d

lin g

th e U

n exp

ected

cklist n display. ton message appears eak P. 538 perating range. ange P. 158

ess. at all

P. 553

again. 2 Starting the Engine P. 362

g, the engine cannot be started.

Gauge P. 113

dealer.

1Checking the Engine

If you must start the vehicle immediately, use an assisting vehicle or booster battery to jump start it.

2 Jump Starting P. 540

Checking the Engine If the engine does not start, check the starter.

Starter condition Che Starter doesnt turn or turns over slowly. The battery may be dead. Check each of the items on the right and respond accordingly.

Check for a message on the multi-informatio If the To Start, Hold Remote Near Start But

2 If the Keyless Access Remote Battery is W uMake sure the keyless access remote is in its o

2 ENGINE START/STOP Button Operating R Check the brightness of the interior lights. Turn on the interior lights and check the brightn If the interior lights are dim or do not come on

2 Battery P. 502 If the interior lights come on normally 2 Fuses

The starter turns over normally but the engine doesnt start. There may be a problem with the fuse. Check each of the items on the right and respond accordingly.

Review the engine start procedure. Follow its instructions, and try to start the engine Check the immobilizer system indicator. When the immobilizer system indicator is blinkin

2 Immobilizer System P. 152

Check the fuel level. There should be enough fuel in the tank. 2 Fuel

Check the fuse. Check all fuses, or have the vehicle checked by a

2 Inspecting and Changing Fuses P. 557

If the problem continues: 2 Emergency Towing P. 558

537

538

uuEngine Does Not StartuIf the Keyless Access Remote Battery is Weak

H an

d lin

g th

e U n

exp ected

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 538

If the Keyless Access Remote Battery is Weak If the beeper sounds, the To Start, Hold Remote Near Start Button message appears on the multi-information display, and the indicator on the ENGINE START/ STOP button flashes, and the engine wont start. Start the engine as follows:

1. Touch the center of the ENGINE START/ STOP button with the A logo on the keyless access remote while the indicator on the ENGINE START/STOP button is flashing. The buttons on the keyless access remote should be facing you. u The indicator flashes for about 30

seconds.

2. Depress the brake pedal and press the ENGINE START/STOP button within 10 seconds after the beeper sounds while the indicator stays on. u If you dont depress the pedal, the mode

will change to ACCESSORY.

uuEngine Does Not StartuEmergency Engine Stop H

an d

lin g

th e U

n exp

ected

1Emergency Engine Stop

Do not press the button while driving unless it is absolutely necessary for the engine to be turned off.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 539

Emergency Engine Stop The ENGINE START/STOP button may be used to stop the engine due to an emergency situation even while driving. If you must stop the engine, do either of the following operations: Press and hold the ENGINE START/STOP button for about two seconds. Firmly press the ENGINE START/STOP button three times.

The steering wheel will not lock. However, because turning off the engine disables the power assist the engine provides to the steering and braking systems, it will require significantly more physical effort and time to steer and slow the vehicle. Use both feet on the brake pedal to slow down the vehicle and stop immediately in a safe place.

The gear position automatically changes to (P after the vehicle comes to a complete stop. Then, the power mode changes to VEHICLE OFF.

The gear position automatically changes to (P after the vehicle comes to a complete stop. Then press the ENGINE START/STOP button twice without depressing the brake pedal to change the mode VEHICLE OFF.

The power mode is in ACCESSORY when the engine is stopped. To change the mode to VEHICLE OFF, move the shift position to (P after the vehicle comes to a complete stop.

Then press the ENGINE START/STOP button twice without depressing the brake pedal.

Automatic transmission models with electronic gear selector for U.S. models

Automatic transmission models with electronic gear selector for Canadian models

Automatic transmission models with shift lever for U.S. models

Automatic transmission models with shift lever for Canadian models

539

540

H an

d lin

g th

e U n

exp ected

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 540

Jump Starting

1Jump Starting

Securely attach the jumper cable clips so that they do not come off when the engine vibrates. Also be careful not to tangle the jumper cables or allow the cable ends to touch each other while attaching or detaching the jumper cables.

Battery performance degrades in cold conditions and may prevent the engine from starting.

3WARNING A battery can explode if you do not follow the correct procedure, seriously injuring anyone nearby.

Keep all sparks, open flames, and smoking materials away from the battery.

Turn off the power to electric devices, such as audio and lights. Turn off the engine, then open the hood.

1. Open the battery terminal cover.

Jump Starting Procedure

6-cylinder models

Battery Terminal Cover

6-cylinder models

uuJump Startingu H

an d

lin g

th e U

n exp

ected

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 541

2. Connect the first jumper cable to your vehicles battery + terminal.

3. Connect the other end of the first jumper cable to the booster battery + terminal. u Use a 12-volt booster battery only. u When using an automotive battery

charger to boost your 12-volt battery, select a lower charging voltage than 15 volt. Check the charger manual for the proper setting.

4. Connect the second jumper cable to the booster battery - terminal.

4-cylinder models

Booster Battery

All models

6-cylinder models

Booster Battery

541Continued

542

uuJump Startingu

H an

d lin

g th

e U n

exp ected

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 542

5. Connect the other end of the second jumper cable to the mounting bolt as shown. Do not connect this jumper cable to any other part.

6. If your vehicle is connected to another vehicle, start the assisting vehicles engine and increase its rpm slightly.

7. Attempt to start your vehicles engine. If it turns over slowly, check that the jumper cables have good metal-to-metal contact.

4-cylinder models

6-cylinder models

uuJump Startingu H

an d

lin g

th e U

n exp

ected

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 543

Once your vehicles engine has started, remove the jumper cables in the following order:

1. Disconnect the jumper cable from your vehicles ground. 2. Disconnect the other end of the jumper cable from the booster battery -

terminal. 3. Disconnect the jumper cable from your vehicles battery + terminal. 4. Disconnect the other end of the jumper cable from the booster battery +

terminal.

Have your vehicle inspected by a nearby service station or a dealer.

What to Do After the Engine Starts

543

544

H an

d lin

g th

e U n

exp ected

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 544

Shift Lever Does Not Move

Follow the procedure below if you cannot move the shift lever out of the (P position.

1. Set the parking brake. 2. Remove the built-in key from the keyless

access remote. 3. Pull up the bottom edge of the cover with

your finger, then remove it.

4. Insert the key into the shift lock release slot. 5. While pushing the key, press the shift lever

release button, and place the shift lever into (N . u The lock is now released. Have the shift

lever checked by a dealer as soon as possible.

Releasing the Lock

Models with shift lever

Cover

Release Button

Shift Lock Release Slot

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 545

Overheating

H

an d

lin g

th e U

n exp

ected

1How to Handle Overheating

NOTICE Continuing to drive with the temperature gauge needle at the mark may damage the engine.

3WARNING Steam and spray from an overheated engine can seriously scald you.

Do not open the hood if steam is coming out.

H

How to Handle Overheating Overheating symptoms are as follows: The temperature gauge needle is at the mark or the engine suddenly loses

power. The Stop Driving When Safe. Engine Temperature Too Hot message appears

on the multi-information display. Steam or spray comes out of the engine compartment.

First thing to do 1. Immediately park the vehicle in a safe place. 2. Turn off all accessories and turn on the hazard warning lights. u No steam or spray present: Keep the engine running and open the hood. u Steam or spray is present: Turn off the engine and wait until it subsides.

Then, open the hood.

H

545Continued

uuOverheatinguHow to Handle Overheating

546

H an

d lin

g th

e U n

exp ected

1How to Handle Overheating

If the coolant is leaking, contact a dealer for repairs.

Use water as an emergency/temporary measure only. Have a dealer flush the system with proper antifreeze as soon as possible.

Continuing to drive with the Stop Driving When Safe. Engine Temperature Too Hot message on the multi-information display may damage the engine.

3WARNING Removing the radiator cap while the engine is hot can cause the coolant to spray out, seriously scalding you.

Always let the engine and radiator cool down before removing the radiator cap.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 546

Next thing to do 1. Check that the cooling fan is operating and

stop the engine once the temperature gauge needle comes down. u If the cooling fan is not operating,

immediately stop the engine. 2. Once the engine has cooled down, inspect

the coolant level and check the cooling system components for leaks. u If the coolant level in the reserve tank is

low, add coolant until it reaches the MAX mark.

u If there is no coolant in the reserve tank, check that the radiator is cool. Cover the radiator cap with a heavy cloth and open the cap. If necessary, add coolant up to the base of the filler neck, and put the cap back on.

Last thing to do Once the engine has cooled sufficiently, restart it and check the temperature gauge. If the temperature gauge needle has gone down, resume driving. If it has not gone down, contact a dealer for repairs.

Reserve Tank

MAX

MIN

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 547

Indicator, Coming On/Blinking

H

an d

lin g

th e U

n exp

ected

1If the Low Oil Pressure Indicator Comes On

NOTICE Running the engine with low oil pressure can cause serious mechanical damage almost immediately.

1If the Charging System Indicator Comes On

If you need to stop temporarily, do not turn off the engine. Restarting the engine may rapidly discharge the battery.

If the Low Oil Pressure Indicator Comes On Reasons for the indicator to come on Comes on when the engine oil pressure is low. What to do as soon as the indicator comes on 1. Immediately park the vehicle on level ground in a safe place. 2. If necessary, turn the hazard warning lights on. What to do after parking the vehicle 1. Stop the engine and let it sit for approximately three minutes. 2. Open the hood and check the oil level.

2 Oil Check P. 476

3. Start the engine and check the low oil pressure indicator. u The indicator goes off: Start driving again. u The indicator does not go off within 10 seconds: Immediately stop

the engine and contact a dealer for repairs.

If the Charging System Indicator Comes On Reasons for the indicator to come on Comes on when the battery is not being charged. What to do when the indicator comes on Turn off the climate control system, rear defogger, and other electrical systems, and immediately contact a dealer for repairs.

547

548

uu Indicator, Coming On/Blinkingu If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes On or Blinks

H an

d lin

g th

e U n

exp ected

1If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes On or Blinks

NOTICE If you drive with the malfunction indicator lamp on, the emissions control system and the engine could be damaged.

If the malfunction indicator lamp blinks again when restarting the engine, drive to the nearest dealer at 31 mph (50 km/h) or less. Have your vehicle inspected.

1If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On

Have your vehicle repaired immediately. It is dangerous to drive with low brake fluid. If there is no resistance from the brake pedal, stop immediately in a safe place. If necessary downshift the gears.

If the brake system indicator and ABS indicator come on simultaneously, the electronic brake distribution system is not working. This can result in vehicle instability under sudden braking. Have your vehicle inspected by a dealer immediately.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 548

If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes On or Blinks

Reasons for the indicator lamp to come on or blink Comes on when there is a problem with the engine emissions control

system. Blinks when engine misfiring is detected. What to do when the indicator lamp comes on Avoid high speeds and immediately get your vehicle inspected at a dealer. What to do when the indicator lamp blinks Park the vehicle in a safe place with no flammable items and wait at least 10 minutes or more with the engine stopped until it cools.

If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On Reasons for the indicator to come on The brake fluid is low. There is a malfunction in the brake system. What to do when the indicator comes on while driving Depress the brake pedal lightly to check pedal pressure. If normal, check the brake fluid level the next time you stop. If abnormal, take immediate action. If necessary, downshift the

transmission to slow the vehicle using engine braking.

U.S.

Canada

uu Indicator, Coming On/Blinkingu If the Electric Power Steering (EPS) System Indicator Comes On H

an d

lin g

th e U

n exp

ected

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 549

If the Electric Power Steering (EPS) System Indicator Comes On

Reasons for the indicator to come on Comes on when there is a problem with the EPS system. If you depress the accelerator pedal repeatedly to increase the engine

speed while the engine is idling, the indicator comes on, and sometimes the steering wheel becomes harder to operate.

What to do when the indicator comes on Stop the vehicle in a safe place and restart the engine. If the indicator comes on and stays on, immediately have your vehicle inspected by a dealer.

549

550

uu Indicator, Coming On/Blinkingu If the Electric Parking Brake System Indicator Comes On

H an

d lin

g th

e U n

exp ected

1If the Electric Parking Brake System Indicator Comes On

If you apply parking brake, it may not release.

If the electric parking brake indicator also turns on, the parking brake is still applied.

When the electric parking brake indicator blinks at the same time as the electric parking brake system indicator, the system must be checked. The parking brake may not operate under these conditions.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 550

If the Electric Parking Brake System Indicator Comes On

Reasons for the indicator to come on Comes on if there is a problem with the electric parking brake system. What to do when the indicator comes on Avoid using the parking brake and immediately get your vehicle inspected at a dealer. What to do when the electric parking brake indicator comes on

or blinks at the same time Release the parking brake.

2 Parking Brake P. 428

If the electric parking brake indicator remains on or blinks, even after releasing the parking brake, immediately stop the vehicle in a safe place, and call a dealer. u Preventing the vehicle from moving, the transmission is in (P .

If only the electric parking brake indicator goes off, immediately get your vehicle inspected at a dealer.

uu Indicator, Coming On/Blinkingu If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator Comes On or Blinks H

an d

lin g

th e U

n exp

ected

1If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator Comes On or Blinks

NOTICE Driving on an extremely underinflated tire can cause it to overheat. An overheated tire can fail. Always inflate your tires to the prescribed level.

TPMS Fill Assist provides visual and audible assistance during tire pressure adjustment. With the power mode in ON, while you adjust tire pressure up or down, the system alerts you as follows: Below recommended pressure: The beeper sounds and exterior lights flash once every five seconds. At recommended pressure: The beeper sounds and exterior lights flash rapidly for ~ five seconds. Above recommended pressure: The beeper sounds and lights flash twice every three seconds.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 551

If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator Comes On or Blinks

Reasons for the indicator to come on or blink A tire pressure is significantly low. If there is a problem with the TPMS with Tire Fill Assist or the compact spare tire* is installed, the indicator blinks for about one minute, and then stays on. What to do when the indicator comes on Drive carefully and avoid abrupt cornering and hard braking. Stop your vehicle in a safe place. Check the tire pressure and adjust the pressure to the specified level. The specified tire pressure is on a label on the drivers side doorjamb. What to do when the indicator blinks Have the tire inspected by a dealer as soon as possible. If the compact spare tire* causes the indicator to blink, change the tire to a full-size tire. The indicator goes off after driving for a few miles (kilometers).

551* Not available on all models

552

uu Indicator, Coming On/Blinkingu If the Transmission System Indicator Blinks along with the Warning Message

H an

d lin

g th

e U n

exp ected

1If the Transmission System Indicator Blinks along with the Warning Message

You may not be able to start the engine.

Make sure to set the parking brake when parking your vehicle.

Call a professional towing service if you need to tow your vehicle.

2 Emergency Towing P. 558

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 552

If the Transmission System Indicator Blinks along with the Warning Message

Reasons for the indicator to blink The transmission is malfunctioned. What to do when the indicator blinks Immediately have your vehicle inspected by a dealer. Change to (N after starting the engine. u Check if the (N position in the instrument panel and the indicator

on the (N button light/blink. u The engine cannot be turned on unless the parking brake is set.

2 Starting the Engine P. 362

Models with electronic gear selector

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 553

Fuses

Fuse Locations If any electrical devices are not working, set Circuit protected and fuse rating

H an

d lin

g th

e U n

exp ected

the power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK) and check to see if any applicable fuse is blown.

Fuse locations are shown on the fuse box cover. Locate the fuse in question by the fuse number and box cover number.

Located near the brake fluid reservoir. Push the tabs to open the box.

Engine Compartment Fuse Box Type A

Tab

* Not available on all models

Circuit Protected Amps

1

EPS 70 A Sub Fuse Box 60 A

ABS/VSA Motor 40 A ABS/VSA FSR 20 A Main Fan*2, *3 30 A

Main Fuse 125 A

2

IG Main 30 A F/B Main 60 A

F/B Main 2 60 A Headlight Main 30 A

IG Main 2 30 A Starter Cut 1 40 A Injector*2, *3

20 A Sub Fan*1

Rear Defroster 40 A Main Fan*1

30 A Sub Fan*2, *3

Wiper 30 A Heater Motor 40 A

*1:4-cylinder models *2:6-cylinder models with 2WD *3:6-cylinder models with AWD

3

Headlight Washer*2, *3 (30 A) Left Electric Parking Brake 30 A

Right Electric Parking Brake 30 A Driver Thigh Support* (30 A)

4 5 6 7 8 STRLD*1, *2 7.5 A 9 Interior Lights*1, *2 5 A

10 Headlight Low/High Main 20 A 11 Oil Level 7.5 A 12 Front Fog Lights* (7.5 A)

13 Passengers Power Seat

Reclining 20 A

14 Hazard 15 A 15 IGP2 15 A 16 IG Coil 15 A

17 Stop*1, *2 10 A

SH-AWD*3 20 A

Circuit Protected Amps

553Continued

554

uuFusesuFuse Locations

H an

d lin

g th

e U n

exp ected

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 554

*1:4-cylinder models *2:6-cylinder models with 2WD *3:6-cylinder models with AWD

Circuit Protected Amps 18 Horn 10 A

19 Audio*1, *2 20 A

Interior Light*3 5 A

20 ACM*2, *3

20 A Injector*1

21 FI Main 15 A 22 DBW 15 A 23 TCU/SBW*2, *3 10 A 24 Premium AMP 30 A 25 MG Clutch 7.5 A

26 Passengers Power Seat

Sliding 20 A

27 Parking Lights*1, *2 15 A 28 BMS 7.5 A 29 Back Up 10 A

Located near the washer fluid cap. Push the tabs to open the box.

Engine Compartment Fuse Box Type B

Tab

Circuit protected and fuse rating

Circuit Protected Amps 1 Left Headlight Low Beam 7.5 A 2 Right Headlight Low Beam 7.5 A 3 Right Headlight High Beam 7.5 A 4 Left Headlight High Beam 7.5 A

uuFusesuFuse Locations H

an d

lin g

th e U

n exp

ected

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 555

Located under the dashboard.

Fuse locations are shown on the label on the under panel. Locate the fuse in question by the fuse number and label number.

Circuit protected and fuse rating

Drivers Side Interior Fuse Box Type A

Fuse Label

Fuse Box

Circuit Protected Amps 1 A/C 7.5 A 2 DRL 7.5 A 3 ST Motor (7.5 A) 4

5 Meter*1

7.5 A Auto Dimming Mirror*2

6 SRS (7.5 A)

7 Option 7.5 A 8 MISS SOL*3 (15 A) 9 Fuel Pump 20 A

10 ABS/VSA*1

(7.5 A) Smart*2

11 Spare Fuse 30 A 12 Wiper 7.5 A 13 ACG 15 A

14 Accessory Power Socket (Console Compartment)

20 A

15 Drivers Power Seat

Reclining 20 A

16 Moonroof 20 A 17 AVS/Seat Heaters 20 A 18

19 Passengers Side Door

Unlock 10 A

20 Drivers Side Rear Door

Unlock 10 A

21 Drivers Side Door Lock (10 A) 22 Passengers Side Door Lock 10 A 23 Drivers Side Door Unlock (10 A) 24 SRS 10 A 25 Instrument Panel Lights 7.5 A 26 ACC Key Lock 7.5 A

Circuit Protected Amps

*1:2WD models *2:AWD models *3:4-cylinder models

27 Parking Lights 7.5 A 28 Lumbar Support 10 A 29 Right DRL 7.5 A 30 Washer 20 A 31 SMART 10 A

32 Drivers Side Power

Window 20 A

33 Passengers Side Power

Window 20 A

34 Rear Drivers Side Power

Window 20 A

35 Rear Passengers Side

Power Window 20 A

36 Drivers Power Seat Sliding 20 A 37 ACCESSORY 7.5 A 38 39 Left DRL 7.5 A

40 Accessory Power Socket

(Center Pocket) 20 A

41 Rear Drivers Side Door

Lock 10 A

42 Door Lock 20 A

Circuit Protected Amps

555Continued

556

uuFusesuFuse Locations

H an

d lin

g th

e U n

exp ected

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 556

*1:2WD models *2:AWD models *3:Have a dealer replace the fuse.

Circuit Protected Amps A B C Meter*2 7.5 A D Back Up*2 10 A E Stop*2 7.5 A F Parking Lights*2 15 A G Audio ACC*2 7.5 A

Rear Seat Heater*, *1, *2, *3 (15 A) A ABS/VSA*2 7.5 A B MICU*2 7.5 A C D E STRLD*2 7.5 A F Audio*2 20 A G ACM*2 7.5 A

Heated Steering Wheel*, *1, *2, *3 (10 A)

* Not available on all models

Located inside the drivers side outer panel. When you remove the outer panel, use the following procedure.

1. Grasp the bottom edge of the outer panel.

2. Pull the panel towards you, then remove it.

Fuse locations are shown on the outer panel.

Drivers Side Interior Fuse Box Type B

Outer Panel

Fuse Box

Fuse Label

Circuit protected and fuse rating

*1:AWD models

Circuit Protected Amps 1 P-AWS L (40 A) 2 3 4 ACC Radar (10 A) 5 Idle Stop*1 (30 A) 6 P-AWS R (40 A) 7 FR DE-ICE* (15 A) 8 Idle Stop*1 (30 A)

uuFusesu Inspecting and Changing Fuses H

an d

lin g

th e U

n exp

ected

1Inspecting and Changing Fuses

NOTICE Replacing a fuse with one that has a higher rating greatly increases the chances of damaging the electrical system.

Replace fuse with a spare fuse of the same specified amperage. Confirm the specified amperage using the charts on P. 553 to 556.

There is a fuse puller on the back of the engine compartment fuse box cover.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 557

Inspecting and Changing Fuses 1. Set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF

(LOCK). Turn headlights and all accessories off.

2. Remove the fuse box cover. 3. Check the large fuse in the engine

compartment. u If the fuse is blown, use a Phillips-head

screwdriver to remove the screw and replace it with a new one.

4. Inspect the small fuses in the engine compartment and the vehicle interior. u If there is a blown fuse, remove it with

the fuse puller and replace it with a new one.

Combined Fuse

Blown Fuse

Fuse Puller

557

558

H an

d lin

g th

e U n

exp ected

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 558

Emergency Towing

1Emergency Towing

NOTICE Trying to lift or tow your vehicle by the bumpers will cause serious damage. The bumpers are not designed to support the vehicle's weight.

NOTICE Improper towing such as towing behind a motorhome or other motor vehicle can damage the transmission.

Never tow your vehicle with just a rope or chain. It is very dangerous, since ropes or chains may shift from side to side or break.

Call a professional towing service if you need to tow your vehicle.

Flat bed equipment The operator loads your vehicle on the back of a truck. This is the best way you can safely transport your vehicle.

Wheel lift equipment The tow truck uses two pivoting arms that go under the front tires and lift them off the ground. The rear tires remain on the ground. This is an acceptable way to tow your vehicle.

All models

2WD models

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 559

When You Cannot Unlock the Fuel Fill Door

H

an d

lin g

th e U

n exp

ected

1When You Cannot Unlock the Fuel Fill Door

After taking these steps, contact a dealer to have the vehicle checked.

If you cannot unlock the fuel fill door, use the following procedure:

1. Open the trunk and remove the cover.

2. Pull the release lever toward you. u The release lever unlocks the fuel fill door

when it is pulled.

What to Do When Unable to Unlock the Fuel Fill Door

Cover

Release Lever

559

560

H an

d lin

g th

e U n

exp ected

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 560

When You Cannot Open the Trunk

1When You Cannot Open the Trunk

Following up: After taking these steps, contact a dealer to have the vehicle checked.

If you cannot open the trunk, use the following procedure. 1. Remove the cover.

2. Insert the key into the cylinder and turn the key to the right. u The trunk unlocks and opens.

What to Do When Unable to Open the Trunk

Cover

Push

Key

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 561

Refueling

H

an d

lin g

th e U

n exp

ected

1Refueling From a Portable Fuel Container

NOTICE Do not insert the nozzle of a portable fuel container or any funnel other than the one provided with your vehicle. Doing so can damage the fuel system. Do not try to pry open or push open the sealed fuel tank with foreign objects. This can damage the fuel system and its seal.

Make sure the fuel in the portable fuel container is gasoline before you refuel.

3WARNING Gasoline is highly flammable and explosive. You can be burned or seriously injured when handling fuel.

Stop the engine, and keep heat, sparks, and flame away.

Handle fuel only outdoors. Wipe up spills immediately.

Refueling From a Portable Fuel Container If you have run out of fuel and need to refuel your vehicle from a portable fuel container, use the funnel provided with your vehicle.

1. Turn off the engine. 2. Press the fuel fill door release button. u The fuel fill door opens.

3. Take the funnel out of the tool case in the trunk.

2 Types of Tools P. 516

4. Remove the funnel from the case. 5. Place the end of the funnel on the lower

part of filler opening, then insert it slowly and fully. u Make sure that the end of the funnel

goes down along with the filler pipe.

6. Fill the tank with fuel from the portable fuel container. u Pour fuel carefully so you do not spill any.

7. Remove the funnel from the filler neck. u Wipe up any fuel from the funnel before

storing it. 8. Shut the fuel fill door by hand.

Funnel Case

561

562

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 562

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 563

Information

This chapter includes your vehicles specifications, locations of identification numbers, and other

information required by regulation.

Specifications .................................... 564 Identification Numbers

Vehicle Identification Number (VIN), Engine Number, and Transmission Number ......................................... 566

Devices that Emit Radio Waves ....... 567 Reporting Safety Defects ................. 569

Emissions Testing Testing of Readiness Codes.............. 570

Warranty Coverages ........................ 572 Authorized Manuals......................... 574 Client Service Information ............... 575

563

564

In fo

rm atio

n

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 564

Specifications

Vehicle Specifications

*1: 4-cylinder models *2: 6-cylinder models with 2WD *3: 6-cylinder models with AWD

Air Conditioning

Model Acura TLX No. of Passengers: Front 2 Rear 3 Total 5 Weights: Gross Vehicle Weight Rating

U.S.: 4,497 lbs (2,040 kg)*1

U.S.: 4,619 lbs (2,095 kg)*2

U.S.: 4,762 lbs (2,160 kg)*3

Canada: 2,055 kg*1

Canada: 2,170 kg*3

Gross Axle Weight Rating (Front)

U.S.: 2,370 lbs (1,075 kg)*1

U.S.: 2,535 lbs (1,150 kg)*2

U.S.: 2,579 lbs (1,170 kg)*3

Canada: 1,120 kg*1

Canada: 1,180 kg*3

Gross Axle Weight Rating (Rear)

U.S.: 2,161 lbs (980 kg)*1, *2

U.S.: 2,227 lbs (1,010 kg)*3

Canada: 980 kg*1

Canada: 1,015 kg*3

Refrigerant Type HFC-134a (R-134a) Charge Quantity 16.7 18.5 oz (475 525 g) Lubricant Type ND-OIL 8 Quantity 4.27 5.19 cu-in (70 85 cm3)

* Not available on all models

Engine Specifications

*1: 4-cylinder models *2: 6-cylinder models

Fuel

Washer Fluid

Displacement 144 cu-in (2,356 cm3)*1

212 cu-in (3,471 cm3)*2

Spark Plugs NGK

DILKAR7H11GS*1

DILKAR7G11GS*1

DILZKR7B11G*2

DENSO DXE22HQR-D11S*1

Type Unleaded premium gasoline, Pump octane number of 91 or higher

Fuel Tank Capacity 17.2 US gal (65 L)

Tank Capacity U.S.: 2.6 US qt (2.5 L) Canada: 5.7 US qt (5.4 L)

Light Bulbs Headlights (High/Low Beam) LED Fog Lights* LED Front Turn Signal/Parking Lights LED Front Side Marker Lights LED Side Turn Signal Lights (on Door Mirrors)

LED

Brake/Taillights/Rear Side Marker Lights

LED

Brake/Taillights LED Back-Up Lights 21 W Rear Turn Signal Lights 21 W High-Mount Brake Light LED Rear License Plate Lights LED Puddle Lights* LED Interior Lights

Front and Rear Map Lights LED Front and Rear Ambient Lights LED Vanity Mirror Lights 1.4 W Door Courtesy Lights 3.4 W Console Compartment Light 1.4 W Glove Box Light 1.4 W Door Inner Handle Lights LED Trunk Light 5 W

uuSpecificationsu In

fo rm

atio n

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 565

Brake Fluid

Dual Clutch Transmission Fluid*

Automatic Transmission Fluid*

Rear Differential Fluid*

Transfer Assembly Fluid*

Specified Acura Heavy Duty Brake Fluid DOT 3

Specified Acura Automatic Transmission Fluid ATF-TYPE 2

Capacity Change 4.1 US qt (3.9 L)

Specified Acura Automatic Transmission Fluid ATF-TYPE 3

Capacity Change 3.5 US qt (3.3 L)

Specified Acura DPSF-II Capacity Change 1.92 US qt (1.82 L)

Specified Acura Hypoid Gear Oil HGO-1 Hypoid gear oil SAE 75W-85 or SAE 90 (API grade GL4 or GL5)

Capacity Change 0.45 US qt (0.43 L)

* Not available on all models

Engine Oil

*1: 4-cylinder models *2: 6-cylinder models

Engine Coolant

*1: 4-cylinder models *2: 6-cylinder models

Recommended Genuine Acura Motor Oil 0W-20 API Premium-grade 0W-20 detergent oil

Capacity

Change 4.2 US qt (4.0 L) Change including filter

4.4 US qt (4.2 L)*1

4.5 US qt (4.3 L)*2

Specified Acura Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant Type2 Ratio 50/50 with distilled water

Capacity

1.66 US gal (6.3 L)*1

2.22 US gal (8.4 L)*2 (change including the remaining 0.21 US gal (0.8 L) in the reserve tank)

Tire

*1: Models with 17 inch wheel *2: Models with 18 inch wheel *3: Models with 19 inch wheel *4: Vehicles with optional spare tire

Regular Size

225/55R17 97H*1

225/50R18 95H*2

245/40R19 94V*3

Pressure psi (kPa [kgf/cm2])

32 (220 [2.2])

Compact Spare*4

Size T135/80D17 103M Pressure psi (kPa [kgf/cm2])

60 (420 [4.2])

Wheel Size Regular

17 x 7 1/2J*1

18 x 7 1/2J*2

19 x 8J*3

Compact Spare*4 17 x 4T

565

566

In fo

rm atio

n

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 566

Identification Numbers

1Vehicle Identification Number (VIN), Engine Number, and Transmission Number

The interior vehicle identification number (VIN) is located under the cover.

Cover

Vehicle Identification Number (VIN), Engine Number, and Transmission Number Your vehicle has a 17-digit vehicle identification number (VIN) used to register your vehicle for warranty purposes, and for licensing and insuring your vehicle. The locations of your vehicles VIN, engine number, and transmission number are shown as follows.

Vehicle Identification Numbers

Engine Number

Dual Clutch Transmission Number

Certification Label/Vehicle Identification Number

Vehicle Identification Numbers

Engine Number

Automatic Transmission Number

Certification Label/Vehicle Identification Number

4-cylinder models

6-cylinder models

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 567

Devices that Emit Radio Waves

In

fo rm

atio n

The following products and systems on your vehicle emit radio waves when in operation.

Each of the above complies with the appropriate requirements or the required standards of FCC (Federal Communications Commission) and Industry Canada Standard, described below:

As required by the FCC: This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.

Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the users authority to operate the equipment.

AcuraLink*

Audio System Blind Spot Information System*

Bluetooth Audio Bluetooth HandsFreeLink Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM

HomeLink Universal Transceiver Immobilizer System Keyless Access System Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) Remote Engine Start with Vehicle Feedback*

Wireless charger*

567Continued* Not available on all models

568

uuDevices that Emit Radio Wavesu

In fo

rm atio

n

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 568

This device complies with industry Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 569

Reporting Safety Defects

In

fo rm

atio n

In the U.S. If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) in addition to notifying American Honda Motor Co., Inc.

If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles, it may order a recall and remedy campaign. However, NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you, your dealer, or American Honda Motor Co., Inc.

To contact NHTSA, you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424- 9153); go to http://www.safercar.gov; or write to: Administrator, NHTSA, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 20590. You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http:// www.safercar.gov.

In Canada If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you should immediately inform Honda Canada Inc. and you may also inform Transport Canada.

If Transport Canada receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles, it may lead to a recall and remedy campaign. However, Transport Canada cannot become involved in individual problems between you, your dealer, or Honda Canada Inc.

To contact Transport Canadas Defect Investigations and Recalls Division, you may call 1-800-333-0510. For more information on reporting safety defects or about motor vehicle safety, go to http://www.tc.gc.ca/ roadsafety.

569

570

In fo

rm atio

n

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 570

Emissions Testing

1Testing of Readiness Codes

The readiness codes are erased when the battery is disconnected, and set again only after several days of driving under a variety of conditions.

If a testing facility determines that the readiness codes are not set, you may be requested to return at a later date to complete the test.

If the testing facility determines the readiness codes are still not set, see a dealer.

Testing of Readiness Codes Your vehicle has readiness code as part of the onboard self diagnostic system. Some States use these codes for testing to verify whether your vehicles emissions components are working properly. The codes may not be read properly if testing is performed just after the battery has gone dead or been disconnected.

To check if they are set, set the power mode to ON, without starting the engine. The malfunction indicator lamp will come on for several seconds. If it then goes off, the readiness codes are set. If it blinks five times, the readiness codes are not set.

If you are required to have your vehicle tested before the readiness codes are ready, prepare the vehicle for retesting by doing the following:

1. Fill the gas tank to approximately 3/4 full. 2. Park the vehicle and leave the engine off for 6 hours or more. 3. Make sure the ambient temperature is between 40F and 95F (4C and 35C). 4. Start the engine without touching the accelerator pedal, and let it idle for 20

seconds. 5. Keep the vehicle in (P.

Increase the engine speed to 2,000 rpm, and hold it there for about 3 minutes. 6. Let the engine idle with your foot off the accelerator for 20 seconds.

uuEmissions TestinguTesting of Readiness Codes In

fo rm

atio n

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 571

7. Select a nearby, lightly traveled major highway where you can maintain a speed of 50 to 60 mph (80 to 97 km/h) for at least 20 minutes. Drive on the highway in (D . Do not use cruise control. When traffic allows, drive for 90 seconds without moving the accelerator pedal. (Vehicle speed may vary slightly; this is okay.) If you cannot do this for a continuous 90 seconds because of traffic conditions, drive for at least 30 seconds, then repeat it two more times (for a total of 90 seconds).

8. Drive in city or suburban traffic for at least 10 minutes. When traffic conditions allow, let the vehicle coast for several seconds without using the accelerator pedal or the brake pedal.

9. Park the vehicle and leave the engine off for 30 minutes.

571

572

In fo

rm atio

n

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 572

Warranty Coverages

U.S. Owners Your new vehicle is covered by these warranties:

New Vehicle Limited Warranty covers your new vehicle, except for the emissions control systems and accessories, against defects in materials and workmanship.

Emissions Control Systems Defects Warranty and Emissions Performance Warranty these two warranties cover your vehicles emissions control systems. Time, mileage, and coverage are conditional. Please read your warranty booklet for exact information.

Seat Belt Limited Warranty a seat belt that fails to function properly is covered by a limited warranty. Please read your warranty booklet for details.

Rust Perforation Limited Warranty all exterior body panels are covered against rusting from the inside out for the specified time period, regardless of mileage.

Accessory Limited Warranty Acura accessories are covered under this warranty. Time and mileage limits depend on the type of accessory and other factors. Please read your warranty booklet for details.

Replacement Parts Limited Warranty covers all Acura replacement parts against defects in materials and workmanship.

uuWarranty Coveragesu In

fo rm

atio n

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 573

Replacement Battery Limited Warranty provides prorated coverage for a replacement battery purchased from your dealer.

Replacement Muffler Lifetime Limited Warranty provides coverage for as long as the purchaser of the muffler owns the vehicle.

Restrictions and exclusions apply to all these warranties. Please read the Acura warranty information booklet that came with your vehicle for precise information on warranty coverages. Your vehicles original tires are covered by their manufacturer. Tire warranty information is in a separate booklet.

Canadian Owners Please refer to the warranty manual that came with your vehicle.

EPA Contact Information An owner may obtain further information concerning emission warranties or report violations of the terms of the emission warranties by contacting:

U.S. Environmental Protection Agency Office of Transportation and Air Quality Compliance Division, Light-Duty Vehicle Group Attn: Warranty Complaints 2000 Traverwood Drive Ann Arbor, MI 48105 Email: complianceinfo@epa.gov

573

574

In fo

rm atio

n

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 574

Authorized Manuals

Service Express For electronic copies of service publications, you can purchase a subscription to Service Express. Visit www.techinfo.honda.com for pricing and options.

For U.S. Owners Manuals can be purchased from Helm Incorporated. You can order a manual by phone at 1 (800) 782-4356 (credit card orders only), or online at www.helminc.com.

For Canadian Owners Please contact a dealer to order any manuals that you may require.

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 575

Client Service Information

In

fo rm

atio n

1Client Service Information

When you call or write, please give us the following information: Vehicle Identification Number

2 Vehicle Identification Number (VIN), Engine Number, and Transmission Number P. 566

Date of purchase Odometer reading of your vehicle Your name, address, and telephone number A detailed description of the problem Name of the dealer who sold the vehicle to you

Acura dealership personnel are trained professionals who should be able to deal with any problems you may encounter with your vehicle. If, however, you are faced with a problem that they cannot resolve to your satisfaction, contact Acura Client Relations/Services.

U.S. Owners American Honda Motor Co., Inc. Acura Client Relations 1919 Torrance Blvd. Mail Stop 100-5E-8F Torrance, CA. 90501-2746 Tel: 1 (800) 382-2238

Canadian Owners Honda Canada Inc. Acura Client Services 180 Honda Boulevard Markham, ON L6C 0H9 Tel: 1-888-9-ACURA-9 Fax: 1-877-939-0909 E-mail: acura_cr@ch.honda.com

In Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin Islands Bella International P.O. Box 190816 San Juan, PR 00919-0816 Tel: 1 (787) 620-7546

575Continued

576

uuClient Service Informationu

In fo

rm atio

n

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 576

Requirements to access Pandora Latest version of the Pandora app

installed on your Android, Blackberry, or iPhone.

Registered Pandora account (you can create a free account at www.pandora.com <http:// www.pandora.com/> or on your smartphone)

Connection to the internet via Wi-Fi or cellular data network.

Disclaimer of Pandora

Limitations Access to Pandora requires an active

internet connection Ability to access Pandora through this

system is subject to change without notice

Certain functionality of Pandora service is not available when accessing the service through this system including, but not limited to, creating new stations, deleting stations, emailing current stations, buying tracks, viewing additional text information, logging in to Pandora, and adjusting Cell Network Audio Quality. Pandora internet radio is a music service not affiliated with HONDA. More information is available at http:// www.pandora.com <http:// www.pandora.com/>. Pandora, the Pandora logo, and the Pandora trade dress are trademarks or registered trademarks of Pandora Media, Inc., used with permission.

Mobile access requires a smartphone with an active data plan. Standard data rates may apply.

Pandora is only available in the United States.

Index

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 577

Index

In d

ex

A AAC ................................................... 244, 252 ABS (Anti-lock Brake System) .................. 434 Accessories and Modifications ................ 512 Accessory Power Sockets ......................... 196 AcuraWatchTM ............................................ 22 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) ................................. 390

Additives Coolant .................................................. 482 Engine Oil ............................................... 475 Washer ................................................... 485

Additives, Engine Oil ............................... 475 Adjusting

Armrest .................................................. 188 Front Seats.............................................. 180 Head Restraints....................................... 183 Mirrors.................................................... 177 Steering Wheel ....................................... 176 Temperature ........................................... 117

Agile Handling Assist ............................... 419 Air Conditioning System (Climate Control System).................................................... 205 Changing the Mode................................ 208 Defrosting the Windshield and Windows .............................................. 211

Dust and Pollen Filter .............................. 506 Sensors ................................................... 212 Synchronized Mode ................................ 209 Using Automatic Climate Control............ 205

Air Pressure ...................................... 494, 565

Airbags ........................................................ 41 Advanced Airbags ..................................... 47 Airbag Care............................................... 55 Drivers Knee Airbag.................................. 48 Event Data Recorder .................................... 0 Front Airbags (SRS) .................................... 44 Indicator .............................................. 53, 79 Passenger Airbag Off Indicator .................. 54 Sensors...................................................... 41 Side Airbags .............................................. 50 Side Curtain Airbags .................................. 52

AM/FM Radio ............................................ 230 Ambient Light Off Switch ........................ 191 Android Auto............................................ 262 Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) .................. 434

Indicator .................................................... 79 Apple CarPlay ........................................... 258 Armrest ..................................................... 188 Audio Remote Controls............................ 217 Audio System ............................................ 214

Adjusting the Sound................................ 228 Auxiliary Input Jack .................................. 216 Error Messages ........................................ 267 General Information ................................ 274 Internet Radio.......................................... 250 iPhone............................................. 250, 276 iPod......................................................... 247 MP3/WMA/AAC .............................. 244, 252 Reactivating............................................. 216 Recommended CDs ................................. 275 Recommended Devices ............................ 276

Remote Controls ..................................... 217 Security Code.......................................... 216 Theft Protection ...................................... 216 USB Flash Drives ...................................... 276 USB Port.................................................. 215

Authorized Manuals ................................ 574 Auto Door Locking/Unlocking................. 148

Customize....................................... 126, 304 Auto High-Beam....................................... 166 Auto Idle Stop .......................................... 382

OFF Button.............................................. 383 Auto Idle Stop Indicator (Green)............... 89 Auto Idle Stop System Indicator (Amber) ..................................................... 89

Automatic Brake Hold ............................. 432 Indicator............................................ 74, 432

Automatic Brake Hold System Indicator............................................ 74, 432

Automatic Folding Door Mirror .............. 179 Automatic Lighting .................................. 163 Automatic Transmission........................... 370

Creeping ................................................. 370 Kickdown................................................ 370 Operating the Shift Button ................ 18, 372 Shifting ................................................... 371

Auxiliary Input Jack.................................. 216 Average Fuel Economy ............................ 117 Average Speed ......................................... 118

577

578

In d

ex

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 578

B Battery

Charging (Battery) ................................... 503 Charging System Indicator ................. 75, 547 Jump Starting .......................................... 540 Maintenance (Checking the Battery) ........ 502

Belts (Seat) .................................................. 34 Beverage Holders...................................... 195 Blind spot information (BSI) System ........ 420 Bluetooth Audio ..................................... 255 Bluetooth HandsFreeLink ..................... 317 Booster Seats (For Children)....................... 68 Brake System............................................. 428

Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) ................... 434 Automatic Brake Hold.............................. 432 Brake Assist System ................................. 435 Fluid ........................................................ 485 Foot Brake ............................................... 431 Parking Brake .......................................... 428

Brake System (Amber) Indicator .................................................... 72

Brake System (Red) Indicator ............................................ 72, 548

Brightness Control (Instrument Panel) .... 172 BSI (Blind spot information) System ........ 420 Built-in Key................................................ 134 Bulb Replacement..................................... 486

Back-Up Lights......................................... 489 Brake/Taillights ........................................ 488 Brake/Taillights and Rear Side Marker Lights..................................................... 488

Fog Lights ............................................... 486 Front Side Marker/Parking Lights ............. 486 Headlights............................................... 486 High-Mount Brake Light .......................... 490 Puddle Lights........................................... 490 Rear License Plate Lights.......................... 490 Rear Turn Signal Lights ............................ 487 Side Turn Signal/Emergency Indicator Lights .................................................... 486

Bulb Specifications ................................... 564

C Carbon Monoxide Gas ............................... 69 Carrying Cargo ................................. 357, 359 CD Player................................................... 244 Center Pocket ........................................... 194 Certification Label .................................... 566 Changing Bulbs ........................................ 486 Charging System Indicator................. 75, 547 Child Safety................................................. 56

Childproof Door Locks............................. 147 Child Seat.................................................... 56

Booster Seats ............................................ 68 Child Seat for Infants................................. 58 Child Seat for Small Children..................... 59 Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt.................................................. 63

Larger Children ......................................... 67 Rear-facing Child Seat ............................... 58 Selecting a Child Seat................................ 60

Using a Tether .......................................... 65 Childproof Door Locks ............................. 147 Cleaning the Exterior............................... 509 Cleaning the Interior ............................... 507 Client Service Information....................... 575 Climate Control System ........................... 205

Changing the Mode................................ 208 Defrosting the Windshield and Windows .............................................. 211

Dust and Pollen Filter .............................. 506 Sensors ................................................... 212 Synchronized Mode ................................ 209 Using Automatic Climate Control............ 205

Clock ......................................................... 132 CMBSTM (Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM) ................................................ 436

Coat Hooks ............................................... 200 Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) ................................................. 436

Compact Spare Tire (Optional) ....... 530, 565 Compass.................................................... 352 Console Compartment............................. 193 Controls .................................................... 131 Coolant (Engine) ...................................... 482

Adding to the Radiator ........................... 483 Adding to the Reserve Tank .................... 482 Overheating............................................ 545

Creeping (Automatic Transmission)........ 370 Creeping (Dual Clutch Transmission) ...... 370 Cross Traffic Monitor ............................... 451 Cup Holders .............................................. 195

In d

ex

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 579

Customized Features ....................... 120, 292

D Daytime Running Lights .......................... 165 Dead Battery ............................................ 540 Defrosting the Windshield and Windows ................................................. 211

Devices that Emit Radio Waves ............... 567 Dimming

Headlights .............................................. 162 Rearview Mirror ...................................... 177

Dipstick (Engine Oil) ................................ 476 Directional Signals (Turn Signal) ............. 161 Door Mirrors............................................. 178 Doors ........................................................ 133

Auto Door Locking.................................. 148 Auto Door Unlocking .............................. 148 Door Open Indicator ................................. 33 Door Open Message ................................. 97 Keys........................................................ 133 Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside .............................................. 13, 145

Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside ................................................. 136

Lockout Prevention System ..................... 143 DOT Tire Quality Grading........................ 496 Drivers Knee Airbag.................................. 48 Driving ...................................................... 355

Automatic Transmission .......................... 370 Braking ................................................... 428

Dual Clutch Transmission......................... 370 Shifting Gear ................................... 371, 378 Starting the Engine .................................. 362

Driving Position Memory System............. 174 Dual Clutch Transmission ......................... 370

Creeping ................................................. 370 Fluid ........................................................ 484 Kickdown ................................................ 370 Operating the Shift Lever ................... 20, 379 Shift Lever Does Not Move ...................... 544 Shifting ................................................... 378

Dust and Pollen Filter ............................... 506

E ECON (Econ mode) Indicator ..................... 85 Elapsed Time ............................................. 118 Electric Parking Brake

Indicator .................................................... 73 Electric Parking Brake System

Indicator ............................................ 73, 550 Electric Power Steering (EPS) System

Indicator ............................................ 79, 549 Electronic Stability Control (ESC) ............. 417 Emergency ................................................ 558 Emissions Testing (Readiness Codes) ....... 570 Engine ....................................................... 566

Coolant ................................................... 482 Jump Starting .......................................... 540 Oil ........................................................... 475 Remote Engine Start ................................ 365

Starting ................................................... 362 Engine Coolant......................................... 482

Adding to the Radiator............................ 483 Adding to the Reserve Tank..................... 482 Overheating ............................................ 545 Temperature Gauge ................................ 113

Engine Oil ................................................. 475 Adding.................................................... 478 Checking................................................. 476 Displaying Oil Life.................................... 468 Low Oil Pressure Indicator ................. 74, 547 Recommended Engine Oil ....................... 475

ENGINE START/STOP Button .................... 158 EPS (Electric Power Steering) System ........ 79 Exhaust Gas Hazard (Carbon Monoxide) .. 69 Exterior Care (Cleaning)........................... 509 Exterior Mirrors ........................................ 178

F Features .................................................... 213 Filters

Dust and Pollen ....................................... 506 Oil........................................................... 479

Flat Tire ..................................................... 517 Floor Mats................................................. 508

579

580

In d

ex

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 580

Fluids Automatic Transmission........................... 484 Brake....................................................... 485 Dual Clutch Transmission......................... 484 Engine Coolant........................................ 482 Windshield Washer.................................. 485

Fog Lights.................................................. 165 Foot Brake................................................. 431 Front Airbags (SRS) ..................................... 44 Front Seat Heaters and Ventilation......... 203 Front Seats ................................................ 180

Adjusting................................................. 180 Front Sensor Camera ................................ 388 Fuel ...................................................... 21, 459

Economy ................................................. 462 Gauge ..................................................... 113 Instant Fuel Economy............................... 118 Low Fuel Indicator ..................................... 78 Range...................................................... 118 Recommendation ............................ 459, 564 Refueling ................................................. 459

Fuel Economy............................................ 462 Fuel Fill Door....................................... 21, 460 Fuses .......................................................... 553

Inspecting and Changing ......................... 557 Locations ......................... 553, 554, 555, 556

G Gasoline (Fuel)

Economy ................................................. 462

Gauge..................................................... 113 Information ............................................. 459 Instant Fuel Economy .............................. 118 Low Fuel Indicator ..................................... 78 Refueling................................................. 459

Gauges ...................................................... 113 Gear Position Indicator ...................... 75, 372 Gear Shift Lever Positions

Dual Clutch Transmission ........................ 378 Gear Shift Positions

Automatic Transmission .......................... 371 Glass (care)........................................ 508, 510 Glove Box.................................................. 192

H Handling the Unexpected........................ 515 HandsFreeLink (HFL)............................... 317

Auto Answer........................................... 333 Automatic Import of Cellular Phonebook and Call History ..................................... 335

Automatic Transferring............................ 333 Displaying Messages................................ 348 HFL Buttons............................................. 317 HFL Menus .............................................. 320 HFL Status Display ................................... 318 Limitations for Manual Operation ............ 319 Making a Call .......................................... 339 Options During a Call .............................. 345 Phone Setup............................................ 325 Receiving a Call ....................................... 344

Receiving a Text/E-mail Message ............. 346 Ring Tone ............................................... 334 Selecting a Mail Account......................... 347 Speed Dial .............................................. 336 To Create a Security PIN.......................... 332 To Set Up a Text/E-mail Message Option .................................................. 330

Use Contact Photo.................................. 334 Hazard Warning Button .............................. 4 Head Restraints ........................................ 183 Headlight Washers................................... 171 Headlights ................................................ 162

Aiming.................................................... 486 Auto High-Beam System ......................... 166 Automatic Operation .............................. 163 Dimming......................................... 162, 165 Operating ............................................... 162

Heated Steering Wheel ........................... 202 Heaters (Seat) ................................... 203, 204 HFL (HandsFreeLink) .............................. 317 High Beam Indicator .................................. 82 Hill Start Assist System ............................. 368 HomeLink Universal Transceiver ........... 314 Honda App License Agreement .............. 277

I Identification Numbers............................ 566

Vehicle Identification Number (VIN), Engine Number and Transmission Number .............................................. 566

In d

ex

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 581

Illumination Control ................................ 172 Immobilizer System.................................. 152

Indicator ................................................... 83 Indicators .................................................... 72

Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) ..... 85, 86, 390

Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) .................... 79 Auto High-Beam ....................................... 82 Auto Idle Stop (Green) .............................. 89 Auto Idle Stop System (Amber) ................. 89 Automatic Brake Hold....................... 74, 432 Automatic Brake Hold System ........... 74, 432 Blind spot information (BSI) ....................... 88 Brake System (Amber)............................... 72 Brake System (Red) ........................... 72, 548 Charging System............................... 75, 547 Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) .......................................... 90, 91

Door and Trunk Open ............................... 33 ECON (Econ mode) ................................... 85 Electric Parking Brake................................ 73 Electric Parking Brake System ............ 73, 550 Electric Power Steering (EPS) System ............................................ 79, 549

Fog Lights ................................................. 82 Gear Position ............................................ 75 High Beam................................................ 82 Immobilizer System ................................... 83 Keyless Access System............................... 83 Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) ... 87, 411 Lights On .................................................. 82

Low Fuel.................................................... 78 Low Oil Pressure ................................ 74, 547 Low Tire Pressure/TPMS ............. 81, 424, 426 M (sequential mode) Indicator/Sequential Mode Gear Selection ............................... 78

Malfunction Indicator Lamp............... 75, 548 Precision All-Wheel SteerTM (P-AWS) System..................................................... 85

Road Departure Mitigation (RDM).............. 84 Seat Belt Reminder .............................. 35, 78 Security System Alarm ............................... 83 Shift Lever Position .................................... 75 SPORT (Sport mode) .................................. 85 Super Handling-All Wheel DriveTM (SH-AWD) .............................................. 88

Supplemental Restraint System ............ 53, 79 System Message ........................................ 81 Transmission System............................ 76, 77 Turn Signal ................................................ 82 Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA) System............................................. 80, 417

VSA OFF .......................................... 80, 418 Information............................................... 563 Information Screen................................... 223 Instant Fuel Economy ............................... 118 Instrument Panel ........................................ 71

Brightness Control ................................... 172 Integrated Dynamics System.................... 387

Dynamic Mode Button............................. 387 Interface Dial ............................................ 219 Interior Lights ........................................... 189

Interior Rearview Mirror.......................... 177 Internet Radio .......................................... 250 iPhone ............................................... 250, 276 iPod ................................................... 247, 276

J Jack (Wheel Nut Wrench) ........................ 533 Jump Starting ........................................... 540

K Key Number Tag....................................... 135 Keyless Access System .............................. 136 Keyless Lockout Prevention ..................... 143 Keys ........................................................... 133

Lockout Prevention.................................. 143 Number Tag ............................................ 135 Rear Door Wont Open............................ 147 Remote Transmitter................................. 141 Two-way Keyless Access Remote ..... 144, 365 Types and Functions ................................ 133

Kickdown (Automatic Transmission)....... 370 Kickdown (Dual Clutch Transmission)..... 370

L Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)......... 409 Language (HFL) ........................................ 318 LATCH (Child Seats).................................... 61 Legal Information on Apple CarPlay/ Android Auto.......................................... 289

581

582

In d

ex

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 582

Lights ................................................. 162, 486 Automatic ............................................... 163 Bulb Replacement.................................... 486 Daytime Running Lights ........................... 165 Fog Lights................................................ 165 High Beam Indicator .................................. 82 Interior .................................................... 189 Light Switches ......................................... 162 Lights On Indicator .................................... 82 Turn Signals............................................. 161

Load Limits ................................................ 359 Locking/Unlocking .................................... 133

Auto Door Locking/Unlocking .................. 148 Childproof Door Locks ............................. 147 From Inside.............................................. 145 From Outside........................................... 136 Keys ........................................................ 133 Using a Key ............................................. 142

Lockout Prevention System...................... 143 Low Battery Charge.................................. 547 Low Fuel Indicator ...................................... 78 Low Keyless Access Remote Signal Strength................................................... 135

Low Oil Pressure Indicator ................. 74, 547 Lower Anchors ............................................ 61 Lubricant Specifications Chart ................. 565 Luggage (Maximum Load Limit).............. 359 Lumbar Support........................................ 180

M Maintenance............................................. 463

Battery .................................................... 502 Brake Fluid .............................................. 485 Cleaning ................................................. 507 Climate Control System........................... 506 Coolant................................................... 482 Maintenance MinderTM ............................ 467 Oil........................................................... 476 Precautions ............................................. 464 Radiator .................................................. 483 Remote Transmitter......................... 504, 505 Replacing Light Bulbs .............................. 486 Safety...................................................... 465 Service Items ........................................... 470 Tires ........................................................ 493 Transmission Fluid ................................... 484 Under the Hood .............................. 472, 473

Malfunction Indicator Lamp .............. 75, 548 Map Lights ................................................ 190 Maximum Load Limit ............................... 359 Meters, Gauges......................................... 113 Mirrors ...................................................... 177

Adjusting ................................................ 177 Door ....................................................... 178 Exterior ................................................... 178 Interior Rearview ..................................... 177

Modifications (and Accessories) .............. 512 Moonroof ................................................. 157 MP3 ................................................... 244, 252 Multi-Information Display ....................... 114

Multi-View Rear Camera ......................... 456

N Numbers (Identification) ......................... 566

O Odometer ................................................. 117 Oil (Engine) ...................................... 475, 565

Adding ................................................... 478 Checking ................................................ 476 Displaying Oil Life ................................... 468 Low Oil Pressure Indicator ................. 74, 547 Recommended Engine Oil ............... 475, 565 Viscosity.......................................... 475, 565

On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM............. 220 Open Source Licenses .............................. 291 Opening

Trunk...................................................... 560 Opening/Closing

Hood ...................................................... 474 Moonroof ............................................... 157 Power Windows...................................... 155 Trunk...................................................... 149

Operating the Switches Around the Steering Wheel....................................... 158

Outside Temperature .............................. 117 Adjusting ................................................ 117

Overheating ............................................. 545

In d

ex

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 583

P Paddle Shifters (Sequential Mode) ......... 377 Paddle Shifters (Sequential Shift Mode) ..................................................... 381

Panic Mode............................................... 154 Parking ..................................................... 445 Parking Brake ........................................... 428 Parking Sensor System ............................. 447 Passenger Airbag Off Indicator................. 54 Passing Indicators..................................... 162 Power Windows ....................................... 155 Precautions While Driving ....................... 369

Rain ........................................................ 369 Pregnant Women....................................... 39 Puncture (Tire) ......................................... 517

R Radiator .................................................... 483 Radio (AM/FM) ......................................... 230 Radio (SiriusXM) ..................................... 233 Radio Data System (RDS) ......................... 231 Range........................................................ 118 RDS (Radio Data System) ......................... 231 Readiness Codes (Emissions Testing) ...... 570 Rear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror Button ..................................................... 173

Rear Seats ................................................. 187 Seat Heaters ........................................... 204

Rearview Mirror ....................................... 177

Refueling................................................... 459 Fuel Gauge.............................................. 113 Gasoline .......................................... 459, 564 Low Fuel Indicator ..................................... 78

Regulations ............................... 426, 496, 567 Remote Engine Start with Vehicle Feedback ................................................. 365

Remote Transmitter ................................. 141 Maintenance (Replacing) ......................... 504

Replacement Battery ............................................ 504, 505 Bulbs ....................................................... 486 Fuses ............................... 553, 554, 555, 556 Tires ........................................................ 499 Wiper Blade Rubber................................. 491

Reporting Safety Defects ......................... 569 Resetting a Trip Meter ............................. 117 Reverse Tilt Door Mirror .......................... 178 Right Selector Wheel........................ 115, 120 Road Departure Mitigation (RDM).......... 404

On and Off .............................................. 406

S Safe Driving ................................................ 29 Safety Labels ............................................... 70 Safety Message ............................................. 1 Seat Belts..................................................... 34

Adjusting the Shoulder Anchor .................. 38 Automatic Seat Belt Tensioners.................. 36 Checking................................................... 40

Fastening .................................................. 37 Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt.................................................. 63

Pregnant Women...................................... 39 Reminder ............................................ 35, 78 Warning Indicator ............................... 35, 78

Seat Heaters...................................... 203, 204 Seats .......................................................... 180

Adjusting ................................................ 180 Drivers Seat Lumbar Support .................. 180 Front Seats .............................................. 180 Rear Seats ............................................... 187 Seat Heaters.................................... 203, 204 Seat Ventilation....................................... 203 Thigh support.......................................... 181

Security System......................................... 152 Immobilizer System Indicator ..................... 83 Security System Alarm Indicator................. 83

Select Button ............................................ 371 Operation................................................ 372

Select Lever......................................... 20, 378 Operation.......................................... 20, 379 Releasing................................................. 544 Wont Move............................................ 544

Selecting a Child Seat................................. 60 Sequential Mode ...................................... 376 Sequential Mode Operation.................... 377 Sequential Shift Mode ............................. 380 Sequential Shift Mode Operation ........... 381 Setting the Clock ...................................... 132

583

584

In d

ex

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 584

SH-AWD (Super Handling-All Wheel DriveTM) .................................................... 423

SH-AWD Torque Distribution Monitor .. 119 Shift Button......................................... 18, 371 Shift Lever ........................................... 20, 378 Shift Lever Position Indicator................... 379 Shifting (Transmission) ......... 18, 20, 371, 378 Shoulder Anchor......................................... 38 Side Airbags ................................................ 50 Side Curtain Airbags................................... 52 SiriusXM Radio ........................................ 233 Snow Tires ................................................. 501 Spare Tire (Optional) ........................ 530, 565 Spark Plugs................................................ 564 Specifications ............................................ 564 Specified Fuel.................................... 459, 564 SPORT (Sport mode) Indicator ................... 85 Sport Mode ............................................... 387 Sport+ Mode ............................................. 387 SRS Airbags (Airbags) ................................. 44 Starting Assist Brake Function ................. 386 Starting the Engine .................................. 362

Does Not Start ......................................... 537 Engine Switch Buzzer............................... 160 Jump Starting .......................................... 540 Remote Engine Start ................................ 365

Steering Wheel ......................................... 176 Adjusting................................................. 176

Stopping.................................................... 445 Summer Tires ............................................ 501

Super Handling-All Wheel DriveTM (SH-AWD) .............................................. 423 Indicator.................................................... 88

Supplemental Restraint System (SRS)........ 44 Surround View Camera System ............... 458 Switches (Around the Steering Wheel)............................................. 4, 5, 158

System Message Indicator.......................... 81

T Temperature Gauge................................. 113 Temperature Sensor ................................. 212 Temporary Tire Repair Kit ....................... 518 Text Message .................................... 346, 348 Time (Setting) ........................................... 132 Tire Fill Assist ............................................ 424 Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) with Tire Fill Assist .................................. 424 Indicator............................................ 81, 551 Tire Fill Assist........................................... 424

Tire Repair Kit........................................... 517 Tires........................................................... 493

Air Pressure ..................................... 494, 565 Chains..................................................... 501 Checking and Maintaining ...................... 493 Flat Tire (Puncture) .......................... 517, 530 Inspection ............................................... 493 Labeling .................................................. 494 Puncture (Flat Tire) .......................... 517, 530 Regulations ............................................. 496

Rotation.................................................. 500 Spare (Optional) .............................. 530, 565 Summer.................................................. 501 Temporary Tire Repair Kit ........................ 518 Wear Indicators....................................... 498 Winter .................................................... 501

Tools ......................................................... 516 Towing a Trailer ....................................... 361 Towing Your Vehicle ............................... 361

Emergency.............................................. 558 TPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring System) with Tire Fill Assist ................................. 424 Indicator ........................................... 81, 551 Tire Fill Assist .......................................... 424

Transmission ......................... 18, 20, 371, 378 Automatic................................. 18, 370, 371 Dual Clutch............................... 20, 370, 378 Fluid ....................................................... 484 Gear Position Indicator ...................... 75, 372 Number .................................................. 566 Sequential Mode..................................... 376 Sequential Shift Mode............................. 380 Shift Lever Position Indicator ................... 379

TRIP Button .............................................. 116 Trip Meter ................................................ 117 Troubleshooting ...................................... 515

Blown Fuse ..................... 553, 554, 555, 556 Brake Pedal Vibrates ................................. 25 Buzzer Sounds When Opening Door ......... 26 Emergency Towing ................................. 558 Engine Wont Start ................................. 537

In d

ex

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 585

Flat Tire/Puncture .................................... 517 Noise When Braking ................................. 27 Overheating............................................ 545 Premium Gasoline........................... 459, 564 Puncture/Flat Tire ............................ 517, 530 Rear Door Wont Open ..................... 25, 147 Select Lever Wont Move ........................ 544 Warning Indicators.................................... 72

Trunk ........................................................ 149 Lid .......................................................... 149 Light Bulbs.............................................. 564 Main Switch............................................ 151 Open Message.......................................... 97 Unable to Open ...................................... 560

Turn Signals .............................................. 161 Indicators (Instrument Panel) ..................... 82

Turn-by-Turn Directions .......................... 118 Two-way Keyless Access Remote .... 144, 365

U Under-Floor Storage Area ....................... 201 Unlocking the Doors ................................ 136 Unlocking the Front Doors from the Inside................................................. 13, 145

USB Flash Drives ....................................... 276 USB Port.................................................... 215 Using the Keyless Access System ............. 136

V Valet Mode ............................................... 151 Vanity Mirrors ............................................... 7 Vehicle Identification Number ................ 566 Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA) ................ 417

Off Button............................................... 418 Off Indicator ...................................... 80, 418 System Indicator ................................ 80, 417

Viscosity (Oil) .................................... 475, 565 VSA (Vehicle Stability Assist) ................ 417

W Wallpaper ................................................. 226 Warning and Information Messages ......... 92 Warning Indicator On/Blinking ............... 547 Warning Labels ........................................... 70 Warranties (Warranty Manual provided separately)............................................... 572

Watts ......................................................... 564 Wear Indicators (Tire)............................... 498 Wheel Nut Wrench (Jack Handle) ........... 533 Window Washers...................................... 169

Adding/Refilling Fluid............................... 485 Switch ..................................................... 169

Windows (Opening and Closing)............. 155 Windshield

Cleaning.......................................... 508, 510 Defrosting/Defogging .............................. 211 Washer Fluid ........................................... 485 Wiper Blades ........................................... 491

Wipers and Washers................................ 169 Winter Tires .............................................. 501

Snow Tires .............................................. 501 Tire Chains .............................................. 501

Wipers and Washers................................. 169 Checking and Replacing Wiper Blades ..... 491

Wireless Charger ...................................... 197 WMA ................................................. 244, 252 Worn Tires ................................................ 493

585

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 586

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 587

19 ACURA TLX-31TZ36400.book 588

Manualsnet FAQs

If you want to find out how the TLX Acura works, you can view and download the Acura TLX 2019 Sedan Owner's Manual on the Manualsnet website.

Yes, we have the Owner's Manual for Acura TLX as well as other Acura manuals. All you need to do is to use our search bar and find the user manual that you are looking for.

The Owner's Manual should include all the details that are needed to use a Acura TLX. Full manuals and user guide PDFs can be downloaded from Manualsnet.com.

The best way to navigate the Acura TLX 2019 Sedan Owner's Manual is by checking the Table of Contents at the top of the page where available. This allows you to navigate a manual by jumping to the section you are looking for.

This Acura TLX 2019 Sedan Owner's Manual consists of sections like Table of Contents, to name a few. For easier navigation, use the Table of Contents in the upper left corner.

You can download Acura TLX 2019 Sedan Owner's Manual free of charge simply by clicking the “download” button in the upper right corner of any manuals page. This feature allows you to download any manual in a couple of seconds and is generally in PDF format. You can also save a manual for later by adding it to your saved documents in the user profile.

To be able to print Acura TLX 2019 Sedan Owner's Manual, simply download the document to your computer. Once downloaded, open the PDF file and print the Acura TLX 2019 Sedan Owner's Manual as you would any other document. This can usually be achieved by clicking on “File” and then “Print” from the menu bar.